Reports Guide SM3D

Reports
User's Guide
Version 2014 R1 (10.1)

June 2014
Copyright
Copyright 1999-2014 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Intergraph is part of Hexagon.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and
international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.
Portions of this software are owned by Spatial Corp. 1986-2014. All Rights Reserved.
Portions of the user interface copyright 2012-2014 Telerik AD.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
300 Intergraph Way
Huntsville, AL 35813
Documentation
Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form, User's Guides, Installation Guides, Reference Guides,
Administrator's Guides, Customization Guides, Programmer's Guides, Configuration Guides and Help Guides delivered with a
particular software product.
Other Documentation
Other Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form and delivered with software or on Intergraph Smart Support,
SharePoint, or box.net, any documentation related to work processes, workflows, and best practices that is provided by Intergraph
as guidance for using a software product.
Terms of Use
a.
Use of a software product and Documentation is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with the
software product unless the Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the
Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take
precedence and govern the use of this software product and Documentation. Subject to the terms contained within the
applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the
Documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for Licensee's internal,
non-commercial use. The Documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.
b.
For use of Documentation or Other Documentation where end user does not receive a EULA or does not have a valid license
agreement with Intergraph, Intergraph grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to use the Documentation or Other
Documentation for Licensees internal non-commercial use. Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a
reasonable number of copies of Other Documentation for Licensees internal, non-commercial. The Other Documentation may
not be printed for resale or redistribution. This license contained in this subsection b) may be terminated at any time and for any
reason by Intergraph Corporation by giving written notice to Licensee.
Disclaimer of Warranties
Except for any express warranties as may be stated in the EULA or separate license or separate terms and conditions, Intergraph
Corporation disclaims any and all express or implied warranties including, but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed
a modification or amendment of such disclaimer. Intergraph believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its
publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software, Documentation and Other Documentation discussed in this document are furnished under a license and may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of this license. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Reports User's Guide
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
Limitation of Damages
IN NO EVENT WILL INTERGRAPH CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF USE OR PRODUCTION, LOSS OF
REVENUE OR PROFIT, LOSS OF DATA, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL INTERGRAPH CORPORATIONS LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT THAT
INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN PAID BY LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AT THE TIME THE CLAIM IS
MADE. EXCEPT WHERE PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO CLAIM, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT BY LICENSEE MORE THAN TWO (2)
YEARS AFTER THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS OCCURRED.
IF UNDER THE LAW RULED APPLICABLE ANY PART OF THIS SECTION IS INVALID, THEN INTERGRAPH LIMITS ITS
LIABILITY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY SAID LAW.
Export Controls
Intergraph Corporations software products and any third-party Software Products obtained from Intergraph Corporation, its
subsidiaries, or distributors (including any Documentation, Other Documentation or technical data related to these products) are
subject to the export control laws and regulations of the United States. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. These Software
Products, and the direct product thereof, must not be exported or re-exported, directly or indirectly (including via remote access)
under the following circumstances:
a.
To Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, or Syria, or any national of these countries.
b.
To any person or entity listed on any U.S. government denial list, including but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce
Denied Persons, Entities, and Unverified Lists, http://www.bis.doc.gov/complianceandenforcement/liststocheck.htm, the U.S.
Department of Treasury Specially Designated Nationals List, http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/, and the U.S.
Department of State Debarred List, http://www.pmddtc.state.gov/compliance/debar.html.
c.
To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, the end use of the Software Product is related to the design,
development, production, or use of missiles, chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons, or other un-safeguarded or sensitive
nuclear uses.
d.
To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, that an illegal reshipment will take place.
Any questions regarding export or re-export of these Software Products should be addressed to Intergraph Corporations Export
Compliance Department, Huntsville, Alabama 35894, USA.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, PDS, SmartPlant, FrameWorks, I-Sketch, SmartMarine, IntelliShip, ISOGEN, SmartSketch,
SPOOLGEN, SupportManager, SupportModeler, Sapphire, and Intergraph Smart are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. ACIS is a registered trademark of SPATIAL TECHNOLOGY, INC. Infragistics, Presentation Layer
Framework, ActiveTreeView Ctrl, ProtoViewCtl, ActiveThreed Ctrl, ActiveListBar Ctrl, ActiveSplitter, ActiveToolbars
Ctrl, ActiveToolbars Plus Ctrl, and ProtoView are trademarks of Infragistics, Inc. Incorporates portions of 2D DCM, 3D DCM, and
HLM by Siemens Product Lifecycle Management Software III (GB) Ltd. All rights reserved. Gigasoft is a registered trademark, and
ProEssentials a trademark of Gigasoft, Inc. VideoSoft and VXFlexGrid are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
ComponentOne LLC 1991-2013, All rights reserved. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of
Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Tribon is a trademark of AVEVA Group plc. Alma and act/cut are trademarks of the Alma
company. Other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 43
Documentation Set ............................................................................................................................... 45
Documentation Comments ................................................................................................................... 49
ISO Standards in Drawings ................................................................................................................... 49
Smart 3D and Oracle ............................................................................................................................ 52
What's New in Drawings and Reports ..................................................................................................... 53
Drawings and Reports .............................................................................................................................. 55
Interface Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 57
Menus and Toolbars ............................................................................................................................. 58
Icons for Components and Drawings .................................................................................................... 58
Permissions Overview .......................................................................................................................... 60
View Menu .................................................................................................................................................. 61
Management Console (View Menu) ..................................................................................................... 61
Detail View (View Menu) ....................................................................................................................... 62
Specify columns in the detail view.................................................................................................. 62
Column Settings Dialog Box ........................................................................................................... 64
Workspace Explorer (View Menu) ........................................................................................................ 65
Refresh (View Menu) ............................................................................................................................ 65
Shortcut Menus ......................................................................................................................................... 67
New Command ..................................................................................................................................... 68
Add a folder .................................................................................................................................... 68
Add a package of components ....................................................................................................... 69
Add a component ........................................................................................................................... 69
Add Component Dialog Box ........................................................................................................... 69
Save Package Command ..................................................................................................................... 70
Save a package .............................................................................................................................. 70
Save Package Dialog Box .............................................................................................................. 71
Save As Command ............................................................................................................................... 72
Save to a file ................................................................................................................................... 72
Save As Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 74
Open Command .................................................................................................................................... 75
Open a document ........................................................................................................................... 75
Delete Command .................................................................................................................................. 76
Delete an item ................................................................................................................................ 76
Rename Command ............................................................................................................................... 77
Rename an item ............................................................................................................................. 77
Print Command ..................................................................................................................................... 77
Print a document ............................................................................................................................ 77
Print a document as a PDF file ....................................................................................................... 78
Select Printer (File Menu) ............................................................................................................... 78
Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows ....................................................................... 78
Contents
Select Printer Dialog Box................................................................................................................ 79
Setting Properties.................................................................................................................................. 79
Properties Command...................................................................................................................... 80
Properties Dialog Box ..................................................................................................................... 81
Choose Label Dialog Box ............................................................................................................... 97
Updating Documents ............................................................................................................................ 98
Refresh (Shortcut Menu) ................................................................................................................ 98
Update Now .................................................................................................................................... 99
Conditional Drawing Update ......................................................................................................... 104
Restore ................................................................................................................................................ 105
Create a backup to use for restoration ......................................................................................... 105
Restore a document from a backup model .................................................................................. 105
Components Overview............................................................................................................................ 107
Spreadsheet Reports .............................................................................................................................. 111
Marine Reports.................................................................................................................................... 112
Reports Workflow ................................................................................................................................ 113
Reports Common Tasks ............................................................................................................... 114
Report Templates ......................................................................................................................... 115
Report Templates Folder .............................................................................................................. 117
Report Queries to Extract Data .................................................................................................... 119
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) ............................................................................................... 120
Create a new report template from an existing template ............................................................. 120
Create and update a delivered report........................................................................................... 122
Create a filter-based report .......................................................................................................... 123
Select Report Template Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 127
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu) ............................................................................................... 128
Edit a Report Template................................................................................................................. 128
Add Sheets to a Report Template ................................................................................................ 129
Embed Labels in a Report ............................................................................................................ 131
Report Template Editor ................................................................................................................ 132
Design Layout ............................................................................................................................... 137
Smart 3D View Definition Explorer Dialog Box ............................................................................ 154
Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu) ................................................................................................... 155
Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut Menu) .............................................................................. 155
Copy a report template to the catalog .......................................................................................... 156
Select Location Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 157
Report Parameters Dialog Box ........................................................................................................... 158
Save Report Template (File Menu) ..................................................................................................... 158
Save Report Template As (File Menu) ............................................................................................... 158
Save a report template to a specified location ............................................................................. 159
Save Template As Dialog Box ...................................................................................................... 160
Add Query (Tools Menu) ..................................................................................................................... 161
Add a filter-based query to a report template ............................................................................... 161
Add Report Query Dialog Box ...................................................................................................... 163
Add Formatting (Tools Menu) ............................................................................................................. 163
Add Display (Tools Menu) ................................................................................................................... 164
Add Baseline (Tools Menu) ................................................................................................................. 164
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box .................................................................................................. 164
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) ......................................................................................... 165
Use the SmartPlant Review Spreadsheet Report for SPRDirect ....................................................... 166
Contents
Using SPRDirect ........................................................................................................................... 167
SPRDirect Tips and Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 173
Search Folders ......................................................................................................................................... 175
Create a search folder ........................................................................................................................ 176
Setup (Search Folder) ......................................................................................................................... 177
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) ...................................................................................................... 177
Search Folder Filters ........................................................................................................................... 177
Imported Folders ..................................................................................................................................... 181
Create an imported folder ................................................................................................................... 182
Setup (Imported Folder) ...................................................................................................................... 182
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) ................................................................................................... 183
Browse for Folder Dialog Box ....................................................................................................... 183
Tools Menu ............................................................................................................................................... 185
Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services .................................................................................. 185
Update Action ............................................................................................................................... 187
Refresh Action .............................................................................................................................. 187
Print Action ................................................................................................................................... 188
Set Print Options .......................................................................................................................... 188
Create a Template ........................................................................................................................ 188
Schedule [Task] Dialog Box ......................................................................................................... 189
Batch Processing ................................................................................................................................ 190
Batch Management ...................................................................................................................... 191
Batch Print .................................................................................................................................... 196
Batch Update ................................................................................................................................ 196
Batch Local Update ...................................................................................................................... 197
Batch Update Document(s) .......................................................................................................... 197
Batch Refresh ............................................................................................................................... 198
Schedule Wizard .......................................................................................................................... 199
Custom Commands ............................................................................................................................ 211
Create custom commands ........................................................................................................... 214
Add custom commands ................................................................................................................ 214
Run a custom command............................................................................................................... 214
Edit a custom command ............................................................................................................... 215
Delete a custom command ........................................................................................................... 215
Custom Commands Dialog Box ................................................................................................... 215
Add Custom Command Dialog Box .............................................................................................. 216
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box .............................................................................................. 216
Delivered Custom Commands ..................................................................................................... 216
Revising .................................................................................................................................................... 219
Revise ................................................................................................................................................. 219
Revise a document ....................................................................................................................... 220
Revise Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 221
Publishing Documents............................................................................................................................ 222
Publishing Title Blocks ........................................................................................................................ 224
Publish Common Tasks ...................................................................................................................... 225
Contents
Publish ................................................................................................................................................ 226
Set properties for publishing documents ...................................................................................... 227
Support for Handling Large Publishes.......................................................................................... 227
Publish documents ....................................................................................................................... 230
Publish Workflows ........................................................................................................................ 232
Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant Foundation ................................................................... 233
Issue request documents ............................................................................................................. 234
Publish Dialog Box ....................................................................................................................... 235
Document Properties Dialog Box ................................................................................................. 238
Find Documents to Publish ................................................................................................................. 239
Find documents to publish ........................................................................................................... 240
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box ........................................................................................ 240
Manage Projects ................................................................................................................................. 241
Select Active Project Dialog Box .................................................................................................. 241
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports ............................................................................ 243
Troubleshooting Linked Servers ......................................................................................................... 246
Appendix: Report Descriptions ............................................................................................................. 247
3Way Diverter Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 247
SP3DReport_Definition ................................................................................................................ 247
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 247
CustomInterfaces ......................................................................................................................... 247
3Way Diverter Valve tab ............................................................................................................... 248
Angle Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 249
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 250
Angle Control Valve tab ................................................................................................................ 250
Assembly and Block (Assembly)......................................................................................................... 252
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 252
Assembly Network (Assembly) ........................................................................................................... 253
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 253
Auto Material Description Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................... 253
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 253
Auto Material Description Rule tab ............................................................................................... 253
Auto WBS Creation Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) .................................... 254
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 254
Auto WBS Creation Rule tab ........................................................................................................ 254
Basket Strainer 2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 254
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 255
Basket Strainer2 tab ..................................................................................................................... 256
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................ 258
Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 258
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule tab ................................................................................................... 258
Bends (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)...................................................................... 258
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 258
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 259
CableTray_Bends tab ................................................................................................................... 259
Blind End Plate (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ....................................................... 260
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 260
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 261
Blind End Plate tab ....................................................................................................................... 261
Block Assembly Dimensions ............................................................................................................... 262
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 262
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ...................... 263
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 263
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule tab .......................................................................................... 263
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ......................... 263
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 263
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule tab ............................................................................................. 264
Bolt Extension (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................................... 264
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 264
Bolt Extension tab......................................................................................................................... 264
Bolt Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ......................................................................... 265
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 265
Bolt Part Data tab ......................................................................................................................... 265
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ......................... 265
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 265
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles tab ............................................................................................ 265
Bonding Jumper (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ..................................................... 266
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 266
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 267
Bonding Jumper tab ..................................................................................................................... 267
Box Connector (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ........................................................ 268
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 268
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 269
BoxConnector tab ......................................................................................................................... 269
Bubble Detector (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 270
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 270
Bubble Detector tab ...................................................................................................................... 271
Contents
Butterfly Valve Elec (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 272
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 272
Butterfly Valve Elec tab ................................................................................................................ 273
Butterfly Valve On Off V (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Instrument Part Data) .......................................................................................................................... 274
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 275
Butterfly Valve On Off V tab ......................................................................................................... 275
Cable Tray Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray) ................................................ 277
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 277
CabelTray Spec tab ...................................................................................................................... 277
Calculation ProgIDs (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................ 278
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 278
Calculation ProgIDs tab ................................................................................................................ 278
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant
Rules) .................................................................................................................................................. 278
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 279
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab ................................................................................ 279
Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) ........................................ 279
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 279
ConduitCommodityMatlControlData tab ....................................................................................... 279
Compartment Attributes (Compartmentation) ..................................................................................... 280
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 280
Compartments and Tightness (Compartmentation)............................................................................ 281
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 281
Compartments and Zones (Compartmentation) ................................................................................. 281
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 282
Compartmentation Weight and CG (Compartmentation).................................................................... 282
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 282
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 283
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 283
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule tab.................................................................................... 283
Conductivity Sensor (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 283
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 284
Conductivity Sensor tab................................................................................................................ 284
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ........................................... 286
10
Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 286
CustomInterfaces tab ................................................................................................................... 286
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 286
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow tab ...................................................................................................... 287
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ........................................... 288
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 288
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 289
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow tab ...................................................................................................... 289
Conduit Coupling (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ........................................................ 290
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 290
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 291
Conduit Coupling tab .................................................................................................................... 291
Conduit Plug (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ............................................................... 292
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 293
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 293
Conduit Plug tab ........................................................................................................................... 293
Conduit Pullbox (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts)........................................................... 294
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 295
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 295
Conduit Pullbox tab ...................................................................................................................... 295
Conduit Reducer (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ......................................................... 297
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 297
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 298
Conduit Reducer tab..................................................................................................................... 298
Conduit Reducing Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ................................................ 299
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 299
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 300
ConduitTRB tab ............................................................................................................................ 300
Conduit Stock (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ............................................................. 302
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 302
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 302
Conduit Stock tab ......................................................................................................................... 302
Conduit Tangent Elbow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) .............................................. 303
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 303
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 304
Conduit Tangent Elbow tab .......................................................................................................... 304
Conduit Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ................................................................ 305
11
Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 305
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 306
Conduit Tee tab ............................................................................................................................ 306
Conduit Union (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ............................................................. 308
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 308
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 308
Conduit Union tab ......................................................................................................................... 309
Connected Compartments (Compartmentation) ................................................................................. 310
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 310
Conservation Vent (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 311
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 311
Conservation Vent tab .................................................................................................................. 311
Contractor Commodity Code Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity
Code Rules) ........................................................................................................................................ 313
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 313
Formats tab .................................................................................................................................. 313
Industry Practice Properties tab ................................................................................................... 313
Bolt Coating tab ............................................................................................................................ 313
Bolt Diameter tab .......................................................................................................................... 313
Bolt Length tab ............................................................................................................................. 314
Bolt Set Quantity tab..................................................................................................................... 314
Bolt Type tab ................................................................................................................................ 314
EndPreparation tab....................................................................................................................... 314
Flange Face Surface Finish tab ................................................................................................... 314
Gasket Thickness tab ................................................................................................................... 314
Gasket Type tab ........................................................................................................................... 314
Geometric Industry Practice tab ................................................................................................... 314
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab .......................................................................................... 315
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab .......................................................................................... 315
Lining Material tab ........................................................................................................................ 315
Manufacturing Method tab ............................................................................................................ 315
MaterialsGrade_BS tab ................................................................................................................ 315
MaterialsGrade_US tab ................................................................................................................ 315
Nipple or Purchase Length tab ..................................................................................................... 315
Nut Type tab ................................................................................................................................. 315
Pressure Rating_DN tab............................................................................................................... 316
Pressure Rating_US tab ............................................................................................................... 316
Piping Commodity Type tab ......................................................................................................... 316
Requisition Classification tab ....................................................................................................... 316
Surface Preparation tab................................................................................................................ 316
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab ......................................................................................... 316
Valve Trim tab .............................................................................................................................. 316
Washer Thickness tab .................................................................................................................. 317
Washer Type tab .......................................................................................................................... 317
12
Contents
Cross (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ...................................................................... 317
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 317
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 318
CableTray_Cross tab.................................................................................................................... 318
Default Change Of Direction (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................... 319
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 319
Default Change Of Direction tab .................................................................................................. 320
Default Commodity Selection Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) ...................................... 320
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 320
ConduitDefaultCmdtySlcnRule tab ............................................................................................... 320
Default Project Options (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ........................................................... 320
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 320
Default Project Options tab .......................................................................................................... 321
Diagnostic 3D Grouped by Description and Discipline (Diagnostic) ................................................... 322
Diagnostic 3D To Do List Entries ........................................................................................................ 322
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues (Diagnostic) ................................................................................. 323
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Problem Description (Diagnostic) ........................... 324
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Status (Diagnostic) ................................................. 324
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues with Column Filters (Diagnostic) ................................................. 326
Diagnostic General Statistics on Modeling Activity (Diagnostic) ........................................................ 326
Diagnostic Interference Checking (Diagnostic) ................................................................................... 327
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Names (Diagnostic) .................................................. 328
Diagnostic P&ID Correlated 3D Objects (Diagnostic) ......................................................................... 329
Diagnostic P&ID Non-Correlated Objects (Diagnostic)....................................................................... 329
Diagnostic Piping Commodity Specifications (Diagnostic) ................................................................. 330
Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List (Diagnostic) ................................................................................... 331
Diagnostic ToDoList Include Second Class Objects (Diagnostic) ...................................................... 331
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 331
Diagnostic User Access Rights (Diagnostic) ...................................................................................... 332
Diagnostic WorkShare Management (Diagnostic) .............................................................................. 332
DIN Wall Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ........................................................ 333
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 333
DIN Wall Thickness Data tab ....................................................................................................... 333
Direction Change Fittings (Catalog Parts) .......................................................................................... 334
Electrical CableTray Material Take-Off (Electrical) ............................................................................. 334
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................. 335
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................. 336
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 337
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 337
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) ......................................................... 338
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) ......................................................... 339
Electrical Cabling Material Take-Off (Electrical) ................................................................................. 340
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical) .......................................................................... 340
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical) .......................................................................... 341
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) .............................................................. 342
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) .............................................................. 342
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 343
13
Contents
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 343
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................................... 344
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................................... 345
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................... 345
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................... 346
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name (Electrical) .............................................................. 346
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name (Electrical) .............................................................. 347
Equipment Finishing Sorted by Equipment Name (Equipment) ......................................................... 347
Equipment Location in WBS Project ................................................................................................... 348
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 1 (Equipment) .............................................. 349
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 2 (Equipment) .............................................. 349
Equipment Material Take-Off (Equipment) ......................................................................................... 350
Equipment Nozzle Sorted by Equipment ............................................................................................ 350
Equipment Piping Trim (Piping) .......................................................................................................... 351
Solids of Design Equipment with Composite CoG (Equipment) ......................................................... 351
Exhaust Head (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 352
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 352
Exhaust Head tab ......................................................................................................................... 353
Expansion Joint (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 355
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 355
Expansion Joint tab ...................................................................................................................... 355
Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Specialty Part Data) ............................................................................................................................ 357
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 357
Expansion Joint Offset tab ........................................................................................................... 358
Field Fit Length (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................................... 360
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 360
Field Fit Length tab ....................................................................................................................... 360
Filter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data) ............................ 361
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 361
Filter tab ........................................................................................................................................ 361
Flame Arrestor (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 363
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 363
Flame Arrestor tab ........................................................................................................................ 364
Flared Pipe (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) .......................................................... 366
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 366
Flared Pipe tab ............................................................................................................................. 366
14
Contents
Flow Magnetic (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 366
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 366
Flow Magnetic tab ........................................................................................................................ 367
Flow Switch (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 369
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 369
Flow Switch tab ............................................................................................................................ 370
Flow Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 371
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 371
Flow Transmitter tab ..................................................................................................................... 372
Fluid Density Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................... 373
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 373
Fluid Density Rule tab .................................................................................................................. 374
Free Vent2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data)................... 374
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 374
Free Vent2 tab .............................................................................................................................. 374
Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees (Catalog Parts) ............................................................................ 376
Gasket Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................................... 377
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 377
Gasket Part Data tab .................................................................................................................... 377
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................... 378
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 378
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles tab ........................................................................................ 378
Globe Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 379
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 379
Globe Control Valve tab ............................................................................................................... 379
Hangers and Supports All Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ................................................ 381
Hangers and Supports Combined Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) .................................... 381
Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing (Hangers and Supports)................................................ 382
Hangers and Supports for Cableways Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ............................. 383
Hangers and Supports for Components - Drawings (Hangers and Supports) ................................... 383
Hangers and Supports for Components Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) .......................... 384
Hangers and Supports for Conduit Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) .................................. 384
Hangers and Supports for Ducts Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ...................................... 385
Hangers and Supports for Pipe Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ........................................ 385
Hangers and Supports for Supported Route - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) .............................. 386
Hangers and Supports for Supporting Structure - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) ........................ 386
Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) ................................................ 386
15
Contents
Hangers and Supports Pipe Rack Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus (Hangers and
Supports)............................................................................................................................................. 387
Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) ............................................... 388
Holes on Penetrating Spool (Hole Management) ............................................................................... 388
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 388
HVAC Material Take-Off (HVAC) ........................................................................................................ 389
In-Line Fittings (Catalog Parts) ........................................................................................................... 390
Industry Commodity Code Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity
Code Rules) ........................................................................................................................................ 391
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 391
Formats tab .................................................................................................................................. 391
Industry Practice Properties tab ................................................................................................... 391
Bolt Coating tab ............................................................................................................................ 391
Bolt Diameter tab .......................................................................................................................... 391
Bolt Length tab ............................................................................................................................. 392
Bolt Set Quantity tab..................................................................................................................... 392
Bolt Type tab ................................................................................................................................ 392
EndPreparation tab....................................................................................................................... 392
Flange Face Surface Finish tab ................................................................................................... 392
Gasket Thickness tab ................................................................................................................... 392
Gasket Type tab ........................................................................................................................... 392
Geometric Industry Practice tab ................................................................................................... 393
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab .......................................................................................... 393
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab .......................................................................................... 393
Lining Material tab ........................................................................................................................ 393
Manufacturing Method tab ............................................................................................................ 393
MaterialsGrade_BS tab ................................................................................................................ 393
MaterialsGrade_US tab ................................................................................................................ 393
Nipple or Purchase Length tab ..................................................................................................... 394
Nut Type tab ................................................................................................................................. 394
Pressure Rating_DN tab............................................................................................................... 394
Pressure Rating_US tab ............................................................................................................... 394
Piping Commodity Type tab ......................................................................................................... 394
Requisition Classification tab ....................................................................................................... 394
Surface Preparation tab................................................................................................................ 394
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab ......................................................................................... 394
Valve Trim tab .............................................................................................................................. 395
Washer Thickness tab .................................................................................................................. 395
Washer Type tab .......................................................................................................................... 395
Inline Silencer Type1 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 395
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 395
Inline Silencer Type1 tab .............................................................................................................. 396
Instrument Class Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................................................ 397
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 398
Instrument Class Data tab ............................................................................................................ 398
Instrumentation Control Valves Sorted by Name (Instrumentation) ................................................... 399
Instruments (Verification of Consistency) ........................................................................................... 400
Insulation Material (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) ......................................... 417
16
Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 417
Insulation Material tab .................................................................................................................. 417
Insulation Specification (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) .................................. 417
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 417
Insulation Specification tab ........................................................................................................... 418
Insulation Thickness Table (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) ............................ 418
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 418
Insulation Thickness Table tab ..................................................................................................... 418
Knife Gate Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 419
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 419
Knife Gate Valve tab..................................................................................................................... 419
Ladder Splice Plate (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ................................................ 421
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 421
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 421
Cable Tray Ladder Splice Plate tab .............................................................................................. 422
Linear Valves (Catalog Parts) ............................................................................................................. 423
Liner Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .............................................................. 424
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 424
Liner Thickness Data tab .............................................................................................................. 424
Load Combination Relations (Compartmentation) .............................................................................. 424
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 425
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant
Rules) .................................................................................................................................................. 425
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 425
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab .................................................................................. 425
Manufacturing Material List Summary (StructManufacturing) ............................................................ 426
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 426
Manufacturing Parts List (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................. 426
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 426
Manufacturing Weight and CG (StructManufacturing) ........................................................................ 427
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 427
Marian Export (StructManufacturing) .................................................................................................. 428
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 428
Mass Flow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 428
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 428
Mass Flow tab .............................................................................................................................. 429
17
Contents
Master Instrument Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................. 431
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Custom Interfaces tab .................................................................................................................. 431
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 431
SheetName tab ............................................................................................................................. 432
Master Piping Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ......................................................... 433
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 433
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 434
SheetName tab ............................................................................................................................. 434
Master Piping Specialty Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .......................................... 436
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 436
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 436
SheetName tab ............................................................................................................................. 437
Master Valve Operator Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ........................................... 439
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 439
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 439
SheetName tab ............................................................................................................................. 440
Materials Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................................... 440
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 440
Materials Data tab ........................................................................................................................ 441
Mating Ports (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................................................ 441
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 441
Mating Ports tab ........................................................................................................................... 441
Mfg Profile Data Output by Block or Assy (StructManufacturing) ....................................................... 442
Mfg Profile Report tab................................................................................................................... 442
Mfg Profile Data Output for Whole Ship (StructManufacturing) .......................................................... 443
Mfg Profile Report tab................................................................................................................... 443
MfgPinJig - Accuracy (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) .................................... 444
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 444
MfgPinJig - Girth Length (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) ............................... 444
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 445
MfgTemplate - Multi Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Template Sets) .................................................................................................................................... 446
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 446
MfgTemplate - Split Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Template Sets) .................................................................................................................................... 447
Min Pipe Length Purchase (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) .................................. 451
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 451
Min Pipe Length Purchase tab ..................................................................................................... 451
Minimum Pipe Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................. 451
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 451
18
Contents
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab .................................................................................................... 452
Motor Operated Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 452
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 452
Motor Operated Valve tab ............................................................................................................ 453
Multi Port Valve Operator Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)............................................... 454
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 455
Multi Port Valve Operator Data tab .............................................................................................. 455
Multiple Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 455
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 455
Nesting (StructManufacturing) ............................................................................................................ 456
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 456
NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................................... 456
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 457
NPD Equivalence Rule tab ........................................................................................................... 457
Nut Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .......................................................................... 457
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 457
Nut Part Data tab .......................................................................................................................... 457
Objects Inside Compartments (Compartmentation) ........................................................................... 457
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 458
Olet-type Branches (Catalog Parts) .................................................................................................... 458
Orifice Plates (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 459
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 459
Orifice Plates tab .......................................................................................................................... 459
Orthographic Drawing Revision History (Deliverables)....................................................................... 461
Sheet tab ...................................................................................................................................... 461
Permission Group - First Class BO (ShipStructure) ........................................................................... 462
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 462
Permission Group - Root Plate And Profile Sys (ShipStructure) ........................................................ 462
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 463
Physical Conns WO PlannJoints (ShipStructure) ............................................................................... 463
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 463
Pin Height (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig)...................................................... 463
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 464
Pin Jig (StructManufacturing) .............................................................................................................. 464
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 464
19
Contents
Pipe Bending Configuration Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 465
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 465
Pipe Bending Configuration Data tab ........................................................................................... 465
Pipe Bending Die Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) ............................ 466
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 466
Pipe Bending Die Data tab ........................................................................................................... 466
Pipe Bending Elongation (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................... 467
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 467
Pipe Bending Elongation tab ........................................................................................................ 467
Pipe Bending Machine Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) .................... 467
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 467
Pipe Bending Machine Data tab ................................................................................................... 468
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) ..................................................................................................... 468
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 468
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data tab ....................................................................... 468
Pipe Stock (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data) ................................... 469
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 469
CustomClassInterfaceList tab ...................................................................................................... 469
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 470
Pipe Stock tab .............................................................................................................................. 470
PipeRuns by Drawing (Deliverables\PipeRuns by Drawing) .............................................................. 471
Piping Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................... 471
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 471
Piping Commodify Mt ControlData tab ......................................................................................... 471
Piping Commodity Procurement Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................... 473
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 473
Piping Commodity Procurement Data tab .................................................................................... 473
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................. 474
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 474
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data tab .................................................................................. 474
Piping Fittings - Export to Icarus ......................................................................................................... 474
Piping Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD (Piping) ............................................................................. 475
Piping Fittings Material Take-Off in WBS Project ............................................................................... 475
Piping Generic Data Bolted (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................... 476
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 476
Piping Generic Data Bolted tab .................................................................................................... 476
Piping Generic Data Female (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................. 477
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 477
Piping Generic Data Female tab .................................................................................................. 477
Piping Generic Data Mechanical (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................................ 478
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 478
Piping Generic Data Mechanical tab ............................................................................................ 478
20
Contents
Piping Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Class (Piping) .................................................................. 478
Piping Material Class (Verification of Consistency) ............................................................................ 479
Piping Material Take-Off (Piping) ........................................................................................................ 505
Piping Materials Class (Piping Specifications) .................................................................................... 506
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 506
Bend Angles tab ........................................................................................................................... 506
Bolt Selection Filter tab................................................................................................................. 506
Clamp Selection Filter tab ............................................................................................................ 507
Corrosion Allowance tab............................................................................................................... 508
Default Change Of Direction tab .................................................................................................. 508
Field Lining Thickness tab ............................................................................................................ 508
Gasket Selection Filter tab ........................................................................................................... 508
Inside Surface Treatment tab ....................................................................................................... 509
Joint Quality Factor tab................................................................................................................. 510
Minimum Pipe Length Purchase tab ............................................................................................ 510
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab .................................................................................................... 510
Nut Selection Filter tab ................................................................................................................. 510
Outside Surface Treatment tab .................................................................................................... 511
Permissible PipeBending Machine tab ......................................................................................... 511
Permissible Taps tab .................................................................................................................... 511
Pipe Bend Radii tab ...................................................................................................................... 512
Pipe Bending Elongation tab ........................................................................................................ 512
Pipe Branch tab ............................................................................................................................ 512
Pipe Nominal Diameters tab ......................................................................................................... 512
Pipe Takedown Parts tab ............................................................................................................. 513
Piping Commodity Filter tab ......................................................................................................... 513
Piping Materials Class Data tab ................................................................................................... 514
Port Alignment tab ........................................................................................................................ 516
Reinforcing Pad Data tab ............................................................................................................. 516
Reinforcing Weld Data tab ........................................................................................................... 516
Root Gap tab ................................................................................................................................ 517
Service Limits tab ......................................................................................................................... 517
Size Reduction tab ....................................................................................................................... 517
Thickness Data Rule tab .............................................................................................................. 517
Washer Selection Filter tab .......................................................................................................... 518
Weld Clearance Rule tab.............................................................................................................. 519
Weld Gap Rule tab ....................................................................................................................... 519
Piping Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD (Piping) .................................................................................... 519
Piping Part Data F001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 520
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 520
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 521
Piping Part Data F001 tab ............................................................................................................ 521
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 522
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 523
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 523
21
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 525
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 525
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 526
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 528
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 528
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 529
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 531
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 531
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 532
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 534
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 534
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 535
Piping Part Data M001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 537
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 537
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 538
Piping Part Data M001 tab ........................................................................................................... 538
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 539
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 540
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 541
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 543
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 543
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 544
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 546
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 546
22
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 546
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 549
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 549
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 549
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 552
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 552
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 553
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 555
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 555
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 556
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 558
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 558
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 559
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 561
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 561
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 562
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 564
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 564
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 565
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 567
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 567
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 568
23
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 570
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 570
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 571
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 573
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 573
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 574
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 576
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 576
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 577
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 579
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 579
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 580
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 582
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 582
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 583
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 585
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 585
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 586
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 588
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 588
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 589
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 591
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 591
24
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 592
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 594
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 595
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 595
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 597
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 598
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 598
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 600
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 601
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 601
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 603
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 603
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 604
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 606
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 606
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 607
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 609
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 609
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 610
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 612
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 612
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 613
25
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 614
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 615
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 615
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 617
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 618
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 618
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 620
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 620
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 621
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 623
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 623
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 624
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 625
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 626
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 626
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 628
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 629
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 629
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 631
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 631
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 632
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 634
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 634
26
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 634
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 637
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 637
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 638
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 640
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 640
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 641
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 643
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 643
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 643
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 645
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 646
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 646
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 648
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 648
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 649
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 651
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 651
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 652
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 654
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 654
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 655
27
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 657
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 657
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 657
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 660
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 660
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 660
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 663
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 663
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 663
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 665
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 666
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 666
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 668
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 668
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 669
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 671
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 671
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 671
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 674
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 674
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 675
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 677
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 677
28
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 677
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 679
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 680
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 680
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 682
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 682
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 683
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 685
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 685
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 686
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 688
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 688
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 688
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 690
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 691
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 691
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 693
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 693
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 694
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 696
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 697
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 698
29
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 700
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 700
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 701
Piping Part Data Op001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Valve
Operator Part Data) ............................................................................................................................ 703
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 703
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 704
Piping Part Data Op001 tab ......................................................................................................... 704
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 705
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 705
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 707
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 707
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 708
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 709
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 710
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 711
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 712
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 712
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 714
30
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 714
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 715
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 716
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 717
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 717
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 718
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 719
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 720
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 720
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 722
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 722
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 723
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 724
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 725
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 725
31
Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 726
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 727
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 728
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 728
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 729
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 730
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 731
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 731
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 732
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 732
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 733
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 734
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 735
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 735
Piping Part Data P01 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 736
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 736
32
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 737
Piping Part Data P01 tab .............................................................................................................. 737
Piping Part Data S01 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 739
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 739
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 739
Piping Part Data S01 tab .............................................................................................................. 740
Piping Part Data S02 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 741
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 742
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 742
Piping Part Data S02 tab .............................................................................................................. 742
Piping Part Data V001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 744
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 745
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 745
Piping Part Data V001 tab ............................................................................................................ 746
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 747
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 748
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 748
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 750
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 751
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 751
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 753
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 754
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 754
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 756
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 756
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 757
33
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 759
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 759
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 759
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 762
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 762
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 763
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 764
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 765
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 765
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 767
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 767
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 768
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 770
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 770
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 771
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 772
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 773
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 773
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 775
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 775
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 776
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 778
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 778
34
Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 779
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 781
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 781
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 781
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 783
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 784
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 784
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 786
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 786
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 788
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 790
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 790
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 791
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 793
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 793
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 794
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 796
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 796
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 797
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 799
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 799
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 800
35
Contents
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 803
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 803
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 804
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 806
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 807
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 807
Piping Pipe Line List (Piping) .............................................................................................................. 811
Piping Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project.................................................................................... 811
Piping Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus .................................................................................................... 812
Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD (Piping) .............................................................................. 814
Piping Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted by Name (Piping) ............................................................. 814
Piping Pipelines Sorted by Name (Piping) .......................................................................................... 815
Piping Specialty Class Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ................................................... 816
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 816
Piping Specialty Class Data tab ................................................................................................... 816
Piping Specifications Sorted by Spec Name ...................................................................................... 818
Piping Tie Points in WBS Project ........................................................................................................ 818
Piping Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Project ................................................................................ 819
Piping Valves Sorted by NPD (Piping) ................................................................................................ 819
Plain Piping Generic Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ...................................................... 820
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 820
Plain Piping Generic Data tab ...................................................................................................... 820
Planning Joints (ShipStructure) .......................................................................................................... 820
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 821
Plate Flange Setback Distance (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................... 822
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 822
Plate Flange Setback Distance tab .............................................................................................. 822
Plate Part (ShipStructure) ................................................................................................................... 822
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 822
Plate System (ShipStructure) .............................................................................................................. 823
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 823
Port Alignment Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................ 823
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 824
Port Alignment Rule tab................................................................................................................ 824
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ...................... 824
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 824
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule tab ......................................................................................... 824
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)........................ 825
36
Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 825
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule tab ........................................................................................... 825
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ......................... 825
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 825
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule tab ............................................................................................ 826
Pressure Gauge (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 826
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 826
Pressure Gauge tab ..................................................................................................................... 827
Pressure Regulator (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 828
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 828
Pressure Regulator tab................................................................................................................. 829
Pressure Relief Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 830
Pressure Relief Valve tab ............................................................................................................. 831
Pressure Switch (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 832
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 832
Pressure Switch tab...................................................................................................................... 833
Pressure Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 835
Pressure Transmitter tab .............................................................................................................. 835
Profile Sketch - Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 837
SP3DReport Definition ................................................................................................................. 837
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 837
Profile Sketch - Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 837
SP3DReport Definition ................................................................................................................. 837
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 837
Profile Stock Length (ShipStructure)................................................................................................... 838
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 838
Reducer (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) .................................................................. 838
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 838
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 839
Cable Tray_Reducers tab ............................................................................................................ 839
37
Contents
Reinforcing Pads (Catalog Parts) ....................................................................................................... 840
Root Gap (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................................. 841
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 841
Root Gap tab ................................................................................................................................ 841
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Cableway) ................................................................................. 841
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 841
Cableway Nominal Sizes tab ........................................................................................................ 842
CableWay Bend Radius tab ......................................................................................................... 842
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) .................................................................................... 842
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 842
Conduit Filter tab .......................................................................................................................... 842
Conduit Nominal Diameters tab ................................................................................................... 843
Shell Expansion (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports) ............................................................... 843
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 843
Short Code Hierarchy Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................. 843
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 843
Short Code Hierarchy Rule tab .................................................................................................... 844
Short Stroke Rotameter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 844
Short Stroke Rotameter tab .......................................................................................................... 844
Single Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) ................... 846
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 847
Size Reduction Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)............................................ 847
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 847
Size Reduction Rule tab ............................................................................................................... 847
Slip On Flange Setback Distance (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................... 848
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 848
Slip On Flange Setback Distance tab........................................................................................... 848
Slot (ShipStructure) ............................................................................................................................. 848
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 849
SmartPlant Review ............................................................................................................................. 849
Accuracy Data (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................................. 849
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 849
Embedded Standalone Reports .......................................................................................................... 850
Material List (StructManufacturing) ..................................................................................................... 850
MFGPROFILE (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................................. 851
MfgTemplate - Common Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets) .............................................................................................. 852
MfgTemplate - Offset Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Template Sets) .................................................................................................................................... 853
38
Contents
Panel Data Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin) ...................... 854
Parts List (StructManufacturing) ......................................................................................................... 858
Pin Jig (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) ........................................................... 859
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 859
Profile Sketch Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 863
Profile Sketch Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles\Profile Sketch - Single) .......................................................................................................... 864
Shell Expansion Accuracy Check (ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell
Expansion) .......................................................................................................................................... 868
STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO (ShipStructure) ..................................................................................... 869
STRUCTURAL PROFILE (ShipStructure) .......................................................................................... 870
Weight and CG (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................................ 871
Xpt Pin Offset (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) ................................................ 872
Spatial Load Relations (Compartmentation) ....................................................................................... 872
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 873
Specialties (Verification of Constistency) ............................................................................................ 873
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Cableway) .................................................................... 890
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 890
Cableway Spec tab....................................................................................................................... 890
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) ....................................................................... 891
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 891
Conduit Spec tab .......................................................................................................................... 891
Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts).............................. 891
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 891
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 892
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate tab .............................................................................................. 892
SPMAT Cable Tray MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ....................................................................................... 893
SPMAT Handrail MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ........................................................................................... 894
SPMAT Pipe MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ................................................................................................. 895
SPMAT Steel MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ................................................................................................ 896
Standard Notes Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\StandardNotesData) ........................................ 896
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 896
Standard Notes Data tab .............................................................................................................. 897
Steam Trap Type4 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 897
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 897
Steam Trap Type4 tab .................................................................................................................. 897
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 899
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 899
39
Contents
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 902
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 902
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 904
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 905
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 907
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 907
Straight (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ................................................................... 909
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 910
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 910
CableTray Straight tab.................................................................................................................. 910
STRMFG Profile Bending Line (StructManufacturing) ........................................................................ 911
Default Report tab ........................................................................................................................ 911
STRMFG Profile Sketch Support (StructManufacturing) .................................................................... 912
Default Report tab ........................................................................................................................ 912
Structural BOM (ShipStructure) .......................................................................................................... 912
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 913
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off (Structure) ....................................................... 914
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) .............................. 914
Structure Designed Handrails Details Properties ............................................................................... 915
Designed Handrail Summary tab ................................................................................................. 915
Structure Handrails Detailed Properties (Structure) ........................................................................... 916
Structure Handrails General Properties (Structure) ............................................................................ 917
Structure Ladders Detailed Properties (Structure).............................................................................. 917
Structure Ladders General Properties (Structure) .............................................................................. 918
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off (Structure) ...................................................... 919
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) .............................. 919
Structure Member Summarized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) .................................. 920
Structure Open Steel Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus (Structure)................................................. 921
Structure Slab Material Take-Off (Structure) ...................................................................................... 922
Structure Stairs Detailed Properties (Structure) ................................................................................. 923
Structure Stairs General Properties (Structure) .................................................................................. 924
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant
Rules) .................................................................................................................................................. 924
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 924
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab ................................................................................... 925
40
Contents
T Strainer (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data)..................... 925
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 925
T Strainer tab ................................................................................................................................ 926
Tap Properties Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................................................... 927
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 927
Tap Properties Data tab ............................................................................................................... 928
Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts).......................................................................... 928
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 928
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 928
CableTray_Tee tab ....................................................................................................................... 929
Temperature Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 930
Temperature Control Valve tab .................................................................................................... 931
Temperature Switch (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 932
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 932
Temperature Switch tab ............................................................................................................... 933
Temperature Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 934
Temperature Transmitter tab ........................................................................................................ 935
ToDoListStrMfgObjects (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................... 936
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 937
Unit Load Attributes (Compartmentation) ........................................................................................... 937
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 937
Unit Load Relations (Compartmentation) ........................................................................................... 938
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 938
Valve Operator Material Control Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................... 938
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 938
Valve Operator Mt ControlData tab .............................................................................................. 938
Valve Tags by Spec (Catalog Parts) ................................................................................................... 939
Vent Silencer2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 939
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 939
Vent Silencer2 tab ........................................................................................................................ 940
View Default (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports) ..................................................................... 941
41
Contents
Report1 tab ................................................................................................................................... 942
Volumes and Parents (Compartmentation) ........................................................................................ 942
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 942
Vortex Flow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 942
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 942
Vortex Flow tab ............................................................................................................................. 943
Washer Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ................................................................... 945
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 945
Washer Part Data tab ................................................................................................................... 945
Weld Model Representation Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................... 945
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 945
Weld Model Representation Rule tab........................................................................................... 945
Weld Type Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)................................................... 946
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 946
Weld Type Rule tab ...................................................................................................................... 946
Wye (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)......................................................................... 947
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 947
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 947
CableTray_Wye tab ...................................................................................................................... 947
Y Strainer2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 949
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 949
Y Strainer2 tab .............................................................................................................................. 950
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 953
42
Preface
This document is a user's guide for the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Drawings and Reports task and
provides command reference information and procedural instructions.
The Drawings and Reports user documentation is delivered in three separate documents:
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide
43
Preface
44
Documentation Set
Intergraph SmartTM 3DDocumentation is available as Adobe PDF files. The content is the same
as the online Help. To access these PDF documents, click Help > Printable Guides in the
software.
The documentation set is divided into four categories:
Administrative guides contain information about installing, configuring, customizing, and

troubleshooting.
User's guides provide command reference and how-to information for working in each task.
Reference data guides define the reference data workbooks. Not all tasks have reference
data.
ISOGEN guides.
Administrative Guides
Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide - Provides instructions on installing and configuring the
software.
Project Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for setting up the databases, creating
permission groups, backing up and restoring project data, assigning access permissions to the
model, defining and managing locations for Global Workshare, and version upgrade.
Global Workshare Guide - Provides instructions for setting up the software and the databases to
work in a workshare environment.
Interference Checking Guide - Provides information on installing, configuring, and using the
interference detection service.
Integration Reference Guide - Provides information about installing, configuring, and using
Smart 3D in an integrated environment.
Interpreting Human Piping Specifications - Provides information about how to interpret human
piping specifications so that you can create the corresponding piping specification in the
software.
Design and Data Exchange with PDMS - Provides information about how to export model data
from Smart 3D to PDMS and from PDMS to Smart 3D. Specific guidelines relating to best
practices and known limitations of the export functionality are also included.
Export to Plant Design System (PDS) User's Guide - Provides information about how to export
model data from Smart 3D to PDS. Specific guidelines relating to best practices and known
limitations of the export functionality are also included.
Point Cloud Reference - Provides information for referencing point cloud files provided by point
cloud vendors in Smart 3D.
Troubleshooting Reference Guide - Provides information on how to resolve errors that you might
encounter in the software by documenting troubleshooting tips, error messages, and To Do List
messages.
Plant Design System (PDS) Guide - Provides all information needed to use PDS with Smart 3D.
Topics include referencing active PDS projects in Smart 3D, exporting PDS data and importing
that data into Smart 3D, and converting PDS reference data to Smart 3D reference data.
45
Preface
Intergraph SmartTM 3D Programmer's Guide - Provides information about custom commands,
naming rules, and symbol programming. If you install the Programming Resources, this
document is delivered to the [Product Folder]\Programming\Help folder.
User's Guides
Catalog User's Guide - Provides information about viewing, editing, and creating reference data
and select lists (codelists).
Civil User's Guide - Provides information about routing trench runs in the model.
Common User's Guide - Provides information about defining workspaces, manipulating views,
and running reports.
Compartmentation User's Guide - Provides instruction for placing volume objects such as
compartments and zones in the model.
Electrical User's Guide - Provides information about routing electrical cable, cableway, cable
tray, and conduit.
Equipment and Furnishings User's Guide - Provides information about placing equipment.
Geometry Analysis and Repair User's Guide - Provides instructions for importing and exporting
model data, checking the data against a defined set of requirements, and repairing the data.
Grids User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating coordinate systems, elevation grid
planes, vertical grid planes, radial cylinders, radial planes, grid arcs, and grid lines.
Hangers and Supports User's Guide - Provides instructions on placing piping, duct, and
cableway supports in the model.
Hole Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing, reviewing, and approving
holes in a structure.
HVAC User's Guide - Provides instructions for routing HVAC duct.
Molded Forms User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing hull, bulkheads, major openings,
stiffeners, and other major structural components in the model.
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing
orthographic drawings.
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing
piping isometric drawings.
Piping User's Guide - Provides instructions for routing pipe and placing valves, taps, and pipe
joints.
Planning User's Guide - Provides instructions about defining the assembly hierarchy (production
bill of material) by creating blocks and assemblies and by specifying the assembly sequence.
Reports User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing spreadsheet reports.
Space Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing space objects such as
areas, zones, interference volumes, and drawing volumes in the model.
Structural Analysis User's Guide - Provides instructions for defining loads, load cases, load
combinations, and the importing and exporting of analytical data.
Structural Detailing User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating, detailing, and maintaining
the structural members of a model.
46
Preface
Structural Manufacturing User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating and maintaining
manufacturing objects such as templates, jigs, and margins.
Structure User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing structural members, such as beams,
columns, slabs, openings, stairs, ladders, equipment foundations, and handrails.
Systems and Specifications User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating systems and
selecting the available specifications for each system type.
Reference Data Guides

2D Symbols User's Guide - Provides command reference information and procedural
instructions for creating 2D symbols used to represent collars, clips, profiles, brackets, and other
items.
2D Symbols Reference Data Guide - Provides information about the two-dimensional symbols
used in all tasks.
Civil Reference Data Guide - Provides information about trench straight features, turn features,
reference data.
Compartmentation Reference Data Guide - Provides information about compartmentation
reference data.
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide - Provides information about reports reference
data.
Electrical Reference Data Guide - Provides information about electrical cable, cableway, cable
tray, and conduit reference data.
Electrical 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the cable tray and conduit 3D
symbols that are available.
Equipment and Furnishings Reference Data Guide - Provides information about equipment
reference data.
Equipment 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the equipment, equipment
component, design shapes, and design aides 3D symbols that are available.
Hangers and Supports Reference Data Guide - Provides information about hangers and
supports reference data.
Hangers and Supports 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the hanger and
support 3D symbols that are available.
Hangers and Supports SmartPart Symbols Reference - Provides information about the hanger
and support SmartPart symbols that are available.
Hole Management Reference Data Guide - Provides information about hole reference data.
HVAC Reference Data Guide - Provides information about HVAC reference data.
HVAC 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the HVAC 3D symbols that are
available.
Reference Data Guide - Provides instructions about the Bulkload utility, codelists, and the
reference data common to several disciplines.
Piping Reference Data Guide - Provides information about piping reference data including piping
specifications, piping specification rules, piping parts, and piping symbols.
47
Preface
Piping 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the piping 3D symbols that are
available.
Space Management Reference Data Guide - Provides information about space management
reference data.
Structure Reference Data Guide - Provides information about structural reference data.
Structure 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the stair, ladder, footings, and
equipment foundation 3D symbols that are available.
Structural Reference Data Overview - Provides an overview of the marine mode structural
reference data library.
ISOGEN Guides
Symbol Keys Reference Guide - Provides information about the symbol keys for isometric
drawings. This guide is from Alias, the makers of ISOGEN.
48
Documentation Comments
We welcome comments or suggestions about this documentation. You can send us an email at:
PPMdoc@intergraph.com.
Documentation updates for supported software versions are available from
https://smartsupport.intergraph.com (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
ISO Standards in Drawings

Intergraph SmartTM 3D Drawings are ISO compliant. Several ISO templates are delivered with
the product.
Below is a list of ISO Reference numbers and the description of the document.
ISO 128-20:1996(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Basic

conventions for lines
ISO 128-21:1997(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Preparation of

lines by CAD systems
ISO 128-22:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Basic

conventions for applications for leader lines and reference lines
ISO 128-23:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

construction drawings
ISO 128-24:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

mechanical engineering drawings
ISO 128-25:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Part 25: Lines

on shipbuilding drawings
ISO 128-30:2001(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Part 30: Basic

conventions for views
ISO 128-40:2001(E)

conventions for cuts and sections
ISO 128-50:2001(E)

conventions for representing areas on cuts and sections
ISO 5457:1999(E)
Technical product documentation Sizes and layout of drawing sheets
ISO 7200:2400(E)
Technical product documentation Data fields in title blocks and

document headers
ISO 5261:1995(E)
Technical Drawings Simplified representation of bars and profile

sections
49
Preface
ISO 2553:1992(E)
Welded, brazed and soldered joints Symbolic representation on

drawings
ISO 5572:1987(E)
Shipbuilding and marine structures Numbering of equipment and

structural elements in ships
ISO 7462:1985(E)
Shipbuilding Principal ship dimensions. Terminology and definitions for

computer applications
ISO 8193:1984(E)
Shipbuilding Shell plating information
ISO 9203-1:1989(E)
Shipbuilding Topology of ship hull structure elements Part 1:

Location of elements
ISO 9203-2:1989(E)

Description of elements
ISO 9203-3:1989(E)

Relations of elements
ISO 129-1:2004(E)
Technical drawings Indication of dimensions and tolerances Part 1:

General principles
ISO 6428:1982(E)
Requirements for microcopying
ISO 3898:1997(E)
Bases for design of structure Notations General symbols
ISO 3098-0:1997(E)
Technical product documentation Lettering Part 0: General

requirements
ISO 3098-2:2000(E)
Technical product documentation Lettering Part 2: Latin alphabet,

numerals and marks
ISO 3098-5:1997(E)
Technical product documentation Lettering Part 5: CAD lettering of

Latin alphabet, numerals and marks
By default, the following metric drawing templates are delivered in the ISO format.
LARGE
50
Paper Format (ISO 5457)
A0 (valid for A1 and enlarged formats)
Title-block (ISO 7200)
Lines (ISO 128 Part.25, ISO 6428)
Wide 0.7 mm
Narrow 0.35 mm
Characters (ISO 3098-5, ISO 6428)
Preface
Titles 7 mm (ISO 3098 BVL 7)
Labels 3.5, bold or 5 (ISO 128 Part.22)
Dimensions 3.5, values rounded to 1 mm (ISO 129)
Symbols to match above lines and characters for
Relative positions of structural elements (BL, CL,...)
Sections and details (Section plane, Section and Detail Titles)
Profile cross-sections (ISO 5261)
Profile end-cuts re-symbolization
Section and plates butt joints
Welds (ISO 2553)
51
Preface
Smart 3D and Oracle

Throughout the software and documentation, there are references and options pertaining to
Oracle databases. Intergraph SmartTM 3D plant mode supports Oracle, but marine mode and
material handling mode do not. Please remember that when using marine mode or material
handling mode, always select the SQL option when given a choice between Oracle and SQL.
52
What's New in Drawings and Reports

The following changes have been made to the Drawing and Reports task.
Version 2014 R1 (10.1)
Drawings (General)
You can now save all the sheets of a document as individual files at the same time. For
more information, see Save As Command (on page 72). (P2 CP:232309)
The Imported Folder command imports external files into the model. For more information,
see Imported Folders (on page 181). (P3 CP:51619)
The Fix Sector Size of Documents custom command adjusts drawing sector size from
small to large. For more information, see Custom Commands (on page 211). (P4 CP:
227654)
Orthographic Drawings
Added information for using the Cut command, which moves a drawing, a component, or a
folder from one location and paste it at another location. For more information, see Cut
Command. (P1 CP: 55697)
The behavior of the Copy and Paste commands have changed. For more information, see
Copy Command, Paste Command, and Paste Special Dialog Box. (P1 CP: 55697)
The Angle for Target Evaluation property defines the allowable angle from the view plane
for a target plate. For more information, see View Tab (Drawing View Properties Dialog Box)
(P2 CP: 239203)
Piping Isometric Drawings
Two new isometric options, ExcludeNuts and ExcludeWashers, specify if nuts and
washers display in the Material List. For more information, see Material List Options (S3D).
(P3 CP: 232872)
A note to clarify the way in which ISOGEN distinguishes between fixed length pipe and
variable pipe has been added. For more information, see FixedPipeAccumulation in Material
List Options. (P3 CP:240683)
53
What's New in Drawings and Reports
54
SECTION 1
Drawings and Reports

The Intergraph SmartTM 3D Drawings and Reports task creates orthographic drawings (by a
variety of methods), isometric drawings, and reports from the model. When the 3D model
changes, you can update your drawings and reports.
The Drawings and Reports task is also responsible for publishing your drawings and reports.
When your model is registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, you can publish
volume and composed drawings, orthographic drawings, isometric drawings, and reports. You
can also publish 3D model data using the 3D Model Data component.
The Management Console organizes the different document types into a customizable
hierarchy. Using the component functionality of the console, you can create, edit, update, print,
save, and publish the deliverables. This hierarchy of components and documents is also
available in many of the 3D tasks, such as Common, by using the Tools > Drawing Console
command. You can perform nearly all of your document operations using this command. For
more information, see the Common User's Guide.
Before you can create components for drawings and reports, your administrator must organize
the Management Console hierarchy with folders for each component type. Then, the
administrator must complete several setup steps, including setting up drawing and report
templates, creating view styles, creating appropriate filters, and specifying isometric drawing
options. Default templates and view styles are delivered with the software, and you can
customize them to suit your needs.
It is possible to customize templates and view styles before any objects exist in the model.
However, to create drawings and reports, objects must exist in your model. For example, if you
want to generate isometric drawings, you must have piping in your model.
Orthographic Drawings by Rule

Drawing by Rule types include design and detail drawings, manufacturing drawings, and
assembly drawings. You can use the Drawings by Rule component to create custom drawings,
or select a delivered Drawings by Rule package to create your drawings.
Composed Drawings
Composed drawings are orthographic drawings created in a 3D task such as Common. The
composed drawing component, available in the Drawing and Reports task Management
Console, manages the composed drawings you create. Composed drawings are flexible,
allowing you to have views that are managed by a drawing region and associate the views to
volumes and other views.
Volume Drawings
Volume drawings are useful for creating general arrangement or construction drawings of areas
within the model. In the Volume Drawing workflows, you or your administrator must create or
edit border templates. You can place drawing property labels in the title block of the template to
fit your company or project. You also must configure the view styles, which are sets of rules that
determine how the graphics in the three-dimensional model are represented on the drawings.
55
Drawings and Reports

View styles use filters. You can create a folder of drawing filters, with new, existing, and future
filters for each discipline. You place drawing volumes in the Space Management task. You can
publish Volume drawings when they are up-to-date.
Orthographic Drawings by Query

The Orthographic Drawing by Query component, in conjunction with the Drawings by Query
Manager component, creates drawings in mass by specifying a filter-based query to collect
objects for drawings. This drawing type is appropriate for creating detail drawings of particular
objects within the model. They are especially useful when creating drawings that use the same
style or format for large numbers of similar objects, such as hangers or supports.
Just like composed and volume drawings, you can print, update, save into MicroStation J (V7) or
AutoCAD formats, or publish Orthographic Drawings by Query. When you publish Orthographic
Drawings, a viewable graphic file is created; no physical data is published.
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query

Like Orthographic Drawings by Query, you create Piping Isometric Drawings by Query by
specifying a filter-based query to collect the objects. The workflow requires that you create or
edit border templates to fit your company or project. You or your administrator also must set the
isometric options for each of the isometric styles that you need in your project.
When you publish Piping Isometric Drawings by Query, they are published as viewable
graphics; no physical data is published.
Reports
In the Spreadsheet Reports workflow, you create report templates, which control the content
and format of reports. The default file format of reports in the software is Microsoft Excel
format. The Report Template Editor provides the ability to configure your reports to use queries
and special formatting.
You can publish Spreadsheet Reports just like drawings. However, the Spreadsheet Reports are
published as Excel spreadsheets; no physical data is published.
56
Microsoft Excel 2003 is the minimum supported version for the Drawings and Reports task.
Microsoft Excel 2007 has a file format and extension of .xlsx. However, the delivered report
templates still use the old .xls extension. If you create a report template with the .xlsx
extension, only machines with Excel 2007 will be able to handle (edit, update, or open) the
report. If you attempt to open an .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
appears stating that the file is not compatible with the version of Excel.
If you use Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under Tools > Macro > Security > Trusted
Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
If you use Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to open Excel
Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center Settings button.
Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA project object
model.
For more information about Microsoft Office and service packs, refer to the Microsoft web
site (http://www.microsoft.com/) (http://www.microsoft.com/).
SECTION 2
Interface Overview
This task includes different windows or views within its interface. You can toggle the display of
these windows using commands on the View menu. For more information, see View Menu (on
page 61).
The Management Console contains a hierarchy of folders and components that you create. If
you right-click an item in the Management Console, the available menu commands vary,
depending on the item and your permissions. For more information on managing folders and
components in the Management Console, see Shortcut Menus (on page 67).
The Detail View shows the children of the selected item in the Management Console. You can
select multiple components or documents by pressing Ctrl or Shift while selecting. To specify
the columns in the Detail View, right-click a column heading and click More. The Detail View is
overlaid by other windows depending on the current operation. For example, when reviewing
drawings using the Open command, a 2D viewer appears. When you edit report templates, a
tabular editor appears. For more information on setting the appearance of the Detail View, see
Detail View (View Menu) (on page 62).
Another window you use while working in this task is the SmartSketch Drawing Editor
window, which appears as a separate application window. It allows you to edit border templates,
drawing templates, and backing sheets for all types of drawings.
See Also
Menus and Toolbars (on page 58)
Icons for Components and Drawings (on page 58)
Permissions Overview (on page 60)
57
Interface Overview
Menus and Toolbars

In this task, the commands available change according to the active window, selected
Management Console or Detail View item, and the specific workflow.
For example, when you edit a drawing template or open a drawing, you control the template with
SmartSketch Drawing Editor. You use SmartSketch Drawing Editor menus and toolbars to
edit the open drawing template. When you edit report templates, the report menus and
commands are available.
In addition, the shortcut menu that appears when you right-click an item in the Management
Console or in the Detail View differs according to the type of item. For example, some of the
commands on the shortcut menu for a piping isometric drawing are different from the commands
on the shortcut menu for a composed drawing component.
For the root node of the Management Console hierarchy and Folder items that have no child
items beneath them, the shortcut menu includes Batch..., Copy, Paste, Delete, Rename,
New..., Save Package..., and Properties. If there are any child items beneath the root node or
beneath the selected folder, the following commands are added: Create Drawing(s), Refresh,
Run Query, Update Now, Print, and Save As. If you are registered with SmartPlant
Foundation, the Publish and Revise commands are added as well.
Also, keep in mind that the main menu bar available in the application varies by task. Some
commands available in other tasks may not be available in this one.
See Also
Interface Overview (on page 57)
Detail View (View Menu) (on page 62)
Icons for Components and Drawings

The Management Console and Detail View display different icons to show the type and status
of packages, components, and documents.
Drawing Type Icons

- Root of the model hierarchy
- Folder
- Search folder
- Imported folder
- Query manager
58
Interface Overview
- Generic module folder
- Drawing by Rule component
- Volume Drawing component
- Composed Drawing component
- Orthographic Drawing component
- Piping Isometric Drawing component
- Spreadsheet Report component
- 3D Model Data component
- MicroStation 3D DGN drawing component
- Package of drawing components (in the Add Component dialog box)
- Drawings by Rule package (in the Add Component dialog box)
- Drawing document. A status icon is always superimposed over this icon.
Document Status Icons

These icons appear superimposed on the document icon
and indicate document status.
- Submitted or scheduled for batch processing. These documents are either submitted or
scheduled for batch processing.
- Updating or publishing. A document also displays this icon if an error occurred and forced
the machine to end the update process before it completed. Right-click the drawing document,
and select View Log for more information, or update the document again.
- Out-of-date. This document has been altered in SmartSketch Drawing Editor or the drawing
properties have been changed. A document is not marked out-of-date if the 3D model has been
changed. For example, changing the view style of a drawing view causes the document to be
out-of-date, while moving a pump in the 3D model does not affect the drawing status (unless a
Refresh is performed).
- Up-to-date. This document is an accurate representation of the 3D model based on the last
update performed. If an object in the 3D model that is included in the drawing view has been
moved inside the 3D environment, the document is still up-to-date unless Refresh is performed.
A change must be made to the drawing properties or inside the drawing in order for it to be
marked out-of-date without a Refresh.
- Error status. An error has occurred during the update process. Right-click the drawing, and
select View Log for more information.
- No graphic objects in the model associated with this drawing document. For example, the
drawing is a Piping Isometric Drawing document created from a Pipeline System that has no
piping parts associated with it.
- The drawing document is a version 6.1 legacy Snapshot drawing. You should use the
Tools > Convert Legacy Snapshots command to convert this document to a Composed
Drawing for use in the current version of the software. If you do not convert the legacy snapshot
59
Interface Overview
drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including update, revise, and
publish.
See Also
Components Overview (on page 107)
Batch Update Document(s) (on page 197)
Update Now (on page 99)
Permissions Overview
Your site administrator sets permissions and creates permission groups in the Project
Management task. These permissions are used in the different tasks in the software to control
user access.
You can see your current permission group in the dropdown box in the upper left-hand corner of
the window when in the Drawings and Reports task.
The permission group to which an item belongs can affect the actions allowed against that item.
For example, the propagation of properties down the hierarchy, from parent to child, is
interrupted when a node or document in a read-only permission group is encountered.
The following list shows the actions relating to drawings and reports that are affected by
permission groups:
Accessing shortcut menu commands in the Management Console and Detail View
Creating items, such as drawings, drawing views, and drawing volumes
Propagating properties down through the hierarchy
Deleting items
Updating items, such as re-extracting drawings
In addition, access to the SharedContent share on the server computer affects actions such as
creating and editing view styles and graphic rules.
See Also
60
SECTION 3
View Menu
Management Console (View Menu)
Toggles the display of the Management Console. By default, the Management Console is
visible when you enter this task.
The Management Console contains a hierarchy of folders and components that you create. If
you right-click an item in the Management Console, the available menu commands vary,
depending on the item and your permissions. For more information on managing folders and
components in the Management Console, see Shortcut Menus (on page 67).
When you switch to a different task and then return to the Drawings and Reports task, the
Management Console remembers the node you last selected on the console hierarchy.
See Also
Workspace Explorer (View Menu) (on page 65)
Refresh (View Menu) (on page 65)
61
View Menu
Detail View (View Menu)

Turns the display of the Detail View on and off. This command is located on the View menu.
When checked, the Detail View is visible in the application window. When you right-click folders
or documents in the Detail View, shortcut menus display. The items on the shortcut menu vary
depending on the selected item. For more information on the commands, see Shortcut Menus
(on page 67).
To modify the headings in the Detail View, right-click the column-heading area. Select More on
the shortcut menu to display the Column Settings dialog box.
See Also
Specify columns in the detail view (on page 62)
Column Settings Dialog Box (on page 64)
Specify columns in the detail view

1. Right-click a column heading in the Detail View. The shortcut menu shows the currently
displayed columns with a checkmark .
2. Add and remove columns automatically by checking and unchecking them on the shortcut
menu.
62
View Menu
3. To modify the appearance and order of the columns, click More on the shortcut menu.
4. On the Column Settings dialog box, select the columns you want to include in the Detail
View. Clear, or uncheck, the ones you do not want to include. You can also use the Show
and Hide buttons to add and remove columns.
5. To change the order of the columns, click Move Up and Move Down on the Column
Settings dialog box.
6. Specify the width of a column by selecting it and typing an integer in the Width of selected
column box. You can also resize columns by dragging the edge of the column in the Detail
View.
See Also
Management Console (View Menu) (on page 61)
Column Settings Dialog Box (on page 64)
63
View Menu
Column Settings Dialog Box

Specifies the columns you want to see in the Detail View. You also can specify the order and
width of the columns. You access this dialog box when you right-click in the column heading
area of the Detail View and select More on the shortcut menu.
Move Up - Moves the selected column up one position. The column appears one position to the
left in the Detail View.
Move Down - Moves the selected column down one position. The column appears one position
to the right in the Detail View.
Show - Displays the column in the Detail View.
Hide - Hides the column in the Detail View.
In addition to the Show and Hide commands, you can use the checkboxes beside the
column names to add and remove them from the Detail View. Checked indicates that the
column appears in the Detail View.
Width of selected column - Specifies the width of the column in pixels. You can specify a
different column width for each column.
See Also
64
View Menu
Workspace Explorer (View Menu)

Toggles the display of the Workspace Explorer as a viewer only in the Drawings and Reports
task. By default, the Workspace Explorer is visible when you enter this task. The Workspace
Explorer displays the contents of the workspace in a classification hierarchy that reflects the
various relationships defined for the design objects. The content represents the current objects
loaded from the database into the active workspace.
Icons appear at the left of the window objects to indicate the type of the object. For example, a
file folder icon represents the model, an equipment icon represents equipment, an I-beam icon
represents a structural system, and so forth.
See Also
Refresh (View Menu)

Updates the loaded (expanded) content of the Console hierarchy, when others are concurrently
adding folder, components, or drawings to the hierarchy. The entire hierarchy does not refresh
unless you have all the nodes completely expanded. You can also press F5 to update the
content.
See Also
Shortcut Menus (on page 67)
65
View Menu
66
SECTION 4
Shortcut Menus
When you right-click nodes in the Management Console and nodes or documents in the Detail
View, shortcut menus display. The items on the shortcut menu vary depending on the selected
item.
Root Shortcut Menu

Folder Shortcut Menu
Component Shortcut Menu
Drawing Document Shortcut Menu
By default, the Management Console and Detail View appear when you enter the task.
You can turn the views on or off on the View menu.
When you switch to a different task and then return to the Drawings and Reports task, the
Management Console remembers the node you last selected on the console hierarchy.
If you are registered with SmartPlant Foundation, the Publish and Revise commands are
added as well. You can also set up batch printing and updating for documents using the
Batch commands available on the shortcut menus.
See Also
67
Shortcut Menus
New Command
Adds a new folder, a search folder, an imported folder, or a component to the Management
Console hierarchy. Select the model root or a folder and right-click to select New. If you select
the model root, New creates a folder, a search folder, or a folder containing a set of drawing
components. If you select a folder, New creates a folder, a search folder, an imported folder, or
a drawing component.
Search Folders (on page 175)
Imported Folders (on page 181)
If you have previously created a package, the package is available in the Add Component
dialog box to add a component to the hierarchy. For more information, see Save Package
Command (on page 70).
Add Component Dialog Box (on page 69)

What do you want to do?
Add a folder (on page 68)
Add a package of components (on page 69)
Add a component (on page 69)
Add a folder
1. Right-click the root model in the Management Console hierarchy, and select New >
Folder.
The folder is added to the hierarchy.
2. To rename the folder, right-click the folder, and select Rename, or select the folder, and
press F2 on the keyboard. Type a new name.
68
You can place another folder under a folder in the hierarchy.
You can place a folder, application component, or a package under a folder in the hierarchy.
For example, you can add a Piping Isometric Drawings by Query component to a folder.
You cannot add folders or other components to a search folder component. For more
information, see Search Folders (on page 175).
Shortcut Menus
Add a package of components

1. Right-click the root model in the Management Console hierarchy, and select New.
2. On the shortcut menu, click More to open the Add Component dialog box, and select a
package
for a set of related components. For more information, see Add Component
Dialog Box (on page 69).
A folder and components are added to the hierarchy.
3. To rename the folder or a component, right-click and select Rename on the shortcut menu,
or press F2 on the keyboard.
Right-click a component to access the available commands for that component.
Add a component
1. In the Management Console, create a folder or select an existing folder.
2. Right-click the folder, then select New.
3. On the shortcut menu, select a component such as Composed Drawings or Orthographic
Drawings by Query, or click More to open the Add Component dialog box and select a
component. For more information, see Add Component Dialog Box (on page 69).
The component is added to the folder.
4. To rename the component, right-click the component, and select Rename, or select the
component, and press F2 on the keyboard. Type a new name.
Right-click a component to access the available commands for that component.
You cannot add folders or other components to a search folder component. For more
information, see Search Folders (on page 175).
Add Component Dialog Box

Lists the available packages and folder types you can use to create folders and drawing
components at the selected level in the Management Console hierarchy. You access this
dialog box when you right-click a folder or the model root, and select New > More.
Packages are organized in tabs by drawing type. Select a tab, and then select a package to
view its description.
Many packages are delivered with the software. Your catalog administrator can add new
tabs and packages to the dialog box using the Save Package Command. For more information,
see Save Package Command (on page 70).
See Also
69
Shortcut Menus
Save Package Command

Saves the Management Console hierarchy from the selected component down. The package
saves the setup information and any template definitions that exist on nodes within the selected
hierarchy. You can access this command by right-clicking a folder or application component in
the Management Console. You must have at least write permissions on the component to
access the Save Package command.
This command is not used in the normal workflow of creating drawings and reports.
An administrator with write permissions to the SharedContent folders saves packages.
When a package is added back into the Management Console, it recreates the hierarchy that
was saved with the package.
Packages are also used in the setup of a Drawings by Query Manager component for the
creation of orthographic and piping isometric drawings.
Save Package Dialog Box (on page 71)
Output documents are not saved in a package.
If the topmost component saved in the package is a folder, then the package can be placed
under the model root or a folder. If the topmost component saved in the package is an
application component, then the package can only be placed under a folder.
When you place a package, the software adds all the components to the active permission
group.
To save drawings or reports externally, see Save As Command (on page 72).
Save a package
1. Right-click a component in the Management Console hierarchy, and select Save Package
The Save Package dialog box displays.
2. Specify a package name, package description, and tab name. For example, you can save a
Piping Isometric Drawing Package to a new tab called Iso.
3. Click OK to save the package.
70
Shortcut Menus
The package is added to the Add Component dialog box on the specified tab. If a new tab
name was specified, a new tab is added to the dialog box.
You can add the new package to the hierarchy by using the New command. Select the
package on the Add Component dialog box. When you add a package, the software adds all
the components to the active permission group.
See Also
Save Package Command (on page 70)
Save Package Dialog Box

Package Name - Specifies a name for the package.
Package Description - Describes the package.
Tab Name - Specifies the tab of the Add Component dialog box on which the package
appears. You can pick an existing name or type a new tab name in this field. The next time you
access the Add Component dialog box from an existing folder, the software adds the new tab
and lists the new package on the tab. For more information, see Add Component Dialog Box (on
page 69). For example, if you saved a package called Piping Isometric Drawing Package and
added it to a new tab called Isos, an Isos tab is added to the Add Component dialog box:
71
Shortcut Menus
See Also
Save a package (on page 70)
Save As Command
Saves drawings and reports as specified file types to an external location, such as a share on
another server. This command is not available until you generate drawings for at least one of the
structures in the hierarchy. This command saves only the structures that contain drawings or
reports. You can save multiple file types based on the types of documents available. You can
specify the target file type for each drawing type you want to save.
To save the hierarchy as a package, right-click the folder and select Save Package on the
right-click menu. For more information, see Save Package Command (on page 70).
Save As Dialog Box (on page 74)

Save to a file (on page 72)
Create a piping component file (PCF)
Save to a file
Prior to following this procedure, you must have generated drawings already for at least one of
the items in the Console hierarchy. The Save As command is not available if drawings have not
been generated.
1. Select a folder, component, or document. You can select multiple documents by holding Ctrl
or Shift and clicking each item.
2. Right-click your selection, then select Save As on the shortcut menu.
The Save As Dialog Box (on page 74) displays.
3. Specify the Output Folder Rule to be used. You can save the item as it appears in the
hierarchy, with its parent folder appended or with the entire model hierarchy appended.
4. Specify the Output Folder location. Click Browse to display a dialog box to locate the
appropriate folder location.
5. Check the boxes for the Component Types you want to save. You can select multiple
component types. For more information, see Save As Dialog Box (on page 74).
72
Shortcut Menus
6. In the Target File Type lists, specify the file types you want to save. You can specify a file
type for each component type selected. For example, you could use the Iso_Stress style to
create a Piping Component File (PCF) file, then when you perform a Save As on the
document, check the Isometric Drawings component type and specify the Target File
Type as PCF File.
For Piping Isometric Drawings, the name of the drawing document becomes the prefix
for all of the files. For example, if the drawing document name is My_Pipeline, the saved
file names become: My_Pipeline.sha, My_Pipeline.pcf, and so on.
For Piping Isometric Drawings, a file is created for each sheet in the drawing with
[drawing name]_[sheet name] as the filename. For example, if the drawing My_Pipeline
contains Sheet1 and Sheet2, two files will be saved with the names
My_Pipeline_Sheet1 and My_Pipeline_Sheet2.
If you configured a StartProgram, then the extracted PCF file will be stored with the
relation <Filename>-extracted-pcf. For example, if the final PCF file name is
My_Pipeline, then the extracted PCF is saved as My_Pipeline-extracted-pcf in the same
location along with the My_Pipeline file.
You must configure a StartProgram to store the extracted PCF.
Otherwise, the software considers the final PCF as the extracted PCF.
7. Click OK to save the files as specified.
The saved drawings retain the same names they had in this task.
You can also extract all the sheets of a document to foreign formats such as MicroStation
DGN, AutoCAD DWG and DXF files. A file is created for each sheet in the drawing with
[drawing name]_[sheet name] as the filename. For example, if the drawing Volume_Drawing
contains Sheet1 and Sheet2, two files are saved with the names Volume_Drawing_Sheet1
and Volume_Drawing_Sheet2.
73
Shortcut Menus
Save As Dialog Box

Sets options for exporting drawings. You can open this dialog box by right-clicking a folder,
component, or drawing and then selecting Save As on the right-click menu.
Output Folder Rules - Specifies how you want to save the hierarchy. The following options are
provided:
As displayed - Specifies the selection is saved as displayed.
Append Parent Folder - Specifies the selected item is appended to the parent folder.
Append Model Hierarchy - Specifies the selected item is appended to the hierarchy
starting from the root and including the selected item.
Output Folder - Specifies the location to which to save the package.

Browse - Indicates a folder in which to save the drawings. You can select a local folder or a
folder on another computer on the network.
File Type - Specifies the file formats to save for each drawing type. Check the box next to each
drawing type you want to save. Use the Target File Type menu to specify the file type to which
the drawing type is saved. The file types available for each drawing type are described in the
following table.
74
Shortcut Menus
Drawing Type
Target File Types
MicroStation
MicroStation J (V7) (*.dgn) 32MB

limit
Piping Isometric Drawings
Shape2DServer (*.sha)
PCF file (*.pcf)
For Piping Isometric Drawings, the name of the drawing

document becomes the prefix for all of the files. For
example, if the drawing document name is My_Pipeline,
the saved file names become: My_Pipeline.sha,
My_Pipeline.pcf, and so on.
For Piping Isometric Drawings, a file is created for each
sheet in the drawing with [drawing name]_[sheet name]
as the filename. For example, if the drawing
My_Pipeline contains Sheet1 and Sheet2, two files will
be saved with the names My_Pipeline_Sheet1 and
My_Pipeline_Sheet2.
Both (*.sha & *.pcf)

All Files (*.*) - Includes all .sha
and .pcf files, as well as all
enabled supplementary files.
MicroStation J (V7) (*.dgn)
AutoCAD (*.dxf)
AutoCAD (*.dwg)
Spreadsheet Reports
Worksheets (*.xls)
Composed Drawings, Volume Drawings, and Orthographic

Drawings by Query
Shape2DServer (*.sha)
MicroStation J (V7) (*.dgn)
AutoCAD (*.dxf)
AutoCAD (*.dwg)
See Also
Save As Command (on page 72)
Open Command
Opens the selected document for viewing within this task. This command is available on the
shortcut menu for all document types except 3D Model Data. You also can open the document
by double-clicking it.
Opening a MicroStation 3D DGN document requires that the MicroStation J (V7)
application be loaded on the workstation.
Open a document
1. In the Detail View, double-click a document. You can also right-click the document, then
select Open.
2. Close a document by clicking File > Exit.
To edit the document, right-click the document, the select Edit. If the document is a
drawing, you can annotate it.
75
Shortcut Menus
See Also
Open Command (on page 75)
Delete Command
Removes an item and its sub-items from the hierarchy and the database. You access this
command on the right- click menu for any node or document in the hierarchy. Undo is not
available for this action. Upon deletion, a confirmation message appears.
When you delete a drawing, its associated template and its component remain unchanged. Any
associated physical volumes are deleted.
You can delete many items that are directly or indirectly related to this task:
Components in the Management Console hierarchy
Documents
Drawing volumes
Drawing views
In some cases, deleting an item causes other items to be deleted. For example, when you
delete a drawing volume, associated views are deleted. When you delete a drawing view in a
generated drawing, associated volumes and documents are deleted.
In addition, the item status and your permissions can affect whether or not you can delete the
item. A drawing set to Approved cannot be deleted. However, you may be able to delete a
drawing set to Working.
You can select multiple components or documents in the Detail View and use the Delete
command from the right-click menu to remove those items.
Delete an item
1. Right-click a folder component, document, drawing volume, or drawing view.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Delete.
You cannot undo a delete operation.
The Delete command propagates down the hierarchy. For example, if you delete a
volume component, its child components (if any) and all the drawings contained in the
components are deleted as well. However, when you delete a single volume drawing, the
associated template, volume, and component remain unchanged. You can update the drawing
component to re-create the drawing.
See Also
76
Shortcut Menus
Rename Command
Allows you to type a new name for a selected item in the hierarchy. The shortcut key for this
command is F2.
You cannot have duplicate names at the same level in the tree, but the names are
case-sensitive. For example, you can have two items be named 'ItemName' and 'itemname' at
the same level in the tree.
Rename an item
1. Right-click an item in the Management Console hierarchy or Detail View, .and select
Rename on the shortcut menu. Alternatively, press F2 on the keyboard.
2. Type a new name for the item.
See Also
Rename Command (on page 76)
Print Command
Sends a print request for the selected documents to the default printer. This command is not
available until you have created and updated documents.
Print a document (on page 77)
Print a document as a PDF file (on page 78)
Print a document
1. To specify a printer, select File > Select Printer. For more information on selecting a
printer, see Select Printer (File Menu) (on page 78).
2. Select a folder, application component, or the root node in the Management Console to
print all of the drawing and report documents beneath the selected level. You can also
select a single document or multi- select documents in the Detail View. You can select
multiple documents to print by pressing Ctrl or Shift and then clicking each document in the
Detail View.
3. Right-click and select Print on the shortcut menu.
You can also use the Batch > Print command on the item's shortcut menu to print the item
using a scheduled batch job. For more information, see Batch Print (on page 196).
77
Shortcut Menus
Print a document as a PDF file

1. To specify a printer, select File > Select Printer. For more information on selecting a
printer, see Select Printer (File Menu) (on page 78).
2. Select SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx as the printer.
3. Select a folder, application component, or the root node in the Management Console to
print all of the drawing and report documents beneath the selected level. You can also
select a single document or multi-select documents in the Detail View. You can select
multiple documents to print by pressing Ctrl or Shift and then clicking each document in the
Detail View.
4. Right-click and select Print on the shortcut menu.
You can also use the Batch > Print command on the item's shortcut menu to print the item
using a scheduled batch job. For more information, see Batch Print (on page 196).
Select Printer (File Menu)

Specifies a printer for documents. The command lists all printers available to your computer.
To print a drawing as a PDF, select SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx as the printer.
SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx requires special settings for 64-bit versions of Windows.
For more information, see Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows (on page 78).
Select Printer Dialog Box (on page 79)
Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows

Smart 3D installs SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx, a printer driver used to convert drawings
and reports to PDF files. Special settings are needed for this driver.
Windows 7
1. Open Start > Control Panel
The Control Panel appears.
2. In the Hardware and Sound section, click View devices and Printers.
3. Right-click SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx and select Printer properties.
The SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx Properties dialog box appears.
4. On the Advanced tab:
Select Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster.
Select Start printing immediately.
Clear Enable advanced printing features.
5. Click OK.
78
Shortcut Menus
Select Printer Dialog Box

Specifies a printer for documents.
Name - Specifies a printer name.
Status - Displays the current status of the specified printer.
Type - Displays the type of printer.
Where - Displays the port or location the printer uses.
See Also
Print a Document (on page 77)
Setting Properties
The software updates properties from parent nodes to child nodes and drawings in the
Management Console hierarchy.
For example, you can display the Properties dialog box for a folder named Isometric
Drawings. If you set the Division Location property to Huntsville, Alabama, the software
pushes this value to the items contained within the Isometric Drawings folder.
You can specify inheritance for each item on its Properties dialog box. If you set the override
flag for a property, the property is not inherited from the parent. You can provide a new,
overriding value for the property. This new value then propagates to other items deeper in the
hierarchy.
Properties and Publishing

Several document properties impact publishing the document. Before you can publish
documents in the software, you must configure your computer. The configuration includes
installing the SmartPlant Client and SmartPlant Schema Component and registering through the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more information about the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
Even if you have registered your model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, you must set
certain properties to enable the publishing capability. Properties that control publishing are found
on the WBS Tab. For more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page
227).
The software considers blanks or cleared values as override flags.
If the drawing document you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
), the drawing document is a version 6.1 legacy Snapshot drawing. You should
example:
use the Tools > Convert Legacy Snapshots command to convert this document to a
Composed Drawing for use in the current version of the software. If you do not convert the
legacy snapshot drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including
update, revise, and publish.
79
Shortcut Menus
See Also
Edit document properties (on page 80)
Properties Command (on page 80)
Properties Command
Views and edits properties for the selected document. The properties of child items are inherited
from the parent item unless you set the Override column for the properties.
Properties Dialog Box (on page 81)

Edit document properties (on page 80)
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 80)
Set properties for publishing documents (on page 227)
Edit document properties

1. In the Management Console or Detail view, right-click an item in the hierarchy, and select
Properties on the shortcut menu.
The Properties dialog box displays.
2. Change the properties as needed. For example, you can set the coordinate system for the
drawing on the Style tab or view the current approval information on the Signature tab.
If you do not want an item to acquire a property from its parent, select the Override column
on the Properties dialog box and type a new value. This value propagates to other items
deeper in the hierarchy.
The software treats blank or cleared property values as overrides.
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents

Surface Style Rules and Aspects must be set on each 3D Model Data document before
updating it using the Update, Update Now or Batch > Update command.
1. Select one or more 3D Model Data documents.
2. Right-click the selected documents, and select Properties on the shortcut menu.
The Properties dialog box appears.
3. Go to the Surface Styles and Aspects tab to add surface style rules to the selected rules
list. You can also import the surface styles used in the session file. For more information,
see Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 87).
80
Shortcut Menus
4. Click Select Aspects to specify the aspects used within the 3D Model Data documents. If
you select no aspects for your documents, the Simple Physical aspect is automatically
applied by default. For more information, see Select Aspects Dialog Box (on page 88).
5. Click OK on the Properties dialog box to save the changes to the document(s).
Now you can update the drawing documents using the Update, Update Now or Batch >
Update command to incorporate the surface styles and aspects with the 3D Model Data.
Use a Search Folder to Collect 3D Model Data Documents for Property Update
You can create a Search Folder that filters for the 3D Model Data documents so you can edit
their surface style rule and aspect settings collectively. When you setup the Search Folder, use
a filter that looks for the SmartPlant Review Output objects. You could additionally specify
properties on the output objects to further narrow the search criteria, such as Data Created,
Date Last Modified, or Signature. For more information, see Search Folder Filters (on page
177).
Properties Dialog Box

Sets options for items in the Management Console hierarchy. All items in the Management
Console have a Properties command on their right-click shortcut menus. Using the Properties
dialog box, you can control how you want properties to propagate through the hierarchy.
You can specify labels for some of the properties on the tabs. Click the browse button at the
right of the table cell to display the Choose Label dialog box.
General Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 82)
Title Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 83)
Signature Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 85)
81
Shortcut Menus
Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 86)
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 87)
Custom Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 92)
Notes Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 93)
Issue Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 94)
Revision Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 95)
WBS Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 96)
Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 97)
The WBS tab is available only if you have registered your model using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard.
If your model has not been registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, the Issue
tab is always available. If your model has been registered, the Issue tab is available only if
you have issued documents to a contract and the information is read-only. For more
information, see Issue request documents (on page 234).
See Also
Setting Properties (on page 79)
General Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Shows general properties for a drawing item.
Name - Displays the name of the property.
Value - Sets the current value of the property.
Behavior - Specifies whether to inherit or override a property in the hierarchy of items in the
Console. If the property is Inherited, the setting comes from items higher in the hierarchy. If the
property is not read-only, you can provide a new, overriding value for the property by changing
the behavior setting to Override. This new value then propagates to other items deeper in the
hierarchy. If you set the behavior to Force Override, the property setting is forced to items
deeper in the hierarchy, even if they are set to Inherit.
Properties
Published - Indicates whether the drawing has been published.
Size - Displays the size of the file in KB (kilobytes).
See Also
82
Shortcut Menus
Title Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the title area of drawings.
If you access this tab after selecting multiple drawings, these fields will appear empty,
regardless of what information was defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information
you add to this tab will overwrite the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the
selected drawings.
Properties
Border - Specifies the border attribute that stores the name of border for the title block. This
attribute also stores the dimensions of the border.
Charge Number - Defines the charge number for the drawing.
Charge Title - Describes the Charge Number box. The charge title text is placed to the left of
the charge number.
Company Name - Specifies the name of the company for which the project is designed.
Desc1 - Describes the drawing. This description is the first of four lines of text used to describe
the drawing.
Desc2 - Describes the drawing. This description is the second of four lines of text used to
describe the drawing.
Desc3 - Describes the drawing. This description is the third of four lines of text used to describe
the drawing.
Desc4 - Describes the drawing. This description is the fourth of four lines of text used to
describe the drawing.
Division Location - Specifies the location of the division for which the project is designed.
Division Name - Specifies the name of the division for which this project is designed.
Drawing Naming Rule - Specifies a default or custom naming rule to the drawing. The default
name rules provided include:
Default Drawing Name Rule - This is the default rule for composed drawing types. Creates
a name based on the parent component name, Global Workshare location ID, and an index
number. The naming rule inserts a "-" between each name. If there are no parent objects,
then only the child object name is used. For example, the first drawing created under the
ComposedDrawings001 component at workshare site 1 is called
ComposedDrawings001-1-0001.
Default By Query Name Rule - This is the default rule for all Drawings by Query drawing
types. Creates a name based on the parent object name (each system and sub-system
83
Shortcut Menus
above the child object will be included in the name) and child object name. The naming rule
inserts a "-" between each name. If there are no parent objects, then only the child object
name is used. For example, the first composed drawing created at workshare site 1 under
the ComposedDrawings001 component would be named ComposedDrawings001-0001.
Default Report Name Rule - This is the default rule for all Spreadsheet Reports. Creates a
name based on the object name, Global Workshare location ID, and an index number. For
example, the first drawing created at workshare site 1 is called
ComposedDrawings001-1-0001.
Volume Name Rule - This is the default rule for volume drawing types. Creates a name
based on the volume name, Global Workshare location ID, and an index number. For
example, the first drawing created using the volume Volume001 in workshare site 1 is called
Volume001-1-0001. If a volume is not specified, the drawing name will be named
Unspecified.
Customized naming rules appear in the list if you bulkload against the CDrawingSheet
class, which is the class for the drawing object. The rules are defined on the NamingRules
sheet in the GenericNamingRules.xls workbook. For more information, see the Reference Data
Guide.
Drawing Number - Displays the unique identifier for the drawing.
Drawing Size - Defines a standard note value for the border size.
Drawing Type - Defines the three-letter code to identify the type of drawing. For example, the
type can be DGN.
Job Number - Defines the unique identifier assigned to a capital project or job.
Note Line - Specifies text for a miscellaneous note line.
Plant Name - Specifies the name of the plant or project for which the drawing is designed.
Project Version - Defines the number and letter sequence that identifies a particular generation
of a document that was created since the last approved revision.
Revision Numbers - Defines the number of the current revision for this drawing.
Sheet - Defines the number of the page and the total number of pages that are associated with
this one. For example, the value might be 3 of 5.
Site Location - Specifies the site location for which the drawing is designed.
Site Name - Specifies the name of the site where the plant is being constructed.
Title1 - Specifies text for the first miscellaneous title. This title is usually a description of the area
shown on the drawing.
Title2 - Specifies text for the second miscellaneous title. This title is usually a description of the
type of drawing.
Title3 - Specifies text for the third miscellaneous title.
See Also
84
Shortcut Menus
Signature Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the signature area of drawings.
regardless of the information defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information you
add to this tab overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the
selected drawings.
Properties
Approval Date - Specifies the date the drawing was approved.
Approved By - Specifies the name of the person responsible for approving the drawing.
Checked By - Specifies the name of the person responsible for checking the drawing.
Checked Date - Specifies the date the drawing was checked.
Designed By - Specifies the name of the person who specified or designed the information on
the drawing.
Designed Date - Specifies the date the drawing was designed.
Drawing Status - Defines the status code for the drawing.
Drawn By - Specifies the name of the person who drew the drawing, or created it.
Drawn Date - Specifies the date the drawing was drawn or created.
Extra Sign By1 - Specifies the name of an extra person who is signing the drawing.
Extra Sign By2 - Specifies the name of an extra person who is signing the drawing.
Extra Sign Date1 - Specifies the date the drawing was signed by the person whose name
displays in this box.
Extra Sign Date2 - Specifies the date the drawing was signed by the person whose name
displays in this box.
Extra Sign Title1 - Defines the title of the person whose name displays in this box.
Extra Sign Title2 - Defines the title of the person whose name displays in this box.
Mfg Rep Date - Specifies the date that the manufacturing representative initials the drawing.
Mfg Rep Name - Specifies the name of the manufacturing representative who signed the
drawing.
Plant Number - Defines the plant number.
Proj Engineer Date - Specifies the date the project engineer initials the drawing.
85
Shortcut Menus
Proj Engineer Name - Specifies the name of the person who is the project engineer for the
project using the drawing.
Spec By - Specifies the name of the person who specified or designed the information on this
drawing.
Spec Date - Specifies the date this drawing was specified or designed.
See Also
Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the style of drawings and reports.
regardless of the information defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information you
add to this tab overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the
selected drawings.
Properties
Coordinate System - Specifies the global or an active coordinate system. Choose a coordinate
system from the list, or click More... to choose another coordinate system with the Select
System dialog box.
If you want to output large coordinates on your drawings, define a coordinate system using large
negative coordinates. For example, if you want coordinates of 400,000 ft output on drawings,
define a coordinate system origin of -400,000 ft and place your model elements close to global
0. Select the new coordinate system in the Coordinate System field on the Style tab. For more
information on defining coordinate systems, see the Grids User's Guide available from Help >
Printable Guides.
86
The Coordinate System property is not used by Composed Drawings. The coordinate
system settings are driven by the properties for the drawing views in a composed drawing.
For more information on the coordinate system properties for a drawing view, see Drawing
View Properties Dialog Box (Place View Command) in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor
Help.
If you are accessing the Properties Style tab for a 3D Model Data component or document
with the intention of saving it as a SmartPlant Review file, make sure this property is set
appropriately so that the Plant Monument Coordinate Offset is passed correctly to SPR
when creating the VUE file. This is because SPR shows the objects from the VUE file using
global coordinates. The offset value allows you to see the original coordinates relative to the
Shortcut Menus
new SPR coordinate system. For more information on 3D Model Data components, see 3D
Model Data. For information on saving to SPR, see Save as SmartPlant Review File.
Volume Naming Rule - Specifies the naming rule applied to the content of the drawing.
Change Management - Enables and disables Change Management for piping isometric
drawings. You can override the Drawing.Content.ChangeManagementEnabled option in the
Isometric style with this property. You can set the property to Enabled, Disabled, or set it to
Undefined. This property is only available when you are viewing properties for a piping
isometric drawing. For more information on Change Management, see Change Management in
Piping Isometric Drawings.
Baseline Date - Identifies a date in time when a snapshot of the drawing document was taken.
It is a way of identifying when objects have changed.
WBS Project - Specifies the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) project style to be used with the
drawing. This property serves as the answer to an asking filter when specified in a View Style.
For more information, see Create a Drawing Using WBS Objects.
See Also
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the surface styles and aspects used in 3D Model Data. This tab is only available
when you are looking at the properties for a 3D Model Data document.
You can perform the following operations on this tab:
Select an existing surface style rule from the library and add it to the workspace.
Modify an existing surface style rule in the library and add it to the workspace.
Create a new surface style rule and add it to the library and the workspace.
Delete a surface style rule from the library or the workspace.
Rearrange the style rules in the workspace box of the Surface Style Rules dialog box by
using the Move Up and Move Down commands.
Import surface styles from the session file.
Set the aspects for the 3D Model Data.
Surface style rules

Style rule library - Lists all the current surface style rules in the Site database.
Selected rules - Lists all the names for the surface style rules currently assigned to the
workspace.
Add - Adds the selected surface style rule to the workspace.
Remove - Removes a selected surface style rule from the workspace. To remove a surface
style from the workspace, select the style in the Workspace list and click Remove.
Move Up - Moves the selected style rule up one step in the Workspace list.
Move Down - Moves the selected style rule down one step in the Workspace list.
87
Shortcut Menus
New - Activates the Surface Style Rule Properties dialog box on which you can create a new
surface style rule and add it to the database. This button is available only if you have write
permission to the surface style rules.
Modify - Activates the Surface Style Rule Properties dialog box to modify an existing surface
style rule and add it to the database.
For more information on creating new or modifying existing surface style rules, see
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box (on page 90).
Copy - Creates a copy of the selected rule on the Clipboard. You use Copy to create a copy of
a surface style rule in the Model database so you can modify the rule rather than create a new
one.
If you try to copy a style rule associated with a deleted filter, the style cannot be copied. A
message box displays.
Paste - Pastes the copied rule from the Clipboard so it can be modified.
Delete - Removes the selected Surface Style Rule from the database.
Apply - Applies changes in surface style rules to the workspace.
Double-clicking a surface style rule also activates the Surface Style Rule Properties
dialog box on which you can create or modify a surface style rule if you have permission.
Import from Session - Imports session surface style rules for the selected 3D Model Data
component.
Aspects
Select Aspects - Opens the Select Aspects dialog box so you can specify the aspects to use
for the 3D Model Data component. For more information, see Select Aspects Dialog Box (on
page 88).
When publishing 3D Model Data documents, the Simple Physical aspect is used by
default if no other aspects are specified.
See Also
Select Aspects Dialog Box

Specifies the aspect associated with the 3D Model Data document(s). An aspect is a geometric
area or space related to an object. The aspect represents information about the object, such as
its physical shape or the space required around the object. Aspects are associated parameters
for an object, representing additional information needed for placement. Aspects can represent
clearances for safety or maintenance, additional space required during operation, or simple and
detailed representations of the object. You define aspects when you model a part class for the
reference data.
This dialog box appears when you click the Select Aspects button on the Surface Styles and
Aspects tab of the Properties dialog for a 3D Model Data document(s).
Selected aspects - Shows a checkbox list of all aspects defined by the model reference data.
You can check multiple aspects. By default, the Simple Physical aspect is selected.
88
Shortcut Menus
Simple physical - Includes primitive shapes. This aspect creates a less cluttered view of
the object, showing only the body of equipment or a simplified cross-section for structure, as
shown below.
Detailed physical - Provides a more detailed view of an object. This aspect shows all the
graphical details associated with the equipment or structure. For example, certain types of
equipment may include legs and lugs. For marine structure, this aspect uses all geometry in
the cross-section, as shown below.
Insulation - Shows an area around a piece of equipment indicating the presence of

insulation. This aspect is also used to display structural fireproofing insulation. For example,
a 4-inch pipe with insulation might look like an 8-inch pipe when this aspect is used.
Operation - Includes the area or space around the object required for operation of the
object. This space shows in the model but not in drawings. For example, this aspect leaves
enough space around a motor for a person to operate the motor.
Maintenance - Includes the area or space around the object required to perform
maintenance on the object. This space may appear in the model but not in drawings. For
example, this aspect leaves enough space around a motor to perform maintenance on a
motor, including space to remove the motor.
Reference Geometry - Allows you to construct or add graphical objects that do not
participate in interference checking. For example, a reference geometry object could be a
spherical control or the obstruction volume for a door. For marine structure, this aspect
allows you to control the display of landing curves for design seams, profile systems,
reference curves, and knuckle curves.
Centerline - Displays objects as a single line representation. For example, this aspect is
useful for when you want to display handrails or structural members as a single-line on
89
Shortcut Menus
drawings. For structure, the centerline is determined from the cardinal point used to place
the member. That cardinal point is not always the center of the object.
Molded Forms - Displays plate, profile, and beam systems for marine structure.
Equipment Hole - Displays holes for marine structure created in the Hole Management
task.
For more information on defining aspects for your model reference data, see the Common
User's Guide.
See Also
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 87)
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box

Selects a filter and a surface style to be used for the objects identified by the filter. This dialog
box appears when you click New or Modify or double-click a surface style rule on the Surface
Style Rules dialog box. You can also use this dialog box to rename a rule after you use the
Copy and Paste commands on the Surface Style Rules dialog box. Paste creates a rule
named Copy of original surface style rule name.
Surface Style Rule Properties Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box) (on page 90)
Configuration Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box) (on page 92)
Surface Style Rule Properties Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog
Box)
Creates or modifies a surface style rule. Surface style rules are based on filters. When you
create new rules or modify rules, you specify a filter on which to base the rule. For more
information on filters, see the Common User's Guide.
Rule name - Specifies the name of the surface style rule.
Filter - Identifies the filter used within the style rule. The filters available are the ones defined for
the current database. The list in the dropdown includes the last ten filters selected. Selecting
Create New Filter in the dropdown list displays the New Filter Properties dialog box, which
allows you to define a new filter for the style rule. Selecting More in the list displays the Select
Filter dialog box. The Properties button for this field displays the Property dialog box for the
selected filter. For more information on defining a new filter or reviewing properties, see the
Common User's Guide.
We recommend that you use simple, asking, and compound filters with style rules. Using
SQL filters can result in significant performance degradation and should be avoided whenever
possible. Unlike the other types of filters, the SQL server is performed directly on the database.
For each object passed to the SQL filter, the software checks to see if any of the objects were
returned by the query. However, modification of the object may change whether or not the object
passes the SQL filter. For example, a pipeline might pass the SQL filter before it is assigned to a
different system. After the system assignment changes, a different style rule is applied.
Therefore, some SQL filters may result in decreased efficiency in assessing the project data
model.
Style applied - Specifies the surface style to be used for the objects identified by the selected
filter. The list in the dropdown includes all surface styles available for the current database. The
90
Shortcut Menus
Properties button displays the Surface Style Rule Properties dialog box so you can edit the
style as needed.
Select all aspects to which the style will be applied - Shows a checkbox list of all aspects
defined by the model reference data. You can check multiple aspects. By default, all aspects are
selected.
An aspect is a geometric area or space related to an object. The aspect represents

information about the object, such as its physical shape or the space required around the
object. Aspects are associated parameters for an object, representing additional information
needed for placement. Aspects can represent clearances for safety or maintenance,
additional space required during operation, or simple and detailed representations of the
object. You define aspects when you model a part class for the reference data.
The Simple Physical aspect includes primitive shapes. The space can be a field junction
box displayed in both the model and in drawings. When you publish 3D Model Data
documents, this is the default aspect used if no other aspects are selected for the document
properties.
The Detailed Physical aspect provides a more detailed view of equipment in the model. For
example, certain types of equipment may include legs and lugs. As opposed to the Simple
Physical aspect, which only shows the body of the equipment, the Detailed Physical
aspect shows all the graphical details associated with the equipment.
The Insulation aspect shows an area around a piece of equipment indicating insulation is
present. For example, a 4-inch pipe with insulation might look like an 8-inch pipe when the
Insulation aspect is selected.
The Operation aspect includes the area or space around the object required for operation
of the object. This space shows in the model but not in drawings. The Operation aspect
leaves enough space around a motor for a person to operate the motor.
The Maintenance aspect includes the area or space around the object required to perform
maintenance on the object. This space may appear in the model but not in drawings. The
Maintenance aspect leaves enough space around a motor to perform maintenance on the
motor, including space to remove the motor, if necessary.
The Reference Geometry aspect allows you to construct or add graphical objects that do
not participate in interference checking. For example, a reference geometry object could be
the obstruction volume for a door on a field junction box. Another example is a spherical
control point.
See Also
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box (on page 90)
91
Shortcut Menus
Configuration Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box)
Displays the creation, modification, and status information of an object.
Model - Displays the name of the model. You cannot change this value.
Permission Group - Specifies the permission group to which the object belongs. You can
select another permission group, if needed. Permission groups are created in the Project
Management task.
Transfer - Re-assigns ownership of the selected model objects from their current permission
group to another satellite or host permission group. This button is only available if the active
model/project is replicated in a workshare configuration. The button is not available if all of the
objects in the select set already belong to another location and are non-transferable. For more
information, see Transfer Ownership Dialog Box in the Structural Detailing User's Guide.
The Transfer option does not apply to the Surface Style Rules.
Status - Specifies the current status of the selected object or filter. Depending on your access
level, you may not be able to change the status of the object.
Created - Displays the date and time that the object was created.
Created by - Displays the name of the person who created the object.
Modified - Displays the date and time when the object was modified.
Modified by - Displays the name of the person who modified the object.
Custom Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for drawing properties.
If you access this tab after selecting multiple drawings, these fields appear empty, regardless of
the information defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information you add to this tab
overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in all selected drawings.
See Also
92
Shortcut Menus
Notes Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets notes for the item.
overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the selected drawings.
Parent Notes - Concatenates the notes from any parents of the currently selected item and
displays the notes. This box is read-only.
Notes - Specifies notes for the currently selected item.
The following graphics demonstrate how parent notes and notes work. The first graphic shows
how notes can be added at different levels of the hierarchy. The Notes tab shows Parent Notes
from a higher-level folder or component. The Notes section shows additional information for a
particular drawing document.
When the document is updated and displayed, the Note Region of the template contains the
specified information.
See Also
93
Shortcut Menus
Issue Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for internal issues.
Issue Number - Shows the drawing issue number. Type the required issue number for the
drawing. When you have selected multiple drawings or a node in the Management Console,
this field is not available to edit, as an issue number is created for each individual drawing,
depending on its current revision history.
Description - Describes briefly the scope of the issue.
Issue Date - Shows the date issued.
Issue Reason - Shows the reason the document was issued. Select a value from Bid,
Fabrication, Construction, Reference, and your customized values, if any are defined.
The values for Issue Reason can be customized by editing and bulkloading the
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist.xls workbook delivered in the [Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Bulkload\AdditionalDataFiles folder. For more information, see Bulkload
Files in the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Job Spec - Identifies the job specification for the issued document.
Revision Number - Defines the revision number for this issue of the drawing.
Unregistered
If you access Properties on a single document when your model has not been registered using
the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, the Issue tab displays previous entries. A new row is
available to make a new entry. You can edit each field using alphanumeric and special
characters. You cannot delete a row after it has been added.
If you access Properties on a folder when your model has not been registered using the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard, the Issue tab has a single blank row for a new entry. With the
exception of the Issue Number field, you can edit all the fields. Their values are propagated to
the documents within the folder.
Registered
If your model is registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard and you have issued
requests for the document, the Issue tab is read-only. The Issue information is retrieved for
informational purposes only.
You can create only one issue per instance of the Properties dialog box. To create another
issue, close the dialog box and open it again.
For information on issuing requests for contracts when working in an integrated

environment, see Issue request documents (on page 234).
See Also
94
Shortcut Menus
Revision Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Displays and sets properties for revisions. The Revision tab is always read-write (subject to
user permissions).
Action - Lists the available actions when accessing Properties on a single component, multiple
components, or multiple documents.
Append Record - Creates a new revision record for each document under the selected
component(s) or in the document set. You can manually type a value for the next revision
mark or let the software automatically increment it for you.
Edit Last Record - Edits the last revision for each document under the selected
component(s) or in the document set. Only the edited revision fields overwrite the
corresponding fields on the last revision record. To clear a populated revision field, type a
single space character, and no other characters, in the edited field.
The Append Record and Edit Last Record options are not available for a model
registered with SmartPlant Foundation or when revising a single document.
Revision Mark - Specifies the current revision. For single documents, double-click the New
Record cell to automatically increment to the next revision mark number. To manually type a
value for the next revision mark, click the New Record cell and type the value. This only applies
when the model has not been registered with SmartPlant Foundation. If this cell is not edited,
then the revision mark number automatically increments to the next available number in each
writeable document associated to the selected set.
Revision Minor Number - Specifies the minor revision number for the revision.
Description - Describes the scope of the revision.
Revised By - Identifies the person who made the revision.
Revision Date - Specifies the date of the revision.
Check - Identifies the person who checked the revision.
Check Date - Specifies the date the revision was checked.
Approved By - Identifies the person who approved the revision.
Approval Date - Specifies the date the revision was approved.
The appearance and behavior of the contents of this tab differ depending on whether properties
are accessed on a single document or accessed on a single component, multiple components,
or multiple documents. The contents of this tab also depend on whether the model is registered
to SmartPlant Foundation.
Unregistered
If you access Properties on a single document and your model has not been registered to
SmartPlant Foundation, the Revision tab displays previous entries made. A new row is
available to make a new entry. You can edit each field using alphanumeric and special
characters.
If you access Properties on a single component, multiple components, or multiple documents
and your model has not been registered to SmartPlant Foundation, the Revision tab has a
single blank row for a new or edited entry. All fields are editable. Their values are propagated to
the writeable documents that are associated with the selected set.
95
Shortcut Menus
Registered
If your model has been registered to SmartPlant Foundation, use the Revise command to
create revision numbers. This command reserves a revision number by adding it to the
document Revision properties. The revision number is added in the form of a blank row on the
Revision tab of the Properties dialog box.
After reserving the revision number, right-click the document and select Properties. Go to the
Revision tab and edit the Revision fields. All fields except for Revision Mark and Revision
Minor Number are editable. For more information, see Revising (on page 219).
You can create more than one revision per instance of the Properties dialog box by
selecting Apply after adding a record.
You can delete one or more revision records by highlighting the revision rows and pressing
Delete. You must select OK or Apply to make the deletion permanent. The rows selected
for deletion must be adjacent and must include the last revision record.
See Also
WBS Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) of drawings and reports. This tab is
available only when your model has been registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard.
overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the selected drawings.
Properties
Project Name - Displays the project to which the item belongs. In SmartPlant Foundation, a
project is the scope of work approved for capital expenditure (that is, a job).
Document Type - Specifies the type of document, such as Civil Plan.
Document Style - Specifies the style of document, such as Ortho for orthographic drawing.
Discipline - Specifies the discipline for the document. If this is a 3D Model Data document, set
the property to SmartPlant Review Document. If it is a drawing or report document, set the
discipline to match the type of document.
Allow Publish - Sets the document as a publishable document.
96
Shortcut Menus
Working with the Integrated Environment
You can only publish documents after the appropriate properties are set on the WBS tab. The
WBS tab is not available if your login is not authenticated as valid for SmartPlant Foundation.
The properties that must be defined for publishing are: Document Type, Document Style,
Discipline, and Allow Publish. For more information, see Set properties for publishing
documents (on page 227).
See Also
Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Displays the creation, modification, and status information for an item.
Model - Displays the name of the Model. This value is read-only.
Permission group - Specifies the permission group to which the item belongs. You can select
another permission group if needed.
If you access this tab after selecting multiple drawings, this field will be empty, regardless of
what information was defined for any of the drawings individually. Any selection you in this field
will overwrite the previously defined information in the selected drawings.
Approval State - Shows the approval state of the selected item. This value is read-only.
Status - Specifies the current status of the selected Console hierarchy item or items or selected
documents in the Detail View. Depending on your access level, you may not be able to change
the status of the selected items.
Date Created - Displays the date and time the item was created.
Created by - Displays the name of the person who created the item.
Date Last Modified - Displays the date and time the item was modified last.
Last Modified by - Displays the name of the person who modified the item last.
See Also
Choose Label Dialog Box

Specifies a label for a document property. This dialog box displays the labels available on the
application server in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Labels\Base Templates
folders.
See Also
Setting Properties (on page 79)
97
Shortcut Menus
Updating Documents
Updating documents increases productivity because you can easily keep deliverables current. It
is important to understand the different update capabilities.
You must install the SmartPlant Schema Component to update documents. For more
information, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide available from Help >
Printable Guides.
example:
legacy snapshot drawing, you cannot update, revise, or publish the drawing.
Refreshing Document Contents

The Refresh command on the shortcut menu for a Console hierarchy item allows you to see
which documents are out-of-date. For more information, see Refresh (Shortcut Menu) (on page
98).
Updating Documents Using Batch Processing

The Batch command queries the model to regenerate a single document or multiple documents.
For volume and composed drawings, if you have edited the previous copy of the drawing (for
example, by moving a label), the software remembers those changes and re-creates them. If
batch processing is configured for the selected drawings, the update is performed on the Batch
Server.
For more information, see Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services (on page 185).
See Also
Refresh document status (on page 99)
Print Command (on page 77)
Refresh (Shortcut Menu)

Compares the date of the last update of the document with the modification date in the model for
any object that has a positive (can be seen) resymbolization in the drawing.
This command is not available until you generate documents. You can access this command by
right-clicking an item in the Management Console hierarchy or in the Detail View and selecting
Refresh on the shortcut menu. The software updates the status for all the expanded items
within the parent node.
The Refresh command is not available for Spreadsheet Report documents. A
Spreadsheet Report document is regenerated each time you update or print the report
document. You can refresh the contents of a folder that contains reports.
For out-of-date documents
98
, the command behavior implies the following:
If the object is hidden entirely and is inside the drawing volume, but the style does not
resymbolize the hidden lines, the object does not participate in the "out-of-date" definition.
Shortcut Menus
The modification date used for the object in the model can be for any property even if this
property has no impact on the graphic. This means that a drawing could be considered
out-of-date even though the graphic is up-to-date. For example, the approval status does not
affect graphics. However, the view style you are using for your drawing can use a filter that
sets approved objects to a specific color. A drawing document appears with an out-of-date
definition because of a change to the approval status.
Objects participating indirectly in the graphic as labels do not participate in the out-of-date
definition. This means that, in rare cases, a label may be out-of-date on a drawing that is
shown as up-to-date.
To refresh the Management Console to reflect changes made to loaded (expanded) tree
view items, use the View > Refresh command.
You can also use the Batch > Refresh command on the shortcut menu to perform your
refreshes on the batch server. Batch > Refresh is not available for Spreadsheet Report
documents.
Refresh document status

1. Right-click any item in the Management Console or in the Detail View.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Refresh. The software checks the model for any differences.
The drawing icons change to reflect the status of the documents compared to the model.
After refreshing a folder or component, you can synchronize it with the model by
right-clicking the item and then selecting Update or Update Now on the shortcut menu.
See Also
Refresh (Shortcut Menu) (on page 98)
Updating Documents (on page 98)
Update Now
Updates a single document or multiple drawing documents whether or not they are out-of-date.
This command is available when you right-click on:
A folder or component in the Management Console. All drawings in all components within
the folder are updated.
A component in the Management Console. All drawings in the component are updated.
One or more documents in the Detail View. The selected drawings are updated.
This command works on your local computer regardless of the batch configuration.
99
Shortcut Menus
For volume drawings, the Update Now command is not available until you place drawing
volumes for a volume component in the Space Management task. For composed drawings, this
command is not available until you create the drawings in a 3D task through Tools > Drawing
Console. For reports, this command is not available until you create the report by choosing a
report template.
If the software encounters a problem before or during the drawing update, it stops updating,
displays either an error status or error message, and saves the errors to the log file. For
more information, see Conditional Drawing Update (on page 104).
The software preserves many of the modifications you make between regenerations of
volume drawings. For example, if you annotate a volume drawing and then regenerate it,
your annotations still appear on the updated drawing.
Documents created automatically in a Drawings by Rule component are automatically

deleted by updating the component if the document no longer contains views.
If the software cannot make a SmartPlant Foundation server connection when updating 3D
Model Data documents, you are prompted to provide a valid login and password.
If you place drawing property labels on a template, generate a drawing, move the labels on
the drawing, and then update the drawing, the software remembers the new position of the
labels on the drawing.
Update all drawings in a folder or a component (on page 100)
Update a report (on page 101)
Update a single drawing (on page 101)
Insert a note at a precise place on an isometric drawing (on page 101)
Update all drawings in a folder or a component

Before you update a folder or a component, you can refresh its documents to determine
which documents are out-of-date. For more information, see Refresh document status (on page
99). You do not have to refresh before updating, but it can be helpful to determine which
documents are out-of-date.
1. Right-click a folder or a component in the hierarchy. If you select a component, it must
contain existing drawings or reports. If you select a folder, it must contain a component with
existing drawings or reports.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Update Now.
The icons for the out-of-date documents change to show they are updated. If the Batch
Server is configured, the command displays the Drawing Batch dialog box.
For more information, see Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services (on page 185).
100
Shortcut Menus
You can update an individual document by right-clicking the document and selecting
Update Now on the shortcut menu.
Update a report
1. Right-click a report document.
2. On the shortcut menu, select Batch > Update to update the document on the batch server
now or create a schedule to run the batch job. Alternatively, select Update Now to update
locally.
The icon for the out-of-date document changes to show it is updated
3. If the batch server is configured, the Drawings Batch dialog box appears.
Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services (on page 185)
When using the Batch > Update command and batch processing is configured for the
selected document, the update is performed on the Batch Server. If batch processing is not
configured, the command behaves the same as the Update Now command, performing a
complete regeneration of the entire drawing on the local machine.
Update a single drawing

1. Right-click a document.
2. On the shortcut menu, select Batch > Update to update the document on the batch server
now or create a schedule to run the batch job. Alternatively, select Update Now to update
locally.
The icon for the out-of-date document changes to show it is updated
3. If the batch server is configured, the Drawings Batch dialog box appears.
Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services (on page 185)
When using the Batch > Update command and batch processing is configured for the
selected document, the update is performed on the Batch Server. If batch processing is not
configured, the command behaves the same as the Update Now command, performing a
complete regeneration of the entire drawing on the local machine.
Insert a note at a precise place on an isometric drawing

1. In the Common task, click Insert > Control Point.
2. Select the pipe part in the model that needs a note.
101
Shortcut Menus
Use the quick pick tool to make the correct selection.
3. Position the control point on the centerline of the pipe part. For precision placement, use
, PinPoint
, or Point Along.
commands like Measure
4. In the Type box, verify that Control Point is selected.
5. Confirm or change the option in the Subtype box on the ribbon.
6. In the Name box, define a name for the control point.
7. Click Properties
8. Under the Notes tab, click New Note.

9. In the Key point box, select the control point to which to attach the note.
10. In the Notes at this location, listed by name box, type or select a name.
11. In the Purpose of note box, select Fabrication so that the note is picked up for inclusion in
the drawing.
12. In the Note text box, type descriptive text for the note.
102
Shortcut Menus
13. Check the Show dimension box if you want a dimension to appear on the drawing.
14. Click OK.

15. In the Drawings and Reports task, use the Update Now or Batch > Update commands to
update the drawing that includes the pipe part with the associated control point.
The note appears where it was placed in the model.
103
Shortcut Menus
Conditional Drawing Update

Before updating a drawing, Smart 3D ensures necessary information is present before changing
the existing drawing document. If any of the following conditions are true before the update
process begins, the software displays an error message that lists the missing items, and makes
no changes to the drawing. If any of the following conditions are true after the update process
begins, the drawing update process stops, changes to an error status ( ), and Smart 3D
preserves the previous state of the drawing document to avoid any data loss.
Reference Data Conditions
View style cannot be found.
Graphic preparation rule cannot be found.
Graphic rule cannot be found.
Label rule cannot be found.
Dimension rule cannot be found.
North arrow rule cannot be found.
Matchline rule cannot be found.
View rule cannot be found.
View style filter cannot be found.
Emptyvw.sha file cannot be found.
Styles.sha file cannot be found.
Model Data Conditions
Associated volume cannot be found.
Associated coordinate system cannot be found.
Memory Conditions
104
Not enough available memory to begin the update process.
Not enough available memory to complete the update process after it has started.
Failure conditions found before the update process can be viewed in the Drawings.log.
Failure conditions found during the update process can be viewed when you right-click a
drawing and select View Log.
Failure conditions are not logged when the Update command is used on a drawing view.
You must use the Update Now command in either the Drawing Console or Drawings and
Reports task to save the error(s) to the log.
If an orphan view (a view that exists in the model database without a corresponding view)
exists, it is removed from the database and a description of the error is logged in the
Drawings log file in <Temp Folder>\Logs.
Shortcut Menus
Restore
Restores a drawing document from a model restored from a backup. This command is available
when you right-click on a document in the Drawing Console or the Drawings and Reports
task.
When a document is restored, all document properties are overwritten.
You cannot restore a document if the document is created in your current model after the
backup is created. If you select a group of documents to restore, new documents in the
group are not restored. All other documents are restored from the backup model.
Views that are created in your current drawing after the backup is created are lost when you
select Restore.
Create a backup to use for restoration (on page 105)
Restore a document from a backup model (on page 105)
Create a backup to use for restoration

1. In the Project Management environment, create a backup file of your current model using
Tools > Backup. For more information, see Backup in the Project Management User's
Guide.
2. Create a new ship in the site by restoring the backup file using Tools > Restore. Select
Restore Ship for selective recovery of model objects in the Restore Wizard. For more
information, see Restore and Restore Wizard in the Project Management User's Guide.
Give the new model a name that makes it easy to identify as the backup of your current
model.
Restore a document from a backup model

1. In the Drawing Console or the Drawings and Reports task, right-click on a drawing
document in your current model, and select Restore.
The Restore Document dialog box appears.
2. Select the backup model from the Model box, and then click OK.
The document in your current model is replaced with the document from the backup model.
105
Shortcut Menus
106
SECTION 5
Components Overview
Several specialized components allow you to access commands for configuring templates and
generating drawings and reports. The various types of components can be divided into two
groups: application components and folder components. Many of the application components
correspond to specific types of drawings, such as volume drawings and composed drawings.
The Spreadsheet Reports component provides access to report-related commands. You
organize drawings and reports in folders. You can add folders to the root and to other folders.
Each component has a different icon and right-click menu.
You can copy and paste components with some restrictions. For example, application
components cannot contain folders or other application components. If you copy a folder, you
can paste it under a folder but not under another component type. If you copy a Volume Drawing
component, you can paste it under a folder. If you copy other types of components, you can
paste them under folders but not under other types of components.
Your administrator can assign permissions to the different components using commands in the
Project Management task. For example, the administrator can set permissions so that only the
piping designers have write privileges on Piping Isometric Drawings. For more information, see
the Project Management User's Guide.
There are several types of delivered components. Their names reflect the type of drawing or
report they create. When you right-click the root or a folder and select New, the Add
Component dialog box appears. The dialog box includes a General Tab for general types of
drawings or reports and additional task-specific tabs with delivered folders and packages. For
more information, see Add Component Dialog Box (on page 69).
You can also create and manage components from the 3D modeling tasks by using the
Tools > Drawing Console command. For more information, see the Common User's Guide.
The following components are shown on the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
Other components are shown on other tabs.
Delivered Component
3D Model By Query
Description
Creates a 3D Model By Query component in the
Console. You can use the 3D Model By Query
component to export 3D model data in bulk as CAD
(SAT) files. The software uses a filter-based query
to collect the objects and document them
automatically. More information is available in the
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
107
Components Overview
Delivered Component
108
Description
3D Model Data
Creates a 3D Model Data component in the

Console. Right-click the component and select
Setup on the shortcut menu to specify a filter that
identifies the objects you want collected by the 3D
Model Data component. You can use the 3D Model
Data component to output SmartPlant Review files
or CAD (SAT) files. More information is available in
the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
MicroStation 3D DGN
Creates a MicroStation 3D DGN component in the

Console. Right-click the component and select
Setup from the shortcut menu to define the
MicroStation seed file and style to use in generating
the component documents. More information is
available in the Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide.
Folder
Creates an empty folder in the Console.
Drawings By Query Manager
Creates a Drawings by Query Manager in the

Console. The Drawings by Query Manager is used
in conjunction with other components, such as the
Orthographic Drawing by Query and Piping
Isometric Drawing by Query components, to
complete the query for objects in the model. The
Drawings by Query Manager provides the filter that
specifies the "where" side of the query. It tells the
query "where" to look for the objects specified by
the component "what" filter. More information is
available in the Orthographic Drawings Users
Guide and the Piping Isometric Drawings User's
Guide.
Generic Module Folder
Creates a Generic Module Folder in the Console.

The Generic Module Folder component provides a
way for you to run your custom VB modules to
create custom drawings. You set up the Generic
Module Folder component to use your custom VB
module. More information is available in the
Imported Folder
Imports an external Windows folder from a shared

network folder into the Management or Drawing
console. The imported folder can contain any type
of file available in Windows. You can manage the
imported documents, and publish them using
Imported Folder menu options. For more
information, refer to Drawings Folders in the
Othographic Drawings User's Guide.
Components Overview
Delivered Component
Composed Drawings
Description
Creates a Composed Drawing component in the
Console. Composed drawings are orthographic
drawings created in a 3D task such as Common.
The composed drawing component manages the
composed drawings you create. More information is
Guide.
Orthographic Drawings by
Query
Creates an Orthographic Drawings by Query

component in the Console. The Orthographic
Drawing by Query component allows you to create
drawings for many objects in the model all in the
same manner. This component does not require
physical volumes in the model. The software uses a
filter-based query to collect the objects and
document them automatically. More information is
Guide.
Piping Isometric Drawings by

Query
Creates a Piping Isometric Drawings by Query

component in the Console. You create isometric
drawing by associating a Piping Isometric Drawing
by Query component to a Query Manager. The
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query component
specifies the "what" portion of the query, while the
Query Manager specifies the "where." More
information is available in the Piping Isometric
Drawings User's Guide.
Spreadsheet Reports
Creates a Spreadsheet Report component in the

Console. More information is available in the
Reports User's Guide.
Search Folder
Creates a Search Folder in the Console. Search

Folders allow you to search for documents based
on common properties such as out-of-date status,
approval, or documents that have been published
to a certain contract in integrated environment.
More information is available in the Orthographic
Volume Drawings
Creates a Volume Drawings component in the

Console. The Volume Drawing component uses a
template to create drawings. You can place a view
on the template and associate the view with a view
style to control the output. To define the contents of
the view, you create a drawing volume in the
model. More information is available in the
109
Components Overview
For drawing components used in marine mode, see
Drawings by Rule Packages
See Also
New Command (on page 68)
110
SECTION 6
Spreadsheet Reports
The Spreadsheet Report component allows you to define report templates and create report
deliverables.
The software features a tabbed editor called the Report Template Editor that allows you to
create and modify report templates. Most of the delivered reports use a combination of filters
and SQL. The Report Template Editor includes an interface for entering database query
syntax and testing the results of a query as part of the report. The editor also features an Excel
component in which you can perform a drag and drop operation of attributes onto a worksheet.
The default format of all reports is Microsoft Excel format.
After you make changes to a template, you can test the template by using the Update
Document(s) or Update Now command. For more information on updating documents, see
Updating Documents (on page 98).
There are several types of spreadsheet reports delivered with the software. They are defined
and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For more information on the workbook, see the
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Excel 2007 uses a new file format and extension (.xlsx). However, the delivered report
report. If you attempt to open a .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
If you are using Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under the Tools > Macro > Security >
Trusted Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
If you are using Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to access
Excel Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select Trust Center Settings. Select
the Macro Settings category, and check Trust access to the VBA project object model.
site (http://www.microsoft.com/).
See Also
Marine Reports (on page 112)
Reports Workflow (on page 113)
Report Templates (on page 115)
Create and update a delivered report (on page 122)
Reports Common Tasks (on page 114)
Appendix: Report Descriptions (on page 247)
111
Spreadsheet Reports
Marine Reports
The Spreadsheet Report component allows you to define report templates and create report
deliverables. Marine-specific reports are delivered with the product. In the Drawings and Reports
task, you can create new reports, modify existing reports, and test run the reports before making
them available to everyone
The software features a Report Template Editor, allowing you to create and modify report
templates. Most of the delivered reports use a combination of filters and SQL queries. The
Report Template Editor includes an interface for entering database query syntax and testing
the results of a query as part of the report. The editor also features an Excel component in which
you can drag and drop attributes onto a worksheet. The default format of all reports is Microsoft
Excel format.
Document(s) or Update Now command. For more information on updating documents, see
There are several types of spreadsheet reports delivered with the software. They are defined
and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For more information on the workbook, see the
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
You can run reports from nearly all of the Smart 3D tasks using the Tools > Run Report
command. You can find more information on this command in the Common User's Guide
available from Help > Printable Guides.
Working with Marine Reports

The marine-specific reports are delivered in the [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports folders:
Assembly - Lists assembly and block reports available.
ShipDrawings - Contains report templates specific to Drawings by Rules and other drawing
types.
StrucManufacturing - Lists reports specific to structural manufacturing.
ShipStructure - Provides reports for ship structure items.
You can use the delivered reports as they are or you can modify them using the Report
Template Editor.
For information on working with the reports associated with a Drawings by Rule component, see
the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
Report Template Editor (on page 132)
112
Spreadsheet Reports
Reports Workflow
The reporting workflow involves the effort of three people:
A reports database administrator who creates the reporting databases.
A reports designer who creates report templates that define what is reported and in what
format.
A user who runs the reports.
Role of the Reports Database Administrator

The report database is created when you create the model. The reports database administrator
is responsible for the databases, including regeneration when necessary. The reports databases
work in conjunction with the five databases required by the software. For more information, see
the Project Management User's Guide and the Installation Guide.
The administrator must re-create the reports databases anytime the metadata changes, such as
when new attributes or custom interfaces are added to the reference data or when changes are
made to the catalog schema.
The software requires the Reports Database and permissions be set correctly to make
the reporting functionality available.
Role of the Reports Designer

Reports designers can be classified in three categories: Casual, Expert, and Consultant. All
three types of designers create and modify report templates, but the manner in which they do so
may differ. All three types of designers use the Report Template Editor to create report
templates. A casual designer creates filter-based reports, but an expert may choose to write
SQL query-based reports. A consultant creates and modifies report files (.rtp, .rqe, .rfm) as well
as using the Report Template Editor to develop complex queries. Experts and consultants are
more skilled in the use of SQL and the complexities of the data model.
To view the delivered report templates and examples, see the [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports folder located on the product server computer.
The reports are divided further into component folders. For example, the Piping- related reports
and all their supporting files are located in the Piping folder. The reports in this location are
catalog reports and are bulkloaded into the catalog database.
The delivered spreadsheet reports are defined and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For
more information on the workbook, see the Drawing and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Role of the End User

End users can interactively run reports in most of the tasks in the software using the Run
Report command on the Tools menu. Users can select a report template listed on the Catalog
Reports tab or the My Reports tab on the Run Report dialog box and then run a report based
on that template.
Users also answer prompts for parameterized reports when they are run. The prompt questions
are specified when these types of reports are designed.
113
Spreadsheet Reports
Users can access personal report templates, stored in the Personal Report Templates location
specified on the Tools > Options dialog box. Administrators or report designers are usually
responsible for creating catalog report templates.
For more information about running reports, see the Common User's Guide.
The Run Report command is intended for quickly generating reports that will not
be updated in the future. To manage report generation, you must use the reporting functionality
in this task.
In addition to the three different roles involved in reporting, two different time periods exist in
reporting: design time and run time. Design time refers to the part of the process when the
report templates are specified and edited. Run time refers to the time when the report
deliverable is created using the Tools > Run Report command or the functionality in this task.
See Also
Report Templates Folder (on page 117)
Create a new report template from an existing template (on page 120)
Edit a Report Template (on page 128)
Reports Common Tasks

The following tasks are used frequently when you create spreadsheet reports.
Create a Spreadsheet Reports Component

You create a Spreadsheet Reports component using New command. For more information, see
New Command (on page 68).
Create the Report or a New Report Template

Right-click on the Spreadsheet Report component and select Create Report to specify the type
of report and create it. For more information, see Create a new report template from an existing
template (on page 120) and Create and update a delivered report (on page 122).
Edit the Report

Right-click a report and select Edit Template to activate the Report Template Editor and
customize the report. For more information, see Report Template Editor (on page 132). To
customize the appearance of the report, go to the Formatting Tab and click Design Layout
to open the report in Excel and modify the appearance and content. For more information, see
Design Layout (on page 137).
Add a Filter-Based Query to a Report

You can add a query to a report. For more information, see Add a filter-based query to a report
template (on page 161).
Create a Filter-Based Report

You can also create a report that is based entirely on filters and object properties. For more
information, see Create a filter-based report (on page 123).
114
Spreadsheet Reports
Remove a Report Template Component
A report component is represented as a tab in the Report Template Editor when editing a report
template. You use the Tools > Remove: Component command. For more information, see
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) (on page 165).
Update the Report

Update your report or multiple reports using the Update commands. For more information, see
Setting Report Properties

You can set report properties with the Properties command. For more information, see Edit
document properties (on page 80).
Copying a Report to the Catalog

Copying a new or edited report to the catalog allows everyone to have access to the report. The
report is added to the Report hierarchy in the Catalog task and can be run using the Run
Report command in other 3D tasks. For more information, see Copy a report template to the
catalog (on page 156).
Save a Report Template

You have two options for saving report templates. You can save a modified report template and
its components to the Catalog using the File > Save Report Template command. For more
information, see Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 158). You can also save a
selected report template and components to a location that you specify and change the names
of report templates and their components before saving. For more information, see Save a
report template to a specified location (on page 159).
Publish the Report

You can publish Spreadsheet Reports if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard. For more information, see Publishing Documents (on page 222).
The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide relationship
links to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the navigation
between the viewable files and the 3D Model Data.
Report Templates
To create report templates, you must be familiar with database query syntax and the data model
in the software. You can use the SP3D Schema Browser to view the data model. The
executable, MetaDataBrowser.exe, is delivered in [Program
Folder]\Core\Tools\Administrator\Bin. You need to load the Programming Resources to access
this executable. For more information, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide.
Typically, a reports designer creates the templates based on the content and format customarily
used in the company or project. This task provides an interface to create or edit report
templates.
A report template consists of several sub-template files that together control the data extracted
from the databases, the supporting attributes needed, and the output format. The statements in
115
Spreadsheet Reports
the report templates search the databases and extract the most commonly sought after
database information and display it in a useful manner.
The manner in which data is extracted from the database is controlled typically by a query
template. The types of templates include report templates, label templates, query templates,
query parameters templates, and formatting templates. You can compare the template file
configuration to Visual Basic programs; for example, the report template file is analogous to a
Visual Basic project file (.vbp), and the other templates are analogous to the files to which the
.vbp points: .cls, .bas, and .frm files. The diagram below shows the interrelationships among the
types of templates.
Another way to categorize the templates is by the type of access. Templates can be catalog
report templates or personal report templates. You can define the location of personal report
templates by clicking Tools > Options and selecting the File Locations tab. The Tools >
Options command is available in most of the tasks in the software.
To view the delivered report templates and examples, see the [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports folder located on the application server
computer. The reports in this location are catalog reports and are bulkloaded into the Catalog
database. You can also copy reports directly into the Catalog database. When you copy a report
to the Catalog database, the software creates a folder with the report name in the
SharedContent folder. The software also creates all the files associated with the report in that
folder. For more information, see Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page
155).
The delivered spreadsheet reports are defined and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For
more information on the workbook, see the Drawing and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Customized .XLA files

If you have customized .XLA files that you want to use in your reports, you must deliver those
.XLA files to the Symbols\Reports\Components for Reports\Addins folder on the symbol share.
After you deliver your customized .XLA files to this folder, they will be automatically registered
so that they can be used by your reports.
116
Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Report Queries to Extract Data (on page 119)
Report Templates Folder

The following list provides descriptions of the report templates folders located in [Reference
Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports on the application server computer.
Report templates contain the necessary SQL statements and links to other templates to extract
the required information and produce an output report.
Baseline - Produces a baseline report, which is used with a differential report. A differential
report shows changes in comparison to a baseline report. For example, you can view which
items have been added, deleted, or modified between the two reports. Baseline information is
not currently editable.
Baseline Parameters - Defines the baseline prompts presented when the report runs.
Examples include currency or dates for reporting purposes.
Display - Displays or publishes the formatted result of a report. Display information is not
currently editable.
Formatting - Formats the results of queries for reports. This type of template can also refer to
formatting parameters if the formatting requires parameters.
Formatting Parameters - Defines the formatting prompts presented when the report runs.
Examples include units of measure and coordinate systems.
Labels - Creates labels, such as piping component labels that appear on isometric drawings.
Labels are mini- reports. You can have only one query for labels. The display template is not
used for labels.
Layout - Provides sample report layouts in Microsoft Excel (.xls) format. The templates provide
examples of column header names and overall output organization.
Queries - Contains the SQL statements or property-based queries that retrieve data during
report creation. This type of template can also refer to query parameters if the query requires
parameters. For more information about report queries, see Report Queries to Extract Data (on
page 119).
Query Parameters - Defines the query prompts presented when the report runs. For example, a
prompt can ask you for the system parent name.
Reports - Creates reports. The report templates contain references to other templates, such as
query and formatting templates. You can have several queries for report templates.
Schema - Contains XML code that provides a schema for reporting entities and templates.
The following table gives the associated file type for each report template.
Report Template
File Extension
Baseline
.rbl
Baseline Parameters
.rbp
117
Spreadsheet Reports
Report Template
File Extension
Display
.rdy
Formatting
.rfm
Formatting Parameters
.rfp
Labels
.rtp
Layout
.xls
Queries
.rqe
Query Parameters
.rqp
Reports
.rtp
Schema
.xml
To enable recursive expansion of embedded labels, the report RFM file must set the
ToParse flag to Yes, as in the following example:
<DATA
Column="ShortMaterialDescription"
ToParse="yes"
Visible="yes"/>
Excel 2007 uses a new file format and extension (.xlsx). However, the delivered report
report. If you attempt to open a .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
If you are using Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under Tools > Macro > Security > Trusted
Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
If you are using Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to access
Excel Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center Settings
button. Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA project
object model.
site (http://www.microsoft.com/) (http://www.microsoft.com/).
See Also
118
Spreadsheet Reports
Report Queries to Extract Data

Data for reports can be extracted from the software in a variety of ways:
With queries to the Reports database. The Reports database contains unions of views on
the other databases (Site, Model, Catalog, Site Schema, and Catalog Schema). Although
these queries retrieve data from the model and catalog, they actually query the Reports
database instead of going directly to the other databases. Most delivered reports query the
Reports database when you run the reports from this task or from the Tools > Run Reports
command in other tasks. The Reports database is also used to return data when a report is
updated using the Update Document(s) or Update Now command and when the report
query is executed through the Edit Template command.
With queries containing filters that use bound objects to retrieve data directly from the model
databases rather than the Reports database.
By using the drawing that contains an embedded report to define the data the report
includes.
With software written by consultants to gather data for a report.
Regardless of how reports extract data from the software, most reports contain one or more
query templates that use either SQL statements or property-based queries to select data to
include in the report. The sections that follow describe these two types of queries.
Queries
Queries rely on statements to retrieve data. You can write your own queries or you can
customize those delivered with the software to retrieve the information you want. Queries can
use filters in combination with statements to select data from the database. A typical query has a
select statement that ends with a WHERE clause. The underlying filter software works differently
depending on the database you use. For SQL Server, the filter SQL creates a temporary table
called @RPTtemptable. You perform a "select oid from @RPTtemptable" to get the oids
returned by the filter. In SQL Server, the code follows the example:
SELECT oid,...
FROM ...
JOIN ...
WHERE oid in (select oid from @RPTtemptable)
The oid column name may require qualification, depending on the rest of the statement.
However, the SQL variable @RPTtemptable must be used exactly as it is here.
For ORACLE, the query is executed implicitly to return the oids from the filter. You use
'FilterQuery' as a placeholder for the filter generated statement. In ORACLE, the code follows
the example:
SELECT oid,...
FROM ...
JOIN ...
WHERE oid in ('FilterQuery')
Queries can require parameters that you must supply when you run the report. To specify
parameters for a query, you can do one of the following:
Use an existing report template that includes a query with parameters as the basis for your
report
119
Spreadsheet Reports
Add a query that contains parameters to your report using the Tools > Add Query
command
If you change the parameters for a report template or add a query with parameters to the
template, you can define parameters for an existing report based on that template by
right-clicking the report in the Detail View and then clicking Parameters on the shortcut menu.
See Also
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu)

Specifies a report template and then generates a report. If the template requires parameters or a
filter, you must specify these inputs. Right-click a spreadsheet report component and select
Create Report.
When you create a report, it is added to the Detail View. You can edit, print, or publish the
report after updating it.
Select Report Template Dialog Box (on page 127)
Create a filter-based report (on page 123)
Create a new report template from an existing template

To create a new report template, you can create a report based on an existing template and
then make changes to the template. After your changes are made, you can save the existing
template with a new name to create a new template.
1. In the Management Console, right-click a spreadsheet report component, and click Create
Report on the shortcut menu.
2. On the Select Report Template dialog box, click a report template, and click OK.
To create a new filter-based report template that returns properties, select one of the
delivered reports that contains a property-based query.
To create a new report template with a SQL query, select one of the delivered
SQL-based reports.
3. In the Detail View, right-click the report you created and click Edit Template. The report
template opens in the Report Template Editor with the first tab of the report template
120
Spreadsheet Reports
displayed. The following example shows the report template Equipment Finishing Sorted
by Equipment Name.
Use the arrows

Editor tabs.
at the top of the editor to scroll through the Report Template
4. The Query tabs always appear first in the tab order. In the example above, notice that there
are two query tabs already available. To add a new query, click Tools > Add Query and
select the existing query you want to use as a starting point for your new query. When you
add a query, the software adds it as a tab to the Report Template Editor. For example, you
could add a filter-based query called Processing Equipment and a tab of the same name
would be added to the Report Template Editor.
To set the properties on a filter-based query, see Add a filter-based query to a report
5. To modify queries, modify the statements on the appropriate Query tabs to query the
databases. You can edit the existing query, or delete the existing statements and type a new
query. You can combine two queries to create a single query. If the query contains
to make changes to the query prompts
parameters, click Edit Query Parameters
presented when the report runs.
For more information on using queries and correct formats for SQL Server and
ORACLE, see Report Queries to Extract Data (on page 119).
6. To modify property-based queries, specify a different filter or create a new filter in the Filter
box on the appropriate Query tabs.
You can add properties to include in the query by clicking Add. To remove a property,
click a row in the table, then click Remove.
7. Test the query by clicking Execute Query
Results Panel
.
. To see the results of the test, click Show
8. To add a differential report, use Tools > Add Baseline to add a Baseline tab to specify the
differential report.
121
Spreadsheet Reports
9. On the Formatting tab, specify the layout of the report by clicking Design Layout
. The
software opens the report template in Excel. For more information, see Design Layout (on
page 137).
10. Select an attribute on the left, click Insert, and then click in the Excel window to place the
attribute. You can also drag and drop the attribute from the left pane to the Excel sheet.
11. Right-click the query in the left pane, and click Properties to specify layout properties such
as grouping, sorting, and comparing.
12. Under Formatting Parameters in the Design Layout hierarchy, click and drag parameters
as needed onto the report template sheet.
13. To add a customizable attribute to the report template, right-click the User Defined item and
select Properties. On the Define User Item dialog box, you can add new attributes, modify
existing attributes, or delete an existing attribute. For more information, see Define User
Item Dialog Box (on page 152).
14. Exit Excel, and save the workbook when prompted.
15. Use File > Save Report Template to save the modified report template and its components
to the Catalog. Use the File > Save Report Template As command to save the selected
report template and components to a location that you specify. You could also change the
names of report templates and their components before saving.
16. To copy the report template to the database, use the Tools > Copy to Catalog command.
Copy a report template to the catalog (on page 156)
The software combines the options you set on all the tabs to form the report template. You
can add tabs by clicking the commands on the Tools menu. Each report template can have
multiple queries and baselines, but only one format and one display.
If you want your report templates to be available to others, you must make changes to the
names and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls
spreadsheet and then bulk load the reference data into the catalog database. All of the
report files (.rtp, .rqe, etc.) must be saved to a folder to which everyone has access, such as
the SharedContent folder.
It is recommended that you save new or modified template files with unique names different
from the templates delivered with the software. You should not use the same names as the
delivered report templates.
Create and update a delivered report

1. Verify that at least one spreadsheet report component exists in the Console hierarchy. If
none exists, add a component for reports.
2. Right-click the spreadsheet report component, and click Create Report on the shortcut
menu. For more information, see Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 120).
3. On the Select Report Template dialog box, click a report template, and click OK. The
software creates the report document in the Detail View.
The software prompts for parameters or a filter if the selected report template requires
these inputs.
122
Spreadsheet Reports
4. Right-click the report, and click Update Now. The software generates the report. For more
information, see Updating Documents (on page 98).
You can modify the report template if needed. In the Drawings and Reports task,
right-click the report in the Detail View, and click Edit Template. You can add tabs using
commands on the Tools menu, and you can save the report template using File > Save Report
Template. For more information, see Edit a Report Template (on page 128).
Create a filter-based report

Use the following workflow to create a report without using a SQL query. The query is creating
using filters and object properties.
This workflow can only be performed in the Drawings and Reports task. It cannot be used
by Tools > Drawing Console command available in other tasks.
Create a Report Component

1. To create a new folder, right-click the drawing root in the Management Console and select
New.
The Add Component dialog box appears.
2. Select Folder on the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
3. Click OK.
4. Right-click the folder, and select Rename. Give the folder the needed name.
5. Right-click the folder and select New.... The Add Component dialog box opens.
6. Select the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
Spreadsheet Reports package and click OK. The New Spreadsheet
7. Select the
Reports component opens in the Management Console.
8. Right-click the component in the Management Console and select Rename. Give the
component the needed name.
Create the Report

1. Right-click the component and select Create Report. The Select Report Template dialog
box opens. For more information, see Select Report Template Dialog Box (on page 127).
2. In the Reports > Base Templates folder, select Report Template (No Query). Click OK.
3. A report also appears in the Detail View. The report is out-of-date and a red X icon
superimposed on the icon.
is
123
Spreadsheet Reports
4. Right-click the report and select Edit Template. The Report Template Editor opens
within the detail view. For more information, see Report Template Editor (on page 132).
Create a New Filter Query

1. Click Tools > Add Query. The Add Report Query dialog box opens.
2. In the Reports > Components for Reports > Query folder, select Filter Based Query.
Click OK.
3. In the Add Query dialog box, type a value for Enter the name of the query for the report.
This is the name of the query.
4. Click OK. The Select Filter dialog box opens. For more information, see Select Filter Dialog
Box in any of the Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
5. Select or modify an existing filter, or create a new filter. For more information, see the Filter
Properties Dialog Box in the Common User's Guide.
6. Click OK.
7. The Report Template Editor now has a Query tab. The query name appears in the Name
field and the selected filter appears in the Filter field. Name is also defined as the first
Property Name in the grid. For more information, see Query Tab (Report Template Editor
Dialog Box) (on page 133).
Define Properties of Model Objects

Perform these steps if your query needs refinements to the results provided by the filter.
1. Select the Property Name field on the second line of the grid.
2. Click Add
. The Select Properties dialog box opens. For more information, see Select
Properties Dialog Box (on page 135) in the Common User's Guide.
124
Spreadsheet Reports
3. In Object type used as the basis for the property identification select More. The Select
Object Type dialog box opens. Select one or more object types needed for your report. For
more information, see Select Object Type Dialog Box (on page 136) in the Common User's
Guide
4. Select a value for Relationship.
The most common commonly used value is Direct Property of Object Type.
5. If needed, select values for Related object type and Display properties in this category.
6. In Select one or more properties, select the needed property. Click OK. The property
appears in the grid.
7. If needed, type a different value for Alias Name.
8. Repeat these steps for each needed property.
Run the Filter-based Query

1. in the Edit Template dialog box, click Execute Query
2. Report results appear in a new grid at the bottom of the Query tab of the Report Template
Editor.
Format the Report

1. On the Formatting tab, click Design Layout
. The Design Layout and Report
Template (No Query).xls windows open in Microsoft Excel. For more information, see
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 136) and Design Layout (on
page 137).
2. In the Design Layout window, right-click Report at the top of the hierarchy, and select
Properties. The Report Properties of Sheet 1 dialog box opens. For more information, see
Report Properties of <SheetName> Dialog Box (on page 139).
125
Spreadsheet Reports
3. In the Report Items panel, select the filter in Report Items Available.
4. Click Add. The filter moves to Report Items on Sheet. Click OK.
5. The filter appears in the hierarchy of the Design Layout window under Report \ Report
Items \ [Filter Name]. The properties defined for the filter appear in Report \ Report Items \
[Filter Name] \ Attributes.
6. Drag each property from the Design Layout window to the needed column in the Report
Template (No Query).xls window.
Drag the properties below the heading rows. These rows have borders and shading.
7. Add text and reformat the heading rows as needed.

8. Click File > Save.
9. Click File > Exit to close Microsoft Excel.
10. Click Yes to save the report formatting to Report Template (No Query).xls.
Save Report Template Files

1. In the Drawings and Reports task, click File > Save Report Template As. The Save
Templates As dialog box opens. For more information, see Save Report Template As (File
Menu) (on page 158).
2. The report template consists of a series of files (rtp, rqe, rfm, rfp, xls, rdy). For each file,
and type the new name.
select the file, click Rename
Filename changes to match the Name.
The query name of the rqe file cannot be changed, but its file name can be changed.
Click Yes in the dialog box to change only the file name.
3. Click Save.
126
Spreadsheet Reports
4. In the Management Console, select the reports component.
5. Click Yes to save the report template. The Report Template Editor closes.
Update and View the Report

1. In the Detail View, right-click the report and select Update Now. A green check
superimposed on the report icon after the update completes.
is
2. Right-click the report and select Open. The report opens in Microsoft Excel.
Run Report Command in Common User's Guide
Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 158)
Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 158)
Define User Item Dialog Box (on page 152)
Select Report Template Dialog Box

Selects a report template. This dialog box appears when you click the Create Report command
when a drawing
for a spreadsheet report component or when you click Place Report
template is open. By browsing through the hierarchy, you can find any report template in the
Catalog database. After you select a template, the software generates the report. You can
resize the dialog box and the columns to view the information more clearly.
Properties - Displays the properties of the selected item. All properties on the Properties
dialog box are read-only.
List View - Sets the dialog box to display items in a list view.
Grid View - Sets the dialog box to display items in a spreadsheet-style grid view.
The Create Report and Place Report commands create reports based on a selected
report template. You can also select a report template and view its properties. The buttons that
are grayed out are not available when using these commands.
127
Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 120)
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu)

Modifies a template for a report. This command opens the Report Template Editor (on page
132), which includes several tabs you use to set query, formatting, display, and baseline
options.
This command is only available in the Drawings and Reports task. It is not available
through the Tools > Drawings Console command in the 3D modeling tasks.
Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 129)
Embed Labels in a Report (on page 131)
Edit a Report Template

1. Right-click a report in the Detail View, and click Edit Template.
2. To modify SQL queries, modify the SQL statements on the appropriate Query tabs to query
the databases. Click Show Results Pane
to open a lower window that displays the
.
results of the query. Test the query by clicking Execute Query
You can also type a different description for the query in the Description box at the top
of the tab.
3. To modify property-based queries, specify a different filter, or create a new filter in the Filter
box on the appropriate Query tabs.
You can add or remove properties in the query using the Add and Remove buttons.
Filters created with the Create New Filter command must be moved to the Catalog
before running the report. Select More in the dropdown to create filters directly in the
database.
4. On the Formatting tab, specify the layout of the report by clicking Design Layout
software opens a window in Excel.
. The
If you have already opened the Excel layout for the template, the software asks if you
want to overwrite it in the temporary location.
5. Select an attribute on the left, click Insert, and then click in the Excel window to place the
attribute. You can also drag and drop the attribute from the left pane to the Excel sheet.
128
Spreadsheet Reports
6. Right-click items in the left pane, and click Properties to specify layout properties, such as
grouping, sorting, and comparing. For more information, see Properties (Shortcut Menu in
Microsoft Excel) (on page 139).
7. Under Formatting Parameters in the Design Layout hierarchy, click and drag parameters
as needed onto the report template sheet.
8. To add a customized attribute to the report template, right-click the User Defined item and
select Properties. On the Define User Item dialog box, you can add new attributes, modify
existing attributes, or delete an existing attribute. For more information, see Define User
Item Dialog Box (on page 152).
9. Save the changes to the template by clicking File > Save Report Template. The software
saves the edited template in the Model database.
10. If you added or modified parameters for any query, right-click the report in the Detail View,
and then click Parameters to redefine parameters before you run the report.
The software combines the options you set on all the tabs to form the report template. You
can add tabs by clicking the commands on the Tools menu. Each report template can have
multiple queries and baselines, but only one format and one display.
You can save the template in another location by clicking File > Save Report Template As.
By default, templates saved using this command are personal reports that you can run in
most of the tasks in the software using the My Reports tab of the Run Report dialog box.
You can make new report templates available to others by making changes to the names
and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls spreadsheet and
then bulk loading the reference data into the Catalog database. All of the report files (.rtp,
.rqe, and so on.) must be saved to a folder to which everyone has access, such as the
SharedContent folder.
Add Sheets to a Report Template

The following procedure steps you through adding sheets to an existing report. You can add as
many sheets as you like to a report, associate queries to the sheets, and set the layout of each
sheet independently.
1. Right-click a report, and select Edit Template. The Report Template Editor appears.
Excel.
to open the report layout in Microsoft
129
Spreadsheet Reports
3. You can add a sheet using Excel commands. Right-click an existing sheet and select Insert
to insert a new sheet. You can also rename the sheet by right-clicking the new sheet and
selecting Rename. For more information on creating new sheets, see your Microsoft Excel
documentation.
4. To populate the new sheet and set its properties, make sure the new sheet is displayed and
right-click Report in the Design Layout hierarchy, then select Properties.
The Report Properties of <SheetName> dialog box appears, showing the layout property
settings for the active sheet. For more information, see Report Properties of <SheetName>
Dialog Box (on page 139).
5. If you want header rows on the new sheet, define them in the Header section. If you want all
the sheets in the report to have the same header, check Repeat on every sheet.
6. Specify custom macros as needed.
7. Set the Filling Mode as needed.
8. To populate the active sheet with report query items, select a query in the Report Items
Available list and click Add.
You can also Remove report query items from the active sheet by selecting them in the
Report Items on Sheet list and clicking Remove.
To clear the contents of the active sheet, click Clear All.
9. Click OK to save the changes to the active sheet. The Report hierarchy for the active sheet
now shows the content you specified, and you can drag-and-drop items on the active sheet.
10. Save your changes to the report template using either File > Save Report Template or File
> Save Report Template As. For more information, see Save Report Template (File Menu)
(on page 158) and Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 158).
130
Spreadsheet Reports
Embed Labels in a Report

The following procedure steps you through embedding labels in a report.
1. Right-click a report, and select Edit Template. The Report Template Editor appears.
2. Add a filter-based query to the report using Tools > Add Query. The Add Report Query
dialog box displays.
3. Select a filter-based query to add to the product and click OK. For example, you could add a
basic Filter Based Query to the report template.
4. Name the query on the Add Query dialog box. For example, FBQ is the name of the added
query in this procedure example.
5. When you click OK, the software displays the Select Filter dialog so you can specify the
appropriate filter for the report, then adds the new query to the Report Template Editor.
6. You can use the CONSTANT property to further define the query. To add an embedded
label, you add a CONSTANT as a string with a value of the label you want displayed in the
report. For example, you could create LAB CONSTANT using a string value of [403] to tell
the software to use the label value instead of the value returned by the query.
The square brackets [ ] around the label value are required. They signal the software at
report runtime that the query value is not used "as is" but is actually a label that needs to be
evaluated.
The software evaluates the embedded label for the object whose oid is included in the
query. For example, for the 403 label, the oid of the pipe part needs to be part of the query.
If not, the software ignores the label.
to open the report layout in Microsoft

Excel. The new query CONSTANTs show up in the Design Layout hierarchy.
2. You can drag-and-drop the query CONSTANT attributes as needed to define the layout of
the report.
When you run the modified report, the label CONSTANT is used to populate the report instead
of the value returned by the query.
For more information on adding filter-based queries, see Add a filter-based query to a report
To add additional sheets to the report, see Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 129).
To enable recursive expansion of embedded labels, the report RFM file must set the
ToParse flag to Yes, as in the following example:
<DATA
Column="ShortMaterialDescription"
ToParse="yes"
Visible="yes"/>
131
Spreadsheet Reports
Report Template Editor

Sets options for report templates. The software combines the options you set on all the tabs to
create the report template. The Report Template Editor is available by clicking Edit Template
on the shortcut menu that appears when you right-click a report in the Detail View.
You can add Query and Baseline tabs by clicking the commands on the Tools menu. Each
report template can have multiple query tabs and multiple baseline tabs, but only one formatting
tab and one display tab.
Baseline Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 137)
Query Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 133)
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 136)
Display Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 137)
Report Name and Description

Report Name - Identifies the name of the report template. This field is read-only in the editor
window. You can edit the report name when the Report Template Editor is closed. Right-click
the report document in the Detail View and select Rename on the shortcut menu.
Report Description - Specifies a description for the report template. When you change the
report description in the Report Template Editor, the description is updated in the report .rtp
and .rqe files.
To save the report to the Catalog, use File > Save Report Template. For more information, see
Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 158). You can use File > Save Report Template
As to save the report template and components to a location that you specify. You can also
change the name of the report template and its components when you use Save Report
Template As. For more information, see Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 158).
For more information on the files associated with reports, see Report Templates Folder (on page
117).
See Also
Add a filter-based query to a report template (on page 161)
132
Spreadsheet Reports
Query Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

Specifies the syntax to retrieve data for the reports. This tab allows you to execute the query
and view the results.
You can create multiple query tabs for one report template by clicking Tools > Add Query. For
more information on adding queries, see Add a filter-based query to a report template (on page
161).
The first graphic shows the base query for the report, while the second shows the filter-based
query used to further define the report.
Show Results Pane - Displays a pane at the bottom of the tab. When you execute the
query, the results appear here.
Execute Query - Runs the query specified on the tab.
Edit Query Parameters - Displays the Query Parameters Designer for modifying the query
prompts that are presented to you when you run the report. For example, a prompt can ask you
for the system parent name. This button is only available if the query is not filter-based.
Name - Displays the name for the query. This field is read-only.
Description - Describes the query. When you change the query description in the Report
Template Editor, the description is updated in the report .rqe file.
Filter - Displays the name of the filter on which this query is based. This field is only available if
the query is filter- based.
Properties - Displays the Filter Properties dialog box to change the properties of the filter if
necessary. This button is only available if the query is filter-based.
Allow runtime filter selection - When checked, requires a filter selection be made when you
run the report using Tools > Run Report in a 3D task. If this box is not checked, the report runs
using the filter defined within the report.
133
Spreadsheet Reports
Add - Displays the Select Properties dialog box to add a new property to a filter-based
query. This button is only available if the query is filter-based.
Remove - Removes a property that was added to a filter-based query. This button is only
available if the query is filter-based.
If the report is saved to the catalog and the filter is not a catalog filter, an error message
displays: Cannot copy report to the catalog filter is not a catalog filter. You should edit the
report template to correct the problem.
Queries in Design Layout

The Query tabs in the Report Template Editor populate the attributes you see when you open
the report template in Microsoft Excel. To open the report template in Excel, click Design
on the Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor. In the Design Layout
Layout
window in Excel, the query attributes are shown in the Report Items hierarchy. You click and
drag to place the query attributes in the report layout window. The graphic below shows how you
can populate the layout of a report template. For more information, see Design Layout (on page
137).
See Also
Query Parameters Designer Dialog Box

This dialog box is accessible in both the Common task and the Drawings and Reports task.
In both tasks, you first select a label with query parameters (a SQL label) on the Label
Editor dialog box. For more information, see Label Editor. Then, click
in the Properties
area to display the Query Parameters Designer dialog box.
You can also view this dialog box if you edit a report template with query parameters in
Drawings and Reports.
Name - Provides an internal name for the parameter.
134
Spreadsheet Reports
Index - Specifies an index number for the parameter. This number provides a mapping between
the prompt that appears at runtime and the query syntax. The reason for this number is the
SQL/ADO limitation of positional parameters only.
Caption - Provides a caption for the parameter at runtime.
Prompt Category - Specifies the category of prompt for the query parameter.
Prompt Type - Specifies the type of prompt. This list is based on your selection under Prompt
Category.
SQL Data Type - Specifies a data type available in the SQL query language.
Default Value - Defines the default value for the parameter.
Displayed - Specifies whether or not the parameter appears on the report.
You can move the parameters up and down in the list on the dialog box by clicking Move
Up and Move Down.
Select Properties Dialog Box

Browses the data model and selects properties on types. You use the Select Properties dialog
box when specifying filter properties for the workspace and when defining labels. This dialog box
is accessible in both the Common task and the Drawings and Reports task.
In Common, you can access this dialog box when you use the File > Define Workspace
command or the Tools > Select by Filter command to view the properties of a filter. On the
Filter Properties dialog box, click the Properties tab, and in the Property column, click More.
You can also access this dialog box by clicking Tools > Options and selecting the ToolTips
tab. Click Edit Tooltip, and then click Add in the Properties section.
In Drawings and Reports, you can access this dialog box when you use the Edit Template
command on a report template to add properties to a filter query.
Object type used as the basis for the property identification - Specifies an object type. Click
More to access the data model tree. For more information, see Select Object Type Dialog Box
(on page 136).
Relationship - Specifies a direct property or a correlation between object types. These
relationship names are sorted alphabetically.
Related object type - Selects another object type. Click More to access the data model tree.
Display properties in this category - Specifies a category. You can define categories in the
reference data workbooks on the Custom Interfaces sheets.
Select one or more properties - Specifies properties. Press SHIFT to select more than one
property.
See Also
Select Object Type Dialog Box (on page 136)
135
Spreadsheet Reports
Select Object Type Dialog Box
Specifies the categories of objects, the feature type, and the component to which you want to
add a ToolTip or label. This dialog box is available for multiple tasks.
In the Common task, you can access this dialog box when you are specifying an object type for
filter properties. You can also access this dialog box when you are editing labels for ToolTips.
When you are working with filter properties or labels, this dialog box opens after you click More
in the Object type box on the Select Properties dialog box. When you are working with
ToolTips, the Select Object Type dialog box opens after you click the browse button on the
ToolTips tab on the Options dialog box.
In the Drawings and Reports task, you can access this dialog box when you use the Edit
Template command on a report template to add properties to a filter query.
In the Project Management task, you can access this dialog box when you use the Configure
Default Colors command to add default style rules.
When the Select Object Type dialog box opens, a tree view lists categories of objects available
in the software. When you double-click an object, the view expands to show the available
feature types. After you select a feature type, another level is available for some categories to
show the component features you can select. For example, double-click HVAC, double-click
HVAC Features, and then click HVAC Transition as the feature, and accept the dialog box.
If objects appear in italics, you cannot select that object on this dialog box. The software uses
your previous selections as the basis for this determination. Italicized text for objects in the
Workspace Explorer indicates the objects are hidden with the Show/Hide options.
See Also
Select Properties Dialog Box (on page 135)
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

Formats the results of queries for reports. This tab allows you to place attributes on an Excel
sheet in the layout that you want. You can have only one Formatting tab for each report
template.
Design Layout - Opens an Excel window in which you can drag and drop formatting
parameters within the report layout. In the Design Layout window in Excel, the Formatting
Parameters are shown in the Report hierarchy. You click and drag to place the formatting
parameters in the report layout window. For more information, see Design Layout (on page
137).
Name - Specifies a name for the formatting template. This field is read-only. You can change
the name of the report formatting (.rfm) when you use Save Report Template As. For more
information, see Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 158).
136
Spreadsheet Reports
Description - Describes the formatting template. When you change the format description in the
Report Template Editor, the description is updated in the report .rfm file.
Layout Template - Displays the name of the Excel template used for the layout of the report.
See Also
Display Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

This tab is not currently available.
See Also
Baseline Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

This tab is not currently available.
See Also
Design Layout
The actual design of a report layout is done within Microsoft Excel. You access this functionality
on the Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor.
by clicking Design Layout
137
Spreadsheet Reports
The report Design Layout displays within Excel, allowing you to configure properties associated
with the layout of the report. You can use Excel commands to modify the layout as necessary,
adding color or other graphical definition to make the report meet your corporate standards. You
can change the header information, drag and drop additional fields or parameters onto the
report, and change the organization of the attributes. The items shown in the Design Layout
window represent the query content and format definition of the report, while the spreadsheet
window shows the report layout.
You can edit the properties of the report by right-clicking the Report node at the top of the
Design Layout hierarchy. You can also edit the properties for report items by right-clicking
them. For more information on setting report level properties, see Properties (Shortcut Menu in
Microsoft Excel) (on page 139).
To modify the report formatting parameters, select an item in the Design Layout hierarchy
Formatting Parameters folder and click-and-drag it to the appropriate position in the report
template. You can add customized attributes to your report by right-clicking the User Defined
item in the Design Layout hierarchy and selecting Properties on the shortcut menu. The
Define User Item dialog appears so you can add, modify, or delete attributes that you must
define before the report runs. For more information, see Define User Item Dialog Box (on page
152).
Other commands that may prove helpful in layout of a report are the Expand All and Collapse
All commands. For more information, see Expand All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on
page 153) and Collapse All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on page 154).
When you are finished modifying the design layout, save your changes and close Excel.
To optimize report generation, save the Excel template in Normal view layout.
Document(s) or Update Now command.
See Also
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 136)
Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 129)
Embed Labels in a Report (on page 131)
138
Spreadsheet Reports
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel)

Sets report and item properties as well as query and formatting parameters, if applicable. You
access the Properties command by right-clicking on an item in the Design Layout window in
on the
Excel. The Design Layout is displayed in Excel when you click Design Layout
Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor.
If you right-click the User Defined item in the Formatting Parameters folder in the hierarchy,
you can add, edit, and delete customized attributes used in the report template.
See Also
Design Layout (on page 137)
Report Properties of <SheetName> Dialog Box (on page 139)
Item Properties Dialog Box (on page 142)
Define User Item Dialog Box (on page 152)
Report Properties of <SheetName> Dialog Box

Sets options for the active sheet, identified in the dialog box title. You can open this dialog box
by right-clicking Report in the Design Layout hierarchy, then selecting Properties.
The Design Layout is displayed in Excel when you click Design Layout
tab of the Report Template Editor.
on the Formatting
Header
Start Row - Specifies the starting row for the report header. The default is $1 for the header.
End Row - Specifies the ending row for the report header. The last row of the header is the
yellow-shaded row with the column header text.
Repeat on every sheet - Tells the software to use the same header information for each sheet
in the design layout.
139
Spreadsheet Reports
Post-Formatting Macros
Delete - Removes the selected Custom Macro row.

Custom Macros - Specifies macros or add-ins to apply after a report runs. You use macros and
add-ins to apply formatting to cells in a report. Six macros are delivered: Hide or Display Rows,
Show Difference in Colors, Simple Automatic Sum, Copy CoG, Copy Part Class Name To Sheet
Name, and Copy Symbol Icon Path. The code for these macros is available in [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Components for Reports\Addins\SP3DReportMacros.xla on the
server.
Macro Name
Description
HideOrDisplayRows
This macro is used in the context of a grouping report. The

reporting software always outputs all rows of data resulting
from the query. If grouping is used, the rows are organized
into groups according to the design time grouping definition.
HideOrDisplayRows is used to hide all but one row of
each group giving the expected grouped appearance.
ShowDiffInColors
This macro is used in differential reports. If a row in the

output shows a row deleted since the first (baseline) report
ran, the row appears in red with strike- through lettering. If
the row is old (was present in the baseline), the row has the
same color as that of the baseline output and any values
modified since the baseline are italicized. New rows are
untouched by this macro.
The software determines differences in rows (old,
new, deleted) by the set of properties named at report
design time. If any of these identity properties changes, a
row is considered new or deleted compared to the baseline
report.
SimpleAutoSum
This macro supports the summation of a column of visible

numbers. The SimpleAutoSum macro provides a summing
function that operates only on the visible data, in effect
allowing a sum of the sums. It allows you to define a sum
function on an output cell and a separate total cell
elsewhere on the report to which the macro displays the
sum of grouped data.
The reporting software has quantity functionality that
140
Spreadsheet Reports
adds the values of a particular column of a group. Quantity
values output with each row of the group, whether the row
is hidden or not. If a typical Microsoft Excel formula is
applied, all rows are included in the sum.
CopyCoG
This macro is used only with the Solids of Design

Equipment with Composite CoG report. It copies the CoG
formula and pastes the formula in a location that is
convenient to read. For more information, see Solids of
Design Equipment with Composite CoG (Equipment) (on
page 351).
CopyPartClassNameToS This macro is only used with reports found in the

heetname
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts folder.
The macro replaces the [cable tray part class name] sheet
name with the active plant name.
CopySymbolIconPath
This macro is only used with reports found in the

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts folder.
The macro copies the SymbolIconPath values from the
Index sheet and pastes them under the Symbol Icon
section in the [cable tray class name] sheet.
Filling Mode
Fill Values - Outputs the values to the specified cells for each row of data. The Fill Values mode
can be used when performance is more important than other content considerations. The
system does not check or validate the contents of the template and no new rows are inserted.
Any text content of cells is overwritten, but existing formatting such as font or color is not
changed.
Insert Values, Copy Formats and Formulas - Creates the newly inserted row with the same
formats and formulas as the row definition in the report template. For example, you can have
justification of a cell set to Center. When you select Insert Values, Copy Formats and
Formulas, each row has the designed template formatting and each entry is centered.
Although the report output can use either mode, it is recommended that you use the
Insert Values, Copy formats and Formulas mode. In this mode, the properties of the Excel
template row(s) required for output of a row of data are saved and row(s) are inserted in Excel
with the same property values prior to generating the report data.
141
Spreadsheet Reports
Report Items
When designing a report, you must assign explicitly the queries to the sheets before the report
items appear in the report tree view, even if there is only one sheet. To add sheets to the report,
see Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 129).
Report Items Available - Shows a list of the report queries available in the report definition.
Report Items on Sheet - Shows the list of report queries included on the active sheet.
Add - Adds the selected report query to the active sheet.
Remove - Removes the report query from the active sheet.
Clear All - Clears all the previous report query settings from the active sheet.
By default, all items are associated to the same sheet.
The software updates implicitly a report to the new multi-sheet layout if you edit the report or
if you create a new report based on a report created in a previous version of the software.
See Also
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on page 139)
Item Properties Dialog Box

Sets formatting options for the selected item in the Design Layout window. You can open this
dialog box by right-clicking a single item in the Design Layout window and then selecting
Design Layout on the
Properties. The Design Layout is displayed in Excel when you click
Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor.
General Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 143)
Attributes Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 144)
Labels Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 145)
Group Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 146)
Sort Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 148)
Compare Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 149)
Hierarchy Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) (on page 151)
142
Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on page 139)
General Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets general options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Header
Start Row - Specifies the starting row for the report header for this particular report item.
End Row - Specifies the ending row for the report header for this particular report item.
Repeat on every sheet - Tells the report to use the same header information for each additional
sheet in the design layout.
Rows to reserve per item - Specifies the number of rows for the item. For example, you could
have one attribute in Row 10, another attribute in Row 11, and another attribute in Row 12. The
row spread in this case would be three rows.
See Also
143
Spreadsheet Reports
Attributes Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets attribute options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Attribute Name - Lists the attribute names in the SELECT statement for this particular report
item. You can add more attribute names by editing the queries in the Report Template Editor.
Is Locked? - Specifies whether the attribute is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent
changes. For more information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel
Help.
See Also
144
Spreadsheet Reports
Labels Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets labeling options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Use Labels - Enables the controls on this tab.

Delete - Removes the selected Label row.
Name - Specifies a label to place on the report. When you click More in the dropdown list, the
Select Label dialog box appears, allowing you to select labels from the catalog. When you click
New Format in the dropdown list, the Label Editor appears, allowing you to specify a new
format for a label. For more information, see Label Editor in the Drawings and Reports
Reference Data Guide.
Any labels you add using the New Format functionality are only available for the current
report. They are not available for use in other reports.
Output - Identifies the output of the label on the report. In cases where a returned property from
a query has the same name as the label name, you must give a different name for the label.
Is Locked? - Specifies whether the label is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent
Help.
Trigger - Specifies when the software populates the label and places it on the report. The
values for the label trigger are After Query, After Grouping, After Comparison, and After
Numbering. For example, if you have a material takeoff (MTO) report, you might want the sum
of weights for a group to appear on the label. In this case, you will want the label trigger after the
grouping of the MTO sections.
See Also
145
Spreadsheet Reports
Group Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets grouping options for the selected item in the left pane of the Excel window. The grouping
options define the properties that group the input data into composite rows when one row of
output is based on multiple rows of input, such as in MTO reports.
Many of the delivered reports use grouping definition. The graphics below show the properties
identified by the delivered Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD report.
Use Grouping - Enables the controls on this tab.
Grouping By
Attributes - Lists the attributes available for grouping. You use the single arrow buttons to move
individually selected attributes in the direction of the arrow, or use the double arrow buttons to
move all attributes in the direction of the arrow.
Attributes used for grouping - Lists the columns you want to use for grouping. You can move
items back and forth between the two main boxes on this dialog box by using the arrow keys in
the middle of the dialog box.
Item Tag Number

Style - Specifies the style applied to the item tag number. Values are Numeric (default setting)
and Alphabetic.
Base value - Specifies the counting starting point for the item tag number. The default is 1 for
Numeric and A for Alphabetic. If the style is Alphabetic, only the letter values A through Z will
be accepted, and you are limited to six letters in length. Lowercase characters are changed to
uppercase automatically.
Step - Identifies the counting increment value. The default is 1. This field is numeric only.
Is continued? - If checked, specifies that the numbering starting point continues from the
previous item tag number in the report layout. This checkbox overrides the Base value setting.
Default is unchecked.
Column name - Identifies the name of the item column in the spreadsheet.
146
Spreadsheet Reports
Is Locked? - Specifies whether the cell is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes.
For more information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
Quantities
Delete - Removes the selected quantity attribute row from the Quantities table.
Quantity attribute - Provides a dropdown list of all report attributes. You select an attribute for
which you want to include totals and sum totals in the specified total column.
Quantity total column name - Specifies the name of the quantity column for the selected
attribute.
Is Locked? - Specifies whether the cell is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes.
For more information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
See Also
147
Spreadsheet Reports
Sort Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets sorting options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Use Sort - Enables the controls on this tab.

Delete - Removes the last sorting order from the tab.
Sort By/Then By - Specifies an item by which to sort the report. After the first sort order is
selected, a Then By section is added, allowing multiple sorting specifications.
Ascending - Sorts in alphanumeric ascending order.
Descending - Sorts in alphanumeric descending order.
All attributes specified for sorting must be used for grouping. If you have attributes
involved in sorting on the Sort tab that do not match the attributes in the Attributes used for
grouping field of the Group tab, an error message appears.
See Also
148
Spreadsheet Reports
Compare Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets comparison options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel. These
options apply to differential reports.
Compare Attributes - Enables the controls on this tab.
Identity Attributes
Attributes - Lists properties used as identifiers of rows. The software uses identifiers to check to
see if rows in the baseline report and the current report match. If the rows have different
identifiers, then the rows were deleted or added. If the rows have the same identifier, then the
row was modified.
You can move properties back and forth between the boxes by using the arrow keys in the
middle.
Identity Attributes - Lists properties used as identifiers of rows.
149
Spreadsheet Reports
Scope
Attributes - Lists properties compared between the two reports to determine if differences exist
between matched rows. You can move properties back and forth between the boxes by using
the arrow keys in the middle.
Scope Attributes - Lists properties compared between the two reports.
Behavior
Display Deleted? - Displays deleted rows on the report. Deleted rows are in the baseline report
but not in the current report.
Deleted Location? - Specifies the location on the report where the deleted rows appear. The
location can be the top of the report, the bottom of the report, or in-line (between other rows).
Display Modified? - Displays modified rows on the report. Modified rows can either be old or
new. Old rows are from the baseline report. New rows are from the current report.
Added Location? - Specifies the location on the report where the added rows appear. The
location can be the top of the report, the bottom of the report, or in-line (between other rows).
Difference
Output attribute name - Specifies the header text for the attribute that shows the difference
flags. The following table shows the flags and their meanings.
Flag
Meaning
The row is not in the baseline report but is in the current report.
The row is in the baseline report but not in the current report.
One or more of the compared attributes in this row are different between the baseline
and the current reports. The row is from the baseline report.
One or more of the compared attributes in this row are different between the baseline
and the current reports. The row is from the current report.
The row is the same in the baseline and current reports.
Is Locked? - Specifies whether the attributes are locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent
Help.
All attributes specified as comparison identifiers must be used for grouping. If you have
differences between the attributes chosen in the Attributes used for grouping field of the
Group tab and the attributes chosen in the Identity fields on the Compare tab, an error
message appears.
See Also
150
Spreadsheet Reports
Hierarchy Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets hierarchy options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
The list of attributes on this tab is controlled by the values set in the Attributes used for
grouping grid on the Group tab of the Item Properties dialog box. If the Group tab is disabled,
the Hierarchy tab is disabled also. You can enable both tabs by checking the Use Grouping
box on the Group tab.
Use Hierarchy - Enables the controls on this tab.
Attribute Name - Lists all of the report attributes from the Group tab.
Hierarchy Level - Specifies the hierarchy level for the attribute. The hierarchy levels are all set
initially to Default.
Create a new sheet every time a Level 1 property value changes. - Specifies that a new
sheet is created in Excel whenever a Level 1 value is changed in the hierarchy.
151
Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Define User Item Dialog Box

Allows you to add, modify, and delete customized attributes for reports. Attributes defined in this
dialog box are included in the Parameters dialog box that appears when you run the report. You
access this dialog when editing a report template. On the Formatting tab in the Report
to open the report template in Microsoft Excel.
Template Editor, click Design Layout
Expand Formatting Parameters folder in the Design Layout hierarchy, right- click a User
Defined item and select Properties.
Delete - Deletes the selected attribute from the dialog box. On OK, the attribute is removed
from the report template.
Name - Names the customized attribute. The name must be unique.
Caption - Provides a caption that will label the input field on the Parameters dialog box when
the report runs. The default caption is the same as the specified Name.
You can add new items, edit an existing one, or delete an item. Click OK to save the changes to
the Design Layout hierarchy, and then you can click-and-drag the customized items to the
report template. Click Cancel on the dialog to discard changes.
152
Spreadsheet Reports
Customized Attribute Definitions in Report Template Files
Customized attributes in the Design Layout are saved in two file locations:
Report XLS File - You can open the report XLS file and go to the SP3DReport_Definition
sheet to see where the customized attributes are saved for the specified report template
sheet. For example, the following shows where field parameter ABC was added to Sheet1
in the report template, but another attribute bcd was added to Sheet2.
Report RFP File - You can see where the Formatting Fields are added for field parameters
in every layout sheet. For example:
See Also
Expand All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel)

Opens all branches of the Design Layout in Microsoft Excel. The Design Layout is displayed
on the Formatting tab of the Report Template
in Excel when you click Design Layout
Editor.
See Also
153
Spreadsheet Reports
Collapse All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel)

Closes all branches of the Design Layout in Microsoft Excel. The Design Layout is displayed
on the Formatting tab of the Report Template
in Excel when you click Design Layout
Editor.
See Also
Smart 3D View Definition Explorer Dialog Box

Displays all of the view definitions defined in component setup. You can drag a view definition
from the dialog box into your drawing sheet to add that fixed layout region. After you drop a view
definition on your drawing sheet, you can resize it.
After you drag a view definition from the dialog box to your drawing sheet, the icon changes to a
check mark
to indicate that the definition has been added. If you delete a region from the
drawing sheet, the icon returns to its previous state.
When you create drawings, the software assigns views to the region according to the layout
defined in the edit template. For more information, see Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu)
(on page 128).
If you select a region in the drawing sheet, the view definition highlights in the dialog box. If
you select a view definition in the dialog box, that region highlights on the drawing sheet.
You cannot place multiple regions for a single view definition. The software displays the
following message in the status bar:
The selected view definition is already placed
You can select only one view definition at a time. If you select multiple definitions, the
software displays the following message in the status bar:
Multi-Select of view definitions is not supported.
154
Spreadsheet Reports
Region Properties Dialog Box

Displays properties for a layout region on a drawing sheet.
Name - Displays the same name as the view definition.
Description - Displays the description of the layout region.
Layout Style - Displays the location of the layout region style definition file. By default, this is
\Drawing By Rules\Region Layout Rules\Fixed Layout.xml.
Maintain Aspect - Indicates whether the aspect ratio of the layout region is maintained when
you resize it.
Lock Region - Indicates whether the layout region is locked.
Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu)

Specifies the parameters for a report, such as units of measure and coordinate systems. You
can access this command by right-clicking a report document. The parameters required by the
report are defined in the report template. For more information on the parameter definition, see
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 128).
To add customized attributes to the parameter definition, see Define User Item Dialog Box (on
page 152).
Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 158)
See Also
Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut Menu)

Copies a modified report template to the catalog so it can be used by everyone.
The Copy To Catalog command is available when you right-click a report document.
Select Location Dialog Box (on page 157)
The Copy To Catalog command is not available when multiple report documents are
selected. You can only copy one report template to the catalog at a time. If the report
template has not been modified from its original state, the command is not available.
The report does not have to be up-to-date because only the report template is copied. All
drawing views are copied as part of the template, but the drawing view content is not
included.
155
Spreadsheet Reports
Copy a report template to the catalog

The Copy Report To Catalog command is available on the shortcut menu of a report document
with a modified report template.
1. Right-click a report that has a modified template you want to copy to the catalog, and select
Copy Report To Catalog. The Select Location dialog box displays, showing the modified
report template in the Report Name field.
. If you create a
2. Select an existing folder location, or create a new folder by clicking New
new folder, you can change the name of the folder or leave it with the default name. For
example, in the graphic above, a new folder was created and renamed New Reports.
3. Click OK to copy the report to the selected folder in the catalog. The report template is now
stored in the catalog for everyone to use.
156
You can copy only one report template at a time. This command is not available if multiple
documents are selected or if the report template has not been modified.
Spreadsheet Reports
To delete a report template, select it and click Delete

. You are only able to delete a
report template if you have appropriate catalog permissions.
To rename a report template, select it and click Rename

. You are only able to rename a
report template if you have appropriate catalog permissions.
Select Location Dialog Box

Lists available catalog locations to which you can copy your report template.
If you select the New folder in the hierarchy, the Delete and Rename buttons are
enabled. When you select an existing catalog folder, most of the buttons on the dialog box
toolbar are disabled.
New - Creates a new folder named New Folder under the selected item in the hierarchy.
You can rename the folder or keep the name.
Delete - Deletes the selected report template, if you have the correct permissions. A warning
message appears. You cannot undo a delete action after it is accepted.
Rename - Renames the selected report template, if you have the correct permissions.
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected report template.
List View - Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left and the report documents on
the right.
Detail View - Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left side and a detailed grid view
of the report documents on the left.
Permission Group - Shows the catalog permissions for the selected folder or report document.
Name - Shows the name of the report being copied to the catalog.
157
Spreadsheet Reports
Report Parameters Dialog Box

Specifies parameters for a report deliverable, such as units of measure and coordinate systems.
This dialog box only appears when you run a report that requires input for the parameters. In
addition, the controls on this dialog box may vary, depending on the report definition. For more
information on configuring parameters for a report, see Designing Report Layout in the Reports
User's Guide.
Unit of Measure - Sets the units of measure for the report.
Matrix - Specifies information about the coordinate system.
For some reports, several dialog boxes requiring report parameters appear. The dialog
boxes take the form of a wizard with Back, Next, and Finish buttons at the bottom.
The query you set up for running a report can generate dialog boxes that prompt for certain
report parameters. In this way, your query can customize the report creation.
Save Report Template (File Menu)

Saves the modified report template and its components to the Catalog. If you want to be able to
edit your report in the Detail View, save the report to the Catalog before exiting the Report
Template Editor.
If you want your report templates to be available to everyone, you must make changes to the
names and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls spreadsheet
and then bulk load the reference data into the Catalog database.
See Also
Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 158)
Save Report Template As (File Menu)

Saves the selected report template and components to a location that you specify. You can also
change the names of report templates and their components before saving. This command is
available only on the File menu when you are editing a report template in the Report Template
Editor.
By default, templates saved using this command are personal reports. You can run these
reports in most of the tasks in the software using the Run Report command on the Tools menu.
Personal reports are located on the My Reports tab of the Run Report dialog box. The file
location, defined with the Tools > Options command, must be set to the folder that contains the
.rtp file of your report.
You can make new report templates available to everyone by making changes to the names and
locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls spreadsheet and then bulk
loading the reference data into the Catalog database. Create new reports with names different
from those delivered with the software.
For more information on saving templates, see Save Template As Dialog Box (on page 160)
158
Spreadsheet Reports
For more information on editing reports, see Report Template Editor (on page 132).
Save a report template to a specified location

The following procedure saves the report template to a location that you specify using the File >
Save Report Template As command. To save a modified report template and its components
to the Catalog, use the File > Save Report Template As command. For more information, see
Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 158).
1. Right-click a report in the Detail View and select Edit Template. Modify the report template
as needed.
2. Click File > Save Report Template As. The Save Template As dialog box displays.
3. To rename a component of the report, select the component in the table, and then click
Rename
. After you type the new name of the component, the file name changes
automatically.
4. To save parts of the report template, click the check boxes to the left of the names to clear
the components you do not want to save.
5. Specify the saving mode and location of the report template and components, and click
Save. By default, the files are saved to the personal reports location defined on the File
Locations tab of the Options dialog box in Common. For more information, refer to the
6. Click Save to save the report template to the specified location.
If you added or modified parameters for any query, right-click the report document, and then
click Parameters to redefine parameters.
159
Spreadsheet Reports
If you want your report templates to be available to everyone, you must make changes to
the names and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls
spreadsheet, and then bulk load the reference data into the Catalog database.
Do not overwrite delivered templates. Save new or modified template files with unique
names different from the templates delivered with the software.
See Also
Spreadsheet Reports (on page 111)
Save Template As Dialog Box

Sets options for saving the components of a report template or label. You can open this dialog
box by clicking File > Save Report Template As in the Report Template Editor window.
Rename - Renames the components of a report template or label. To modify a component,

. When you change the name
select a report component in the table and then click Rename
of a component, the file name changes automatically.
Name - Displays the name of the report template or label component. You can save parts of the
report template or label by clicking the checkboxes to the left of the names.
Filename - Displays the file name of the component.
All Project - Saves all components of the report template or label in a folder structure similar to
drawing labels and report templates. You choose a root folder, and the templates are all saved
in the root folder.
160
Spreadsheet Reports
Individual - Saves each component separately. You can specify a different location for each
component.
Save To Folder - Displays the name of the folder to save the report template or label. To
change the location, click Browse. By default, the files are saved to the personal reports
location defined on the File Locations tab of the Options dialog box in the Common task. You
can change the default file locations. For more information, see the Common User's Guide.
Add Query (Tools Menu)

Adds an existing query to the selected report template. Only those .rqe files that are included in
the bulk loaded catalog data are available for selection.
Add Report Query Dialog Box (on page 163)
Add a filter-based query to a report template

1. In the Management Console, verify that at least one spreadsheet report component exists.
If none exists, add a component for reports.
2. Right-click the spreadsheet report component, and click Create Report on the shortcut
menu. For more information, see Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 120).
3. On the Select Report Template dialog box, click a report template, and click OK. The
software creates the report document in the Detail View.
The software prompts for parameters or a filter if the selected report template requires
these inputs.
4. Right-click the report, and select Edit Template. The Report Template Editor appears.
5. Select Tools > Add Query. The Add Report Query dialog box displays.
6. Select a filter-based query to add to the product and click OK. For example, you could add a
basic Filter Based Query to the report template.
161
Spreadsheet Reports
7. Name the query on the Add Query dialog box.
8. When you click OK, the software displays the Select Filter dialog so you can specify the
appropriate filter for the report, then adds the new query to the Report Template Editor.
9. To require the person running the report to select the filter at runtime, check the Allow
runtime filter selection.
to display
10. Add properties to the query as needed using the table provided. Click Add
the Select Properties dialog box and define the property. When you click OK the property
is added as a new row to the Query tab. For example, you could add a property for the
Insulation Requirement on certain equipment.
11. To remove any properties you do not need in the query definition, select a property row and
.
click Delete
12. To test run the query, click Execute Query
. The Query tab updates to show the results
in a panel at the bottom of the tab. You can turn the results panel on and off by clicking
. The graphic below shows an example query results pane for a
Show Results Panel
query that uses a filter called ProcessingEquipmentFilter and the Insulation
Requirement property.
162
Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Add Report Query Dialog Box

Specifies a query template to add to the report. This dialog box appears when you click Tools >
Add Query from the Report Template Editor. By browsing through the hierarchy, you can find
any query template in the Catalog database. This dialog box is resizable.
Properties - Displays the properties of the selected item. All properties on the Properties
dialog box are read-only.
List View - Sets the dialog box to display items in a list view.
Grid View - Sets the dialog box to display items in a spreadsheet-style grid view.
The grayed out tools on this dialog box are not available with the Tools > Add Query
command.
See Also
Add Display (Tools Menu) (on page 164)
Add Formatting (Tools Menu) (on page 163)
Add Query (Tools Menu) (on page 161)
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) (on page 165)
Add a filter-based query to a report template (on page 161)
Add Formatting (Tools Menu)

Adds a Formatting tab to the selected report template. Each report template can contain only
one Formatting tab. If a Formatting tab is already defined for the selected report template, this
command is not available.
163
Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Add Display (Tools Menu)

Adds a Display tab to the selected report template. Each report template can contain only one
Display tab.
This command is not currently available.
See Also
Add Baseline (Tools Menu)

Adds a Baseline tab to the selected report template. Each report template can contain only one
Baseline tab. If a Baseline tab is already defined for the selected report template, this command
is unavailable to you.
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box (on page 164)
See Also
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box

Specifies a baseline template to add to the report. This dialog box appears when you select
Tools > Add Baseline from the Report Template Editor. Each template can contain only one
baseline. By browsing through the hierarchy, you can find any baseline template in the Catalog
database.
164
Spreadsheet Reports
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected report template.
List View - Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left and the report documents on
the right.
Detail View - Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left side and a detailed grid view
of the report documents on the left.
The grayed out tools on this dialog box are not available with the Tools > Add Baseline
command.
See Also
Add Baseline (Tools Menu) (on page 164)
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu)

Removes the selected report component from the report template. To select a component to
remove, click the tab for that component in the Report Template Editor. The name of this
command changes to reflect the name of the component tab you select. For example, if you
select a tab called Query: Plant, the command name changes to Remove Query: Plant. For
example, if you wanted to delete a tab called Query: Processing Equipment, click the tab,
then select Tools > Remove Query: Processing Equipment. The software displays a
confirmation message before removing the query definition and tab from the report template.
You cannot use this command to remove display, formatting, or baseline components from a
report.
See Also
165
Spreadsheet Reports
Use the SmartPlant Review Spreadsheet Report for

SPRDirect
SPRDirect enables you to publish Smart 3D referenced objects (DGN/DWG, PDS, and
Reference 3D, for example) directly to graphic (VUE) and label data (MDB2) files. These files
can then be opened in SmartPlant Review. SPRDirect provides a SmartPlant Review
spreadsheet report type in Smart 3D that contains labels used to generate the attribute
information for SmartPlant Review. This method offers an easier, faster way to get your Smart
3D project to SmartPlant Review (SPR) where you can interactively review and analyze 3D
model data.
Features
In addition to faster data exchange, SPRDirect provides these features:
You have a WYSIWYG operation in that the attributes you see in Smart 3D can also be
seen in SmartPlant Review.
The process of adding or removing attributes is simplified.
You no longer have to use the additional tools for the data exchange:
Schema Editor is not needed for mapping properties on the Smart 3D side.
The SP3D Label Selector and the UOM Converter utilities that come with SmartPlant
Review are not required.
SPRDirect Components
SPRDirect provides the following components or tools used to complete the process:
166
SmartPlant Review spreadsheet template (S3DtoSPRDirect) - Creates the SPRDirect report

used to publish a graphic (VUE) file and the attribute data (MDB2) file. The attribute data
that goes into the MDB2 file is controlled by the Smart 3D labels. This template along with
the Seed.mdb2 is delivered with Smart 3D.
ReportSettings.txt - Provides the Smart 3D class-to-label mapping. Edit this file only when
you want to add or remove custom labels, and define additional surface style rules and
aspects. This file is delivered with your Smart 3D system.
Spreadsheet Reports
MapClassIDToLevelDisciplines.txt - Contains the Smart 3D class ID-to-SmartPlant Review

discipline and level mapping. It is used to obtain the SmartPlant Review discipline and level
information for the graphic objects while the graphic (VUE) file is being created. This file
contains the mapping relations between Smart 3D classes and SmartPlant Review
disciplines. Edit this file only if you want to change a discipline name or a level number for
the generated VUE file.
Output Files
Files that are generated from the update process are listed below. The project file name is the
name of the filter that you associated with the report. These files are automatically created into a
location that you define.
[Project file name].log
[Project file name].VUE
[Project file name].MDB2
Using SPRDirect
The workflow in using SPRDirect consists of the procedures outlined below. The remaining
sections describe each process in more detail.
If you are upgrading from a previous version of Smart 3D, you need to run the Bulkload
Reference Data application.
1. Copy configuration files and corresponding folders to your current symbol share folder from
their installed location. See Copy Report Types, Labels, and the Configuration File (on page
167).
2. Bulkload the SPRDirect catalog additions (upgrade only).
See Bulkload the SPRDirect Catalog (Upgrade Only) (on page 168).
3. (Optional) Edit the ReportSettings.txt configuration file to add any new labels, surface style
rules, and aspects.
See Edit the ReportSettings.txt Configuration File (on page 169).
4. Create and run the SPRDirect Report.
See Create an SPRDirect Report (on page 171).
Copy Report Types, Labels, and the Configuration File

If your Smart 3D project uses a custom symbol share, you need to copy the files, folders, and
sub-folders listed below into that custom location so that they may be used to create MDB2 and
VUE file as outputs directly from S3D.
SmartPlant Review Report Type

Default install location: [ProductFolder]\3DRefData\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Smartplant Review. Copy the entire Smartplant Review folder to your custom symbol
location under \Reports\Types of Reports.
167
Spreadsheet Reports
SmartPlant Review Labels
Default install location: [ProductFolder]\3DRefData\SharedContent\Labels\Types of
Labels\Smartplant Review. Copy the entire Smartplant Review label folder to your custom
symbol location under \Labels\Types of Labels.
Also copy the MapClassIdToLevelDisciplines configuration file installed in the
[ProductFolder]\3DRefData\SharedContent\Xml folder to the \Xml folder in your custom symbol
location.
Bulkload the SPRDirect Catalog (Upgrade Only)

Perform a bulkload operation to load the SmartPlant Review report and SmartPlant Review
labels into the symbol SharedContent folder.
This operation is not required for Smart 3D version 2011 R1 or later.
1. Before you begin, go to the release notes for your upgrade and note the location of the
Reports worksheet.
2. Click Start > Programs > Intergraph Smart 3D > Database Tools > Bulkload Reference
Data.
3. In the Excel files box, click Add and load the Report workbook along with any other
workbooks included in the upgrade. The default location for reference data upgrade
workbooks is [Product Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\AdditionalDataFiles.
4. Under Bulkload mode, click Add, modify, or delete records in existing catalog.
5. Under Catalog information, select either MSSQL or ORACLE in the Database Type box.
If you selected MSSQL, select the name of a server in the Database server name box.
This location is where the Catalog database and schema are stored (or will be stored, if
you are creating a new database set).
If you selected ORACLE, select the name of the Oracle net service for the Catalog
database connection in the Oracle Service box. The service must exist before you
choose it in this box.
6. In the Database name box, select the name of the Catalog database that you want to
update with new reference data.
7. Select the Catalog Schema database name in the Schema database name box.
8. In the Log file box, click the browse button
file.
to specify the name and location of the log
9. Click Load. You can see messages in the status bar of the Bulkload utility while it is running.
If you interrupt the bulkloading process, you may see a Switch To/Retry message.
Click Switch To to return to the bulkloading process.
10. Open the log file to check for any errors or warnings in the bulkloading process. You can
quickly scan the Error Analysis section at the end of the log file to check for errors.
11. Click Close.
For more detailed information about loading reference data, see the Smart 3D Reference
Data Guide.
168
Spreadsheet Reports
Edit the ReportSettings.txt Configuration File

The ReportSettings.txt configuration file provides the Smart 3D class name-to-label name
mapping.
Before you begin, make sure you copy the ReportSettings.txt file and its corresponding
folder from its installed location to your symbol share location. See Copy Report Types, Labels,
and the Configuration File (on page 167).
Edit the ReportSettings.txt file when:
You add new, customized labels and surface style rules.
You add aspects to objects in the Smart 3D project file.
If you do not add this information to the ReportSettings.txt file, the new labels, surface style
rules, and aspects are not available in SmartPlant Review.
Add New Labels

Labels can contain out-of-the-box (standard) attributes or properties as well as new, custom
attributes. You can create a new label or modify an existing label and change its name. For
workflow and descriptions on creating labels and label rules or using the Label Editor, refer to
those sections in the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
As an example, the steps below show you how to add a new label called SPR Control Point
Data so that control point objects are displayed in SmartPlant Review. The Smart 3D class
name for control points is CPControlPoint.
You can use the MetadataBrowser utility to look at the catalog schema data to see the
Smart 3D classes. For more information, see Using the Schema Browser in the Catalog User's
guide.
1. Create the new label in the Drawings and Reports task and add the control points to the
label.
2. Use any ASCII text editor to open the ReportSettings.txt file.
3. Add the new label using the format: [class name]: [label name]. Add the line
CPControlPoint : SPR Control Point Data as shown in the figure below.
For each new label, add a new line in the text file.
4. Save your edits and close the file.
If you do not add the new label names to ReportSettings.txt, then the labels are not
displayed in SmartPlant Review.
Add New Surface Style Rules

Surface style rules define the appearance of objects in your workspace. For example, you can
create and apply a specific surface style rule for objects to appear consistently in certain colors,
169
Spreadsheet Reports
and textures. Follow the steps below to add a new surface style rule, and then add it to
ReportSettings.txt.
Create the Surface Style Rule

1. Click Format > Surface Style Rules.
2. Click New.
3. Type a name for the new surface style rule in the Rule name box.
4. Select a filter in the Filter list, or click More to create a new filter if necessary.
5. Create a New Filter
6. Choose a style to apply in the Style applied list.
7. Select all the aspects that you want the filter to apply to by clicking in the Select all aspects
to which the style will be applied list.
You can add new surface styles to apply through rules on the Format > Style dialog box.
After creating a new surface style rule, you can apply it to the workspace by selecting a rule
in the Style rule library box and clicking Add to add the rule to the Workspace box.
Because the software processes the rules in descending order, you should list the most
specific rules at the top of the list. Click Move Up and Move Down to change the order of
the rules in the Workspace list.
Add the New Rule to ReportSettings.txt

2. Type in the new surface style rules in the Surface style rules section. The name is not case
sensitive. Surface style rules are applied in the order they appear in the list. In the example
below, the surface style rule named Controlpointrule is added.
3. For each new surface style rule, add a new line in the text file.
Adding Aspects
The aspect represents information about the object, such as its physical shape or the space
required around the object. Aspects basically define how objects look in a 3D model view. Smart
3D provides a variety of standard aspects that can be selected. For a list of aspects, see Format
View in the Common User's Guide. You must type in the aspects you want to use in the
ReportSettings.txt file.
170
Spreadsheet Reports
2. In the Aspects section of the ReportSettings.txt file, type in the aspects you want to use for
the graphic object display. The example below shows the addition of the Reference
Geometry aspect.
Simple Physical is the default aspect that is used if no other aspects have been set.
Even if you remove Simple Physical from the ReportSettings.txt file, Smart 3D still uses it.
3. For each aspect, add a new line in the text file.
Create an SPRDirect Report

Follow the steps below to create your document and use the SmartPlant Review spreadsheet
template to create and then update or generate VUE and MDB2 files.
1. Click Task > Drawings and Reports.
2. Right-click the top-level model item or a sub-level item in the Console hierarchy.
3. On the shortcut menu, select New.
4. Select Folder in the General tab and click OK.
The folder is added to the hierarchy.
5. Right-click on the folder, and click Rename on the shortcut menu.
You can also press F2 on the keyboard.
6. Right-click again on the new folder, and click New.
7. Click Spreadsheet Reports in the General tab and click OK.
8. Right-click on the spreadsheet report and click Rename. Type in the new name.
9. Right-click on your spreadsheet report and click Create Report.
171
Spreadsheet Reports
10. Click the SmartPlant Review folder from the Types of Reports node in the Reports list,
and then click the S3DToSPRDirect template.
11. Click OK to exit the Select Report Template dialog box, and then select the filter you want
to use for the report.
12. Type in the path name where you want to place the VUE and MDB2 files. You do not have
to define a coordinate system.
13. Click Finish.

14. Repeat steps 10-13 for each report you want to create. For example, you can create a
report for different areas in your model.
172
Spreadsheet Reports
15. Right-click on your spreadsheet report and click Update Now.
Smart 3D generates the VUE and MDB2 files, and places them in the designated output
folder.
You can now open the resulting VUE files in SmartPlant Review. See the SmartPlant Review
User's Guide for more information on opening a VUE file.
Report Parameters Dialog Box (SPRDirect)

Defines the location for the VUE and MDB2 files when using SPRDirect.
Options
Path for Output File - Type in the path name where you want to generate the VUE and MDB2
files. You do not have to type the file names.
Optional Coordinate system - Select a coordinate system from the menu list to use. This value
is optional.
See Also
Create an SPRDirect Report (on page 171)
SPRDirect Tips and Troubleshooting

This section provides tips and troubleshooting information for help in resolving any issues with
SPRDirect.
Create your filter definitions BEFORE you create any reports that use those filters.
Name the reports the same as the filter you are using for SPRDirect so you know which filter
to pick if you have to re-select it.
Do not modify the filter after you have used it for an SPRDirect report. Your changes are not
saved. You must re-select it as a Parameter on the report.
Do not use the local path for the output location.
You can edit the S3DToSPRDirect.rqp file to include the required path so it is automatically
populated for each new report you create.
Use an output location on a share that is stable. If your output is on a shared location that is
moved or removed, you must edit parameters on the report to reset it to a new valid location.
To save some time, define labels to use only report properties you want to see.
Check the spelling on any entries you must manually make in the
MapClassIDToLevelDisciplines.txt.
173
Spreadsheet Reports
174
SECTION 7
Search Folders
Search Folder allows you to search for documents based on common properties such as
out-of-date status, approval, or documents that have been published to a certain contract in
by right-clicking the root model or a
integrated environment. You create a search folder
in the Management Console or the Drawing Console and selecting New > Search
folder
Folder.
After running the query defined for a search folder, you can perform such tasks as Update or
Publish as if you are working from the actual component for the documents.
The documents found by a search folder query are listed in the Detail View. You are able to
interact with the search folder documents just as if you were dealing with the actual components
that own the documents. Search folders can also be used for reports.
Search Folder Shortcut Menu

Right-click a search folder component
to display the shortcut menu.
Run Query - Runs the query specified by the search folder setup definition. If you have not run
the search folder Setup command, this command is not available.
Publish - Publishes a single document or all documents in the imported folder. This command is
only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation.
UpdatePublish - Updates and immediately publishes a single document or all documents in the
search folder. This command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant
Foundation.
Setup - Specifies the query to run for the search folder. For more information, see Setup
(Search Folder) (on page 177).
Setup for the search folder does not perform the individual setups for any of the drawing
by query documents found in the search folder query and shown in the detail view.
Copy - Copies the search folder. It does not copy the associated documents shown in the detail
view area. The search folder setup information is saved with the copy. After you paste the copy
to a different location in the Console hierarchy, you can run Setup again as needed for the new
search folder.
Delete - Deletes the search folder. It does not delete any of the documents found in the
associated detail view.
Rename - Renames the search folder. It does not affect any of the documents found in the
associated detail view.
Revise - Allows you to revise all documents in the search folder without publishing them. This
command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation. For more
information, see Revise (on page 219).
Save Package - Allows you to save the search folder and its definition as a package to be
reused in other folder locations in the hierarchy. If you have not run the search folder Setup
command, this command is not available.
175
Search Folders
Properties - Displays the Configuration Properties for the document.
To change properties on the document, go to the root location of the document. The
search folder does not participate in any propagation of properties to its documents.
After a search folder is placed in the console, it follows the same localized naming
convention as a folder, such as "New Search Folder" and "New Search Folder (2)."
, you cannot create child components in a search folder

. This includes
Unlike a folder
pasting existing components; however, you can copy the search folder and paste it
elsewhere in the hierarchy.
Performing Publish, UpdatePublish, and Revise on a folder does not include documents
under a child search folder. The commands need to be performed separately on the child
search folder in order for its documents to be affected.
You can run commands from the search folder level to modify all of the documents within
the folder, or you can modify the individual documents by selecting them in the Detail View.
Create a search folder

1. Right-click the model root or a folder in the Management Console, and select New >
Search Folder.
The search folder is added to the hierarchy.
2. Right-click on the new search folder, and select Setup.
The Setup dialog box displays.
3. Select More in the Filter list, and select a filter. Click Properties
Properties dialog box.
to display the Filter
4. Select More in the Start From list and, select a query location.
5. Click OK.
6. Right-click the search folder, and select Run Query.
The documents returned by the query are added to the Search Folder listing in the Detail
View.
176
Search Folders
Setup (Search Folder)

Sets options for creating a search folder. This command is available on the Search Folder
shortcut menu and displays the Setup dialog box.
Setup for the search folder does not perform the individual setups for any of the drawing
by query documents found in the search folder query and shown in the detail view.
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) (on page 177)
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder)

Specifies a filter that identifies the objects to be included in the search folder query. The Setup
definition tells the query "where" to look for the objects specified by the component "what" filter.
Filter - Identifies the filter that defines the what portion of the query. The software uses the filter
to determine the objects included in the drawings when they are generated. Select More in the
to display the Filter
Filter list to display the Select Filter dialog box. Click Properties
Properties dialog box. For more information, see Search Folder Filters (on page 177).
Start From - Specifies the location in the model from which to start the object search. This is the
"where" side of the query. Select More in the Start From combo box to display the Select
Location dialog box.
Search Folder Filters

Search folders use filters to specify how the component identifies the documents to include in
the search folder. You can use Drawings and Reports object properties to define filters when
creating search folder components. This allows you to search for documents based on common
properties such as out-of-date status, approval, or documents that have been published to a
certain contract in integrated environment.
When you run Setup on a search folder, you can create filters that check for specific drawing or
report object properties.
177
Search Folders
The following examples show how you might create filters to search for specific drawing object
properties:
Basic Drawing Document Properties - Title, Area, and Signature

You can use the Drawing Sheet object and its properties to look for properties associated with
the drawing documents. The following procedure shows how to access the Title, Area, and
Signature properties on the drawing and report documents.
1. On the Properties tab of the Filter Properties dialog box, select More in the Property field.
The Select Properties dialog box displays.
2. Under Object type used as the basis for the property identification, select Drawing
Sheets.
3. Under Relationship, select Direct Properties of Object Type.
You can now search the documents for specified properties under Select one or more
properties. For example, you can search specifically for the Date Created value on the
documents.
178
Search Folders
Issue or Revision Properties
To search specifically for issue or revision properties on the drawing sheet or drawing
component, set the Relationship to Drawing Sheet (or Drawing Component) to Drawing
Issues or Drawing Sheet (or Drawing Component) to Drawing Revisions when setting the
filter properties.
Baseline, Style, Smart 3D, or Custom Attribute Properties

To search specifically for baseline, style, Smart 3D, or custom attribute properties, set the
Relationship to Drawing Sheet to Drawing Child Properties, and set Related object type to
Drawing Child Properties.
See Also
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) (on page 177)
179
Search Folders
180
SECTION 8
Imported Folders
Imported Folder allows you to import an external Windows folder containing any type of file
by right-clicking a folder
in the
available in Windows. You create an imported folder
Management Console or the Drawing Console and selecting New > Imported Folder.
Imported files are opened using their standard Windows default programs. For example, a .docx
file opens in Microsoft Word.
Imported Folder Shortcut Menu

Right-click an imported folder component
Delete - Deletes the imported folder and its files from the database. Deleting does not affect the
original folder and files on the network drive.
Rename - Renames the imported folder. Renaming does not affect the files in the folder or the
name of the original folder on the network drive.
Revise - Allows you to revise all documents in the imported folder without publishing them. This
command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation and when the
documents are persisted in the model database. For more information, see Revise (on page
219) and Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) (on page 183).
Export - Exports files in the imported folder to the specified folder path. This command is only
available after setup of the imported folder, and when the folder and files are persisted in the
database.
Refresh - Refreshes the status of files in the imported folder when the date of a file is earlier
than the date of the file the on the network drive. The icon of an out-of-date file is superimposed
. This command is only available after setup of the imported folder.
with
Publish - Publishes a single document or all documents in the search folder. This command is
only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation and when the documents
are persisted in the model database. For more information, see Setup Dialog Box (Imported
Folder) (on page 183).
UpdatePublish - Updates and immediately publishes a single document or all documents in the
search folder. This command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant
Foundation and when the documents are persisted in the model database. For more
information, see Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) (on page 183).
Setup - Specifies the folder to import. For more information, see Setup (Imported Folder) (on
page 182).
Update Now - Updates all files in the imported folder to match the files on the network drive.
This command is only available after setup of the imported folder.
Properties - Displays the properties of the folder.
181
Imported Folders
Imported Files
Right-click an imported file
Open - Opens the file with the appropriate Windows application.

Properties - Displays the properties of the file.
Update - Updates the file to match the files on the network drive. This command is only
available after setup of the imported folder.
Select a shared network folder (with a path beginning with \\) instead of a local
folder to allow refresh and update of file changes between users.
Unlike a folder
.
folder
, you cannot create or paste other components within the imported
Create an imported folder

1. Right click a folder in the Management Console, and select New > Imported Folder.
The imported folder is added to the hierarchy.
2. Right-click the folder, and select Setup.
The Setup dialog box displays.
3. Type the path in the Folder to Import box.
OR
Click Browse
click OK.
, navigate to the needed folder in the Browse for Folder dialog box, and
4. In the Setup dialog box, click Persist in Database to add the imported files to the model
database.
5. Click OK.
The imported folder and its files are added to the hierarchy.
Setup (Imported Folder)

Sets options for importing an external folder and its files. This command is available on the
Imported Folder shortcut menu and displays the Setup dialog box.
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) (on page 183)
182
Imported Folders
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder)

Specifies a folder containing the files to import.
You should import from a shared network folder having a path beginning with \\ to allow
everyone to have access to the same files and to avoid multiple file copies or unintended
overwriting of changes from another user. Windows handles read-only locking of the files when
they are open. You cannot import the %Temp% folder because it is used for file processing
during import.
Folder to Import - Specifies the folder path. Type a path, or click Browse
to select a path.
Browse - Allows you to browse for a folder location. For more information, see Browse for
Folder Dialog Box (on page 183).
Persist in Database - When selected, adds imported files to the model database. When
cleared, only the folder path to the files is imported.
Export is not available when Persist in Database is cleared.
Browse for Folder Dialog Box

Displays a hierarchical list of folders. Select a folder from this list, and click OK to choose it, or
double-click a folder to display any sub-folders. The selection you make on this dialog box
appears in the Folder to Import box of the Setup dialog box.
Make New Folder - Creates a new folder in the hierarchy, beneath the currently selected folder.
183
Imported Folders
184
SECTION 9
Tools Menu
Several tools are provided within the Drawings and Reports task. These tools appear on the
Tools menu in the Drawings and Reports task.
Reference Data Tools

The following commands on the Tools menu are for use by your reference data administrator.
They apply strictly to customizing orthographic drawing and marine mode drawings by rule
reference data:
Define View Style
Define Layout Style
Edit Border Template
Edit Layout Template
You do not use these commands in the normal workflow of creating drawings and reports. For
more information, see the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Other Tools
You can use the Custom Command tool to set up special macro commands you use in your
documents. Batch Management processes drawing updates and printing on a batch server.
Convert Legacy Snapshots converts legacy version 6.1 snapshot drawings to composed
drawings. For more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
In This Section
Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services............................. 185
Batch Processing ........................................................................... 190
Custom Commands ....................................................................... 211
Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch Services

With batch processing, you can update, print, or refresh your documents without dedicating your
workstation to the operation.
Drawings Batch Dialog Box

Updates, prints, and refreshes document batch jobs without requiring a dedicated workstation to
the operation.
Available Actions - Lists the actions that you can perform within a batch job. The actions
available are based on permissions and document type.
Update - Updates documents on a Batch Queue.
Refresh - Refreshes documents on a Batch Queue.
185
Tools Menu
Print - Schedules a document to be printed from a Batch Queue.
Actions to Queue - Lists the action that are performed in the batch job.
Remove - Removes an action from the queue.

Clear - Removes all actions from the queue.
Action Options - Allows you to define the parameters of an action.
Printer Displays all printers configured on the client computer. The name of the printer on
the batch queue must match for the print to be successful.
Copies Specifies the number of copies to print.
Black and White Prints a black and white drawing, if checked.
Orientation Indicates the orientation of the printed output. Select Portrait or Landscape.
Paper Size Displays the paper sizes supported by the selected printer.
Template Name Saves print settings as a template. Type a name in the box, and click
Save Settings as Template. While optional, creating a new template is a quick method to
submit a batch job with the specified options.
Save Settings as Template - Creates a user-parameterized action.
Delete - Removes a template from Available Actions. This option is available only on
user-created templates.
Use 64-bit if available - Updates drawings with 64-bit processes. This option is only available
for Update actions performed on composed drawings.
If you select Use 64-bit if available and run Update on a folder component containing
composed drawings and other drawing types, the composed drawings are updated with
64-bit processes. All other drawings are updated with 32-bit processes.
You cannot update a composed drawing with 64-bit if the drawing contains a view style that
includes PDS reference data.
Schedule - Creates the job and opens the Schedule Batch dialog box.
If you click Schedule with no actions in Actions to Queue, you receive a message, and
the form remains open.
186
Update Action (on page 187)
Refresh Action (on page 187)
Print Action (on page 188)
Set Print Options (on page 188)
Create a Template (on page 188)
Tools Menu
Update Action
Updates documents on a batch queue while you continue to work on other tasks. You can set
up a batch update job for a single document or for multiple documents.
Single document:
1. Right-click a single document either in the Detail View or in the Drawings Console, and
select Batch....
2. Select the Update action, and click Add
to move it into Actions to Queue.
3. Click Schedule to create the job, and open the Schedule Batch dialog box.
Multiple documents:
1. Do one of the following:
a. Right-click a set of multi-selected documents or components in the Detail View, and
select Batch....
b. Right-click a component in the Management Console, Detail View, or Drawings
Console and select Batch....
2. Select the Update action, and click Add
3. Click Schedule to create the job, and open the Schedule Batch dialog box.
For more information about the Schedule Batch dialog box and monitoring your batch jobs with
Batch Manager, see Schedule [Task] Dialog Box (on page 189) and the Batch Services User's
Guide.
Refresh Action
Refreshes documents on a batch queue while you continue to work on other tasks. You can set
up a batch refresh job for a single document or for multiple documents.
a. Right-click a single component in the Management Console, Detail View, or the
Drawings Console and select Batch....
b. Right-click a set of multi-selected components in the Detail View and select Batch....
2. Select the Refresh action and click Add
3. Click Schedule to create the job and open the Schedule Batch dialog box.
For more information about the Schedule Batch dialog box and monitoring your batch job with
Guide.
187
Tools Menu
Print Action
Schedules documents to be printed. You can set up batch print jobs for a single document or for
multiple documents.
Single document:
1. Right-click on a single drawing either in the Detail View or in the Drawings Console and
select Batch....
2. Select the Print action and click Add
Multiple documents:
a. Right-click a set of multi-selected documents or components in the Detail View and
select Batch....
b. Right-click a component in the Management Console, Detail View, or Drawings
Console and select Batch....
2. Select the Print action and click Add
For more information about the Schedule Batch dialog box and monitoring your batch job with
Guide.
Set Print Options

The Print action is the only action that has action options.
1. Click Add
to move the Print action to Actions to Queue.
2. Define Print options, such as Orientation and Paper Size.

3. Click Schedule.
Create a Template
Templates are user-parameterized actions that are saved in the session file and available for
future batch jobs. You can only create templates based on the Print action.
Create a new template:
1. Select the Print action, and click Add
to move it to Actions to Queue.
2. In Action Options, make the necessary changes to the action.

3. Type a new Template Name for the action.
4. Click Save Settings As Template.
Delete a template:
1. Select the template to delete.
188
Tools Menu
2. In Action Options, click Delete.
Schedule [Task] Dialog Box

Queue - Displays the name of the queues configured by an administrator for the job. For more
information on configuring the queues, see Configure Queues for Jobs in the Project
Management User's Guide.
Run job - Sets the frequency with which the job runs. Jobs may be scheduled to run once or on
a regular interval (daily, weekly, or monthly). Depending on the job frequency selected,
additional controls appear below this field. These controls allow you to define more specific
scheduling information. The scheduling controls may be changed only at job submission.
Run on - Sets the time to start running the job.
Options - Opens the Optional Schedule Properties Dialog Box (on page 190) that you can use
to define a start and end date.
Run on box - Contains a calendar from which you can select the run date. This option is
available when you select Once from Run job.
Every X days - Specifies how many days should pass between job runs. This option is available
when you select Daily from Run job.
Every X weeks - Specifies how many weeks should pass between job runs. In addition, you can
select on which days the job should run. This option is available when you select Weekly from
Run job.
Day X of the month - Specifies on which day of the month the job should run. This option is
available when you select Monthly from Run job.
The X Y of the month - Specifies on which day of the month the job should run. For example,
you can select the last Monday of the month. This option is available when you select Monthly
from Run job.
Job Start - Notifies you when the job starts, if Outlook is set up.
Job Completion - Notifies when the job completes, if Outlook is set up.
Job Abort - Notifies you if the job aborts, if Outlook is set up.
Address Book - Selects the name of the person to be notified by e-mail of the job status, if
Outlook is set up. If Outlook is not available, this option does not work. You can also type the
address manually. The person you define here receives an email with the job log files after the
job finishes.
The SmartPlant Batch Services SMTP option must be configured on the batch server for this
to work. For more information, see the SmartPlant Batch Services documentation.
The WinZip application is no longer required on the batch server to compress any emailed
attachments. Compression is now done with functionality included in Smart 3D.
189
Tools Menu
Optional Schedule Properties Dialog Box

Provides more options on the Schedule Backup dialog box. This dialog box opens when you
click Options.
Start date - Sets an optional start date.
End date - Sets an optional end date, if checked.
Batch Processing
With batch processing, you can make sure your documents are updated, printed, or refreshed
without having to dedicate your workstation to the operation.
Batch Updating
Using Batch > Update, available on the Drawings Batch dialog box, you instruct the software
to update documents on a Batch Server while you continue to work on other tasks.
Before using Batch > Update for 3D Model Data documents, you must set the
appropriate surface styles and aspects for the model data. For more information, see Set
surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 80).
Batch Printing
Using the Batch > Print command available on the Drawings Batch dialog box, you can
schedule batch printing jobs as needed to free up valuable processing time.
Batch Refreshing
Using the Batch > Refresh command available on the Drawings Batch dialog box, you can
schedule batch refresh jobs for multiple drawing documents.
Managing Batch Jobs

Tools > Batch Management allows you to view your batch jobs and make changes. For more
information, see Manage batch jobs (on page 191).
Setting Up Batch Processing

Batch Server - The computer on which the batch process runs is called the Drawing Batch
Server. The server must have Windows 2000 or Windows 7 and Smart 3D Workstation loaded.
The computer designated as the batch server is usually one that is not being used to perform
daily tasks, as the process of updating large numbers of documents and drawings can consume
a great deal of the computer's resources. You can have one or more batch servers per site
database. For more information, see Project Size Estimates and Drawing Batch Server in the
Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide.
To initially configure the Batch Server, you must be an administrator on that
computer and have write permissions or better on the model, the SharedContent share, and any
permission groups that access drawings.
190
Tools Menu
Client - The workstations that send batch processes to the server are called clients.
If the Batch commands are not available on the shortcut menus for your documents, you are
not configured to use batch processing
Most of the scheduling is stored on the Batch Server in the form of scheduled items in the
Windows Task Scheduler. After models have been assigned to the Batch Server, new
processes appear in the Processes tab of the Task Manager dialog box on that computer.
The Batch Manager process indicates that at least one model can use this computer as a
Batch Server. For each model selected on the Setup 3D Drawings Batch Server dialog
box, one Batch Server process appears in the list. If the Batch Manager or Batch Server
processes are stopped, the computer does not process batch updates.
You can also have a Batch Tier process running for each of the selected models. This
process is created when the Batch Server process finds a batch job and terminates
automatically after the Batch Server has been inactive for a while.
See Also
Batch Update (on page 196)
Batch Print (on page 196)
Batch Refresh (on page 198)
Batch Management
Allows you to view your batch jobs and make changes.
Manage batch jobs (on page 191)
Edit or delete batch jobs (on page 192)
Configure batch processing in the Common User's Guide
Remove a model from the batch server in the Common User's Guide
Manage batch jobs

You can only modify or delete batch jobs that you own. You cannot change or delete batch jobs
owned by others.
1. Select Tools > Batch Management. The Batch Management dialog box appears, showing
the currently scheduled batch jobs with their status. For more information, see Batch
Management Dialog Box (Batch Management Command) (on page 193).
2. Click a column header to sort the batch job table by the column definition.
3. Use the View menu items to Refresh the batch job list or toggle the Status Bar on or off.
4. Select one or more batch jobs, and then select Action > Pause to suspend the idle jobs.
This command has no effect on jobs that have started processing.
191
Tools Menu
5. Select one or more batch jobs, and then select Action > Resume to continue processing
the paused jobs. This command has no effect on jobs that are already processing.
6. To cancel a batch job, select it in the table, and then select Action > Cancel.
7. To modify the batch schedule definition for a batch job, select it, and then select Action >
Properties. The Properties dialog box appears, showing the current schedule definition.
For more information on modifying the properties, see Properties Dialog Box (Batch
Management Command) (on page 194).
You can also right-click a batch job to display a shortcut menu for the Pause, Resume,
Cancel, and Properties.
Edit or delete batch jobs

Complete the following steps to edit or delete an existing batch job.
You can also use Tools > Batch Management to update existing batch jobs. For more
1. Right-click a document that has a batch job scheduled and select the batch command to
run: Update, Print, or Refresh. The Schedule Wizard displays.
2. The default setting is Schedule the Batch Job. Click Next to schedule a new batch job or
edit the existing batch job.
192
Tools Menu
3. To edit or delete an existing batch job, select the Edit an existing job option. The table at
the bottom of the wizard page enables.
To schedule a new batch job for this document, select the Schedule new job option
and click Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard and create a new batch job
schedule. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page
203).
. To edit the batch
4. Select a batch job in the table. To delete the batch job, click Delete
job, click Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard and edit the batch job
properties. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page
203).
Batch Management Dialog Box (Batch Management Command)

Displays a list of jobs that have been submitted to the batch server, and allows you to view or
manage those jobs. You can open this dialog box by selecting Tools > Batch Management.
Click a column header to sort the batch job table by the column definition.
Job Name - Displays the name of the batch job.
Non-scheduled batch jobs use the name of the drawing or drawing component type being
processed.
Server - Displays the name of the batch server processing the batch job.
Batch jobs are submitted to a queue on the model database. The batch servers retrieve
the jobs from the queue in a first-in/first-out order.
Parent Component - Identifies the name of the parent component for the batch job.
Request - Displays the type of the batch job request. For example, Update or Print.
Status - Indicates the current status of the batch job. For example: Updating, Submitted,
Scheduled, or Printing.
Owner - Displays the name of the owner of the batch job.
Submitted - Shows the date and time that the batch job was submitted or scheduled.
Scheduled - Indicates how the batch job has been scheduled. For example: Daily, Weekly,
Monthly, One time only, and so forth.
Action Menu
Pause - Suspends the selected idle jobs. A job that is updating will not pause.
Resume - Removes the hold on the paused items. This command has no effect on jobs that are
already processing.
Cancel - Deletes the selected jobs from the queue.
Properties -Displays the Properties dialog box for the selected job. This command is inactive if
multiple jobs are selected. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box (Batch Management
Command) (on page 194).
View Menu
Status - Turns the display of the status bar on/off.
193
Tools Menu
Refresh - Refreshes the display of the batch job list.
See Also
Batch Management (on page 191)
Properties Dialog Box (Batch Management Command)

Displays the current batch schedule for the selected batch job, and allows you to modify the
schedule. You can open this dialog box by selecting Action > Properties in the Batch
Management dialog box.
The information on this dialog box changes depending on the active schedule definition of the
batch job. The active schedule definition is shown at the top of the dialog box.
Schedule task - Sets the type of schedule for the task. If you change this setting, the other
options on the dialog box change as well.
Start time - Specifies the time for the batch job to start. You can select a time using the scroll
button or define a time in the format shown.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Once

The following example shows a "once only" batch job:
Start date - Specifies the date on which the batch job update begins.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Daily

If the batch job is scheduled to run daily, the Properties dialog box appears as follows:
194
Tools Menu
Every count day(s) - Specifies a number of days. The batch job runs once per the specified
count of days. For example, if you specify 2 as the value, the batch job runs once every two
days.
Starting on - Specifies the date on which the batch job schedule begins.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Weekly

If the batch job is scheduled to run weekly, the Properties dialog box appears as follows:
Every count week(s) - Specifies a number of weeks for which the batch job will run.
You can check as many days during the week as required. The batch job runs once per day for
the specified count of weeks.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Monthly

If the batch job is scheduled to run monthly, the Properties dialog box appears as follows:
You use the two options to specify when the batch job runs during the month. You can check as
many months a required. The batch job runs once on the specified day of the specified
month(s).
See Also
Batch Management (on page 191)
195
Tools Menu
Batch Print
Allows you to submit document files directly to a print queue for a printer or schedule the
document files to be sent to the print queue at a later date or at recurring intervals. You can set
up batch print jobs for a single document or a select set of documents you select in the Detail
View. This command is available when you right-click on a single drawing or a select set of
drawings in the Detail View.
The Batch > Print command displays the Schedule Wizard so you can specify whether the
drawing should be printed now or at a scheduled date and time. The batch print job runs on a
batch server. If the command is not available on the shortcut menu for your documents, batch
processing is not configured.
To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch printing, see Batch Print Schedule
Wizard Common Tasks (on page 208).
To view and manage current batch jobs, see Manage batch jobs (on page 191).
After setting up the batch print job, the software checks to see if any of the documents are
being updated. If so, the software holds the print job until the updates are complete.
As long as a document has a file created for it, you will be able to print the drawing. The
software does not check to see if the drawing is up-to-date, out of date, or in an error state.
The Batch Print command is not available for a MicroStation 3D DGN component
document file.
The drawing is printed on the default printer of the batch server that processes the print job.
See Also
Batch Processing (on page 190)
Print Command (on page 77)
Batch Update
Allows you to update documents on a Batch Server while you continue to work on other tasks.
You can set up batch update jobs for a single document or a select set of documents you select
in the Detail View. This command is available when you right-click on a single drawing or a
select set of drawings in the Detail View.
The Batch > Update command displays the Schedule Wizard so you can specify whether the
drawing should be updated now or at a scheduled date and time. The batch update job runs on
a batch server. If the command is not available on the shortcut menu for your documents, batch
To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch updates, see Batch Schedule Wizard
Common Tasks (on page 199).
196
Before using Batch > Update for 3D Model Data documents, you must set the appropriate
surface styles and aspects for the model data. For more information, see Set Surface styles
and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 80).
Tools Menu
The Batch > Update command detects when only border changes have been made and
only updates the border portion of the drawing that is out-of-date.
If the software cannot make a SmartPlant Foundation server connection when you use
Batch > Update for 3D Model Data documents, you are prompted to provide a valid login
and password.
See Also
Batch Local Update

Allows you to update documents locally while you continue to work on other tasks. This
command is available when you right-click on a single drawing. The command triggers a local
background update against the drawing document.
Before using Batch > Local Update for 3D Model Data documents, you must set the
appropriate surface styles and aspects for the model data. For more information, see Set
surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 80).
The default timeout value for updating documents through the Batch Server is 40 minutes.
For more information on setting the Batch timeout (in minutes) property on a drawing
document, see Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 86).
You cannot process more than one Batch Local Update at a time. If you attempt to process
a second Batch Local Update, an error dialog will display. For more information, see
and password.
See Also
Batch Update Document(s)

Batch > Update Document(s) updates existing drawings or reports if they are out-of-date. This
command updates all the documents associated with a drawing or report component. You can
also multi-select documents within the Detail View.
This command is available when you right-click a component in the Console hierarchy and point
to the Batch submenu.
If batch processing is configured for the selected item, the command displays the Schedule
Wizard so you can specify whether the update should perform now or at a scheduled date and
time. The update is performed on the Batch Server. For more information, see Batch Schedule
Wizard Common Tasks (on page 199).
For volume drawings, the Batch > Update Document(s) command is not available until you
place drawing volumes for a volume component in the Space Management task. For composed
197
Tools Menu
drawings, this command is not available until you create the drawings in a 3D task. For reports,
this command is not available until you create the report by choosing a report template.
To view or modify the currently scheduled batch update jobs, see Manage batch jobs (on page
191).
The software preserves many of the modifications you make between regenerations of
volume drawings. For example, if you annotate a volume drawing and then regenerate it,
your annotations still appear on the updated drawing.
To update a single drawing, right-click a drawing and select Update or Update Now (for all
other drawing types).
and password.
See Also
Batch Refresh
Allows you to refresh documents on a Batch Server while you continue to work on other tasks.
The Batch > Refresh command compares the date of the last update of the document with the
modification date in the model for any object that has a positive (can be seen) resymbolization in
the drawing. You can set up batch update jobs for a single document or a select set of
documents you select in the Detail View. This command is available when you right-click on a
single drawing or a select set of drawings in the Detail View.
The Batch > Refresh command displays the Schedule Wizard so you can specify whether the
drawing should be updated now or at a scheduled date and time. The batch refresh job runs on
a batch server. If the command is not available on the shortcut menu for your documents, batch
The Batch > Refresh command Schedule Wizard works the same as the one for the Batch >
Update command. To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch refreshes, see
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks (on page 199).
Batch > Refresh is not available for Spreadsheet Report documents. Spreadsheet
Report documents regenerate each time you run, update, or print the report. It is supported for
all types of drawing documents.
See Also
Batch Update Document(s) (on page 197)
Update Now (on page 99)
198
Tools Menu
Schedule Wizard
The Schedule Wizard appears when you are configured to use batch scheduling, which is
available for Update, Refresh, and Print. The Batch > Update, Batch > Refresh, and Batch >
Print commands appear on the shortcut menu when you select document(s) or components.
You can submit an existing batch job request or schedule a new one. You can also multi-select
documents within the Detail View.
If you access the Schedule Wizard for a document that already has a batch job scheduled, you
can edit or delete the existing batch job. For more information, see Edit or Delete Batch Jobs (on
page 192).
You can also manage your existing batch jobs with Tools > Batch Management. For more
information on using batch processing, see Batch Processing (on page 190).
To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch updates, see Batch Schedule Wizard
Common Tasks (on page 199). For batch printing, see Batch Print Schedule Wizard Common
Tasks (on page 208).
The default timeout value for updating documents through the Batch Server is 40
minutes. For more information on setting the Batch timeout (in minutes) property on a drawing
document, see Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 86).
See Also
Batch Print (on page 196)
Batch Refresh (on page 198)
Batch Update (on page 196)
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks

The following Schedule Wizard tasks are used when you schedule batch update or refresh jobs
for drawings and reports documents.
The Schedule Wizard displays when you are configured to use a batch server and select Batch
> Update or Batch > Refresh from the shortcut menu for a selected document(s).
Submitting or Scheduling a Batch Update or Refresh Job

The initial page of the Schedule Wizard allows you to specify whether you want to submit a
batch update or refresh job now or schedule it for later. For more information, see Submit or
Schedule a Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 201).
Setting Batch Job Frequency

If you selected the Schedule the batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard,
the second page specifies the batch job frequency, or how often you want the batch job to
199
Tools Menu
update or refresh. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on
page 203).
Scheduling a Daily Batch Job

When you select the Daily option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify the
day and time you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule Daily Batch
Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 204).
Scheduling a Weekly Batch Job

When you select the Weekly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the job to start on a per week basis. For more information, see
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 205).
Scheduling a Monthly Batch Job

When you select the Monthly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the batch job to start and the months in which you want the job to
run. For more information, see Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 206).
Scheduling a One-Time-Only Batch Job

When you select the One time only option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you
specify the time and day you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule
One-Time-Only Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 207).
Completing the Scheduling

After you have specified the frequency, date, and time settings for your batch job schedule, the
final wizard page appears. This page also appears if you selected the One time only option on
the second page of the wizard. For more information, see Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule
Wizard) (on page 208).
For documents that have existing batch jobs, the Schedule Wizard initial page is different.
Scheduling a New Batch Job

To create a new batch job for the selected document(s), select the Schedule a new job option.
When you click Next, the behavior is the same as the tasks described above, starting with Set
Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 203).
Editing or Deleting Existing Batch Jobs

When you select Batch > Update or Batch > Refresh on the shortcut menu of a document that
already has a scheduled batch job, you can edit or delete an existing batch job by selecting the
Edit existing job(s) option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard. For more information,
see Edit or Delete Batch Jobs (on page 192).
200
Tools Menu
Submit or Schedule a Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies whether you want to submit a batch update or refresh job now or schedule it for later.
Submit the batch job now - Specifies that the job will be automatically named and submitted to
the Batch Server when you click Finish. The batch job name defaults using the convention
BatchJob1, BatchJob2, and so forth to keep the batch job names unique. This option is
specified by default when you select Update from the Batch submenu for a document that has
no previously scheduled batch jobs.
Schedule the batch job - Specifies that you want to set a date and time for the batch job to run.
Click Next to go to the next page of the wizard to continue scheduling the batch job. For more
information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 203).
If the document from which you accessed the Schedule Wizard already has batch jobs
scheduled, the Schedule the batch job option is the default selection. When you click Next,
you can either create a new batch job for the document or edit an existing one. You can also
delete an existing batch job. For more information, see Update an Existing Batch Job
(Schedule Wizard) (on page 202).
Batch > Refresh is not available for Spreadsheet Report documents. Spreadsheet Report
documents regenerate each time you run, update, or print the report. It is supported for all
types of drawing documents.
See Also
Schedule Wizard (on page 199)
201
Tools Menu
Update an Existing Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
Creates a new batch job for the document, edits the existing batch job, or deletes the existing
batch job.
You can also use Tools > Batch Management to update existing batch jobs. For more
Schedule a new job - Specifies that you are creating a new batch job for the document. Click
Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard and define a new batch job. For more
Edit an existing job - Specifies that you want to edit or delete an existing batch job definition.
When you select this option, the table at the bottom of the page enables.
Delete - Deletes the batch job selected in the table at the bottom of the dialog box. This
button is only enabled when a batch job is selected.
Existing batch job table - Lists the batch jobs for the document. To edit a batch job definition,
select it in the table and click Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard. For more
See Also
202
Tools Menu
Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies the frequency with which you want to update or print this document or set of
documents. This page of the wizard appears under two different conditions:
If the document(s) has no previously schedule batch jobs and you select the Schedule the
batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard.
If the document(s) has previously scheduled batch jobs in existence, and you select the
Schedule a new batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard.
Type a name for this batch job. - Specifies the batch job name. The batch job name defaults
using the convention BatchJob1, BatchJob2, and so forth to keep the batch job name unique.
You can change the batch job name.
Perform this job: - Specifies the frequency option for updating the batch job. The options are
described as follows:
Daily - The batch job runs daily at the time specified on the next page of the wizard. For
more information, see Schedule Daily Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 204).
Weekly - The batch job runs weekly on the day and time specified on the next page of the
wizard. For more information, see Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page
205).
Monthly - The batch job runs monthly on the month, day, and time specified on the next
page of the wizard. For more information, see Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule
One time only - The batch job runs one time only. For more information, see Schedule
See Also
203
Tools Menu
Schedule Daily Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies the time and day you want the batch job to start. When you click Next, the final wizard
page displays the batch schedule settings. If the schedule is incorrect, click Back to return to
previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Perform the job - Specifies the day option for updating the batch job. The options are described
as follows:
Every Day - The batch job runs every day at the time specified at the top of the wizard
page.
Weekdays - The batch job runs every weekday (Monday through Friday) at the time
specified at the top of the wizard page.
Every - You specify a number of days in the field provided. The batch job runs once per the
specified count of days. For example, if you specified 2 as the value, the batch job runs once
every 2 days.
Start date - Specifies the date on which the batch job begins.
See Also
Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule Wizard) (on page 208)
204
Tools Menu
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies the time and day you want the batch job to start on a weekly basis. When you click
Next, the final wizard page displays the batch schedule settings. If the schedule is incorrect,
click Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Every - Specifies a number of weeks. The batch job runs once per the specified count of weeks.
For example, if you specified 2 as the value, the batch job will run once every 2 weeks.
Day checkboxes - Specifies the day of the week you want the batch job to run.
See Also
205
Tools Menu
Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies the time and day you want the batch job to start and in which months you want the job
to run. When you click Next, the final wizard page displays the batch schedule settings. If the
schedule is incorrect, click Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Day - Specifies a specific day of the month. The batch job runs once per the day specified. For
example, if you specified 2 as the value, the batch job runs on the second day of the selected
months.
The set weekday - Specifies the day of the week you want the batch job to run. For example,
you can set the batch job to run on the second Tuesday of every selected month.
Of the month(s) - Specifies the months you want the batch job to run. You can select multiple
months.
See Also
206
Tools Menu
Schedule One-Time-Only Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies the time and day you want the one-time-only batch job to start. When you click Next,
the final wizard page displays the batch schedule settings. If the schedule is incorrect, click
Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Start date - Specifies the date on which the batch job update begins.
See Also
207
Tools Menu
Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule Wizard)
Shows the completed schedule setup for the batch job. It displays the name of the batch job and
the time and date when the job will run.
If the schedule is incorrect, click Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
If the batch job is scheduled correctly, click Finish to process the batch job request.
See Also
Batch Print Schedule Wizard Common Tasks

The following Schedule Wizard tasks are used when you schedule batch print jobs for drawings
and reports documents.
The Schedule Wizard displays when you are configured to use a batch server and select Batch
> Print from the shortcut menu for a selected document(s).
Submitting or Scheduling a Batch Print Job

The initial page of the Schedule Wizard allows you to specify whether you want to submit a
batch print job now or schedule it for later. For more information, see Submit or Schedule
Printing (Schedule Wizard) (on page 210).
Setting Batch Job Frequency

If you selected the Schedule the batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard,
the second page specifies the batch job frequency, or how often you want the batch job to
update. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 203).
208
Tools Menu
Scheduling a Daily Batch Job
When you select the Daily option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify the
day and time you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule Daily Batch
Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 204).
Scheduling a Weekly Batch Job

When you select the Weekly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the job to start on a per week basis. For more information, see
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 205).
Scheduling a Monthly Batch Job

When you select the Monthly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the batch job to start and the months in which you want the job to
run. For more information, see Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 206).
Scheduling a One-Time-Only Batch Job

When you select the One time only option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you
specify the time and day you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule
Completing the Scheduling

After you have specified the frequency, date, and time settings for your batch job schedule, the
final wizard page appears. This page also appears if you selected the One time only option on
the second page of the wizard. For more information, see Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule
For documents that have existing batch jobs, the Schedule Wizard initial page is different.
Scheduling a New Batch Job

To create a new batch job for the selected document(s), select the Schedule a new job option.
When you click Next, the behavior is the same as the tasks described above, starting with Set
Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 203).
Editing or Deleting Existing Batch Jobs

When you select Batch > Print on the shortcut menu of a document that already has a
scheduled batch job, you can edit or delete an existing batch job by selecting the Edit existing
job(s) option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard. For more information, see Edit or
Delete Batch Jobs (on page 192).
209
Tools Menu
Submit or Schedule Printing (Schedule Wizard)
Specifies whether you want to submit a batch print job now or schedule it for later.
Printer - Specifies the printer to which the document will be submitted.

Number of copies - Indicates the number of copies of the document to print.
Pure black and white - Specifies that the document should be printed in pure black and white,
with the software setting the color alterations based on colors used in the document.
Schedule the batch job - Specifies that you want to set a date and time for the batch job to run.
Click Next to go to the next page of the wizard to continue scheduling the batch job. For more
information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 203). If you do not check
this box, the document prints immediately to the selected printer.
If the document from which you accessed the Schedule Wizard already has batch jobs
scheduled, the Schedule the batch job option is the default selection. When you click Next,
you can either create a new batch job for the document or edit an existing one. You can also
delete an existing batch job. For more information, see Update an Existing Batch Job (Schedule
See Also
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks (on page 199)
210
Tools Menu
Custom Commands
Provides you with application programming capability for the 3D software. Using Microsoft
Visual Basic, you can create a custom command that groups a series of commands and
instructions into a single command that runs as an operation in the 3D software. As a result, you
can access the customized commands that directly relate to the work routine in your operation.
In Visual Basic, the Command Wizard helps you to build a custom command. For example, the
first Command Wizard step prompts you to identify general information, including command
name, project name, author, and company. You can start the wizard in Visual Basic by clicking
Command Wizard on the Add-Ins menu. For more information about installing the Command
Wizard and other programming resources, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide
available by clicking Help > Printable Guides in the software.
After adding a custom command in the 3D software, you can edit it. The Edit Custom
Command dialog box requires you to specify the program identifier (prog_id), command name
and description, command priority, and a command line of arguments in a string.
Delivered Custom Commands

The following list provides descriptions and ProgIDs for the delivered custom commands:
Custom
Command
ProgID
Check
Database
Integrity
SP3DCheckDatabaseIntegr Creates records for the objects that need

ity.
to be cleaned. You run this custom
CCheckObj
command directly on a database (Site,
Catalog, or Model). After you run this
command, you can generate a report to
review the errors that the Check Database
Integrity command generated. For more
information on the Check Database
Integrity command, see the Database
Integrity Guide available from Help >
Printable Guides.
Clean
Database
SP3DCleanDatabaseCmd.
CCheckObj
Deletes or cleans an object. This command

is used when an action on the Check
Database Integrity report is To Be
Removed or To Be Repaired. For more
information on deleting and cleaning
objects in the database, see the Database
Integrity Guide available from Help >
Printable Guides.
Compart
Query
Service
CompartQuery.
CCompartQueryCmd
Provides queries on compartments,

objects, geometry, and loads. You can
save a .sat file from the geometry queries.
Description
211
Tools Menu
Custom
Command
ProgID
Create
MenuDrawView.
Drawing View CMenuDrawView
Description
Saves and converts the contents of a
three-dimensional graphic view window
into a snapshot view. The command
creates a rectangular object associated to
a clipping volume or volumes in the
three-dimensional model.
Before you create a snapshot view using
this command, you must have added at
least one composed drawing type to the
Management Console in the Drawings and
Reports task.
You can save additional views by updating
the view contents and then saving the new
design. If you used the Tools > Hide
command to avoid displaying certain
objects, those objects are included in a
composed drawing you create.
You must have appropriate permissions to
access composed drawing types, or you
cannot use the Tools > Snapshot View
command. If you have only read
permission, you receive a message that
alerts you to this condition.
After you create the snapshot views, you
can add them to composed drawings when
you use the Tools > Drawings Console
command.
Find Object
by OID
SP3DFindObjectByReport.
FindObjects
Finds objects with integrity problems in a

graphic view. Before running this
command, you must define your
workspace to include these objects. Run a
database integrity report, and use the
reported OIDs of the objects in the
workspace definition. For more information
on the Find Objects by OID custom
command, see the Database Integrity
Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.
Fix Project
Root
SP3DPRJMGTRepairCmd. Synchronizes the model name in the Model

FixCnfgProjectRoot
database and the Site database. The
name in the Site database prevails.
You must run this command from a
task in the model, not from Project
Management.
212
Tools Menu
Custom
Command
ProgID
Description
Fix Sector
Size of
Documents
DwgBinaryEditorCmd.
FixSectorSize
Adjusts the sector size from small to large.

Documents that have many sheets and a
small sector size can cause the software to
run out of memory.
Reset Design IMSEngFrameworkCmd.

Basis Time
EngFrameworkCmd
Argument =
ResetDesignBasisTime
Modifies the Design Basis timestamp. With

this command, you can set the time and
date back to a point in the past. This
command is useful if, for any reason, there
are delete instructions that could not be
processed.
Synchronize
Drawing
Component
Templates
DwgSynchTemplatesCmd.
SynchTemplates
Repairs a drawing component that has

become corrupted by synchronizing it with
a different, uncorrupted drawing
component. This command requires that
the source component is the same type as
the corrupted component, the source
component must have a template, and that
the source component cannot be
corrupted. Also, the number of views on
the source component must be the same
as the number of views on the corrupted
component. The names of the views on the
source component must match the view
names of the corrupted component.
Verify P&ID
Integrity
SP3DDisplayPIDService.
VerifyPIDCmd
Validates the internal connections between

objects on a P&ID and objects in the Model
database. This command is useful when
there is a problem displaying a P&ID or
selecting objects on a P&ID. The command
provides some basic troubleshooting
statistics: Number of design basis objects,
number of 3D objects (correlated), number
of P&ID objects, number of deleted P&ID
OIDs, and number of duplicate OIDs.
Custom Commands Dialog Box (on page 215)

Add Custom Command Dialog Box (on page 216)
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box (on page 216)
Create custom commands (on page 214)
Add custom commands (on page 214)
213
Tools Menu
Run a custom command (on page 214)
Edit a custom command (on page 214)
Delete a custom command (on page 215)
Create custom commands

1. Open Microsoft Visual Basic.
You do not create or modify custom commands within the software. You can edit the
code of the command in Visual Basic. You can edit a limited number of items, such as
the description of the command, using the Edit Custom Command dialog box.
You must install the Command Wizard software in Visual Basic. The setup for the
Command Wizard is located at [Product Folder]\CommonApp\Tools\CommandWizard.
2. In Visual Basic, click Add-Ins > Command Wizard.

3. Complete all steps on each page of the Command Wizard.
Add custom commands

1. Click Tools > Custom Commands.
2. On the Custom Commands dialog box, click Add.
3. On the Add Custom Command dialog box, type the program identifier you assigned to the
command in Microsoft Visual Basic in the Command ProgID box.
4. Type the name you assigned to the command in the Command name box.
5. Type a phrase that describes the command in the Description box.
6. If necessary, change the option in the Priority section.
7. Type command line arguments in a string in the Argument box.
After you complete this procedure, the Custom Commands dialog box lists the command
you added to the software. You can run the command, edit the settings, or delete the command.
Run a custom command

The Custom Commands dialog box opens.
2. To start a custom command you created, select the command in the list box, and click Run.
3. After the command runs, click Close on the Custom Commands dialog box.
214
Tools Menu
Edit a custom command

2. To change the options for a custom command, select the command in the list box, and click
Edit. For example, you can change the name and description of the command.
3. After completing the needed changes, click Close on the Custom Commands dialog box.
You must open the command in Microsoft Visual Basic if you want to edit the underlying
code.
Delete a custom command

2. Select the command in the list box, and click Delete. The software removes the command
from the list box; however, the command code is not deleted.
3. After completing the needed changes, click Close on the Custom Commands dialog box.
This action does not delete the DLL for the custom command. It just removes access to
the custom command from the Custom Commands dialog box.
Custom Commands Dialog Box

Adds and edits customized commands you have created with the Command Wizard in
Microsoft Visual Basic. For information on creating custom commands, see Create custom
commands (on page 214).
Command names - Lists the names of commands that have been added.
Run - Starts the custom command you select in the list box. For more information, see Run a
custom command (on page 214).
Close - Cancels the Custom Commands dialog box.
Edit - Opens the Edit Custom Command dialog box. You can change settings for the
command, such as the program identifier (prog_ID) and command name. For more information,
see Edit a custom command (on page 214).
Add - Installs the custom command into the software. For more information, see Add custom
commands (on page 214).
Delete - Removes the custom command from the software. For more information, see Delete a
custom command (on page 215).
Clear - Deletes the information you have typed in the boxes on the Custom Commands dialog
box.
Description - Contains an identifying phrase so you can better recognize the custom command
with which you are working.
215
Tools Menu
Add Custom Command Dialog Box

Accesses a customized command you created in Microsoft Visual Basic and saves the
command within the software.
Command ProgID - Identifies the program identifier for the custom command you created in
Visual Basic.
Command name - Specifies the name you assigned to the custom command.
Description - Describes the custom command.
Priority - Assigns a priority of High, Normal, or Low.
Argument - Specifies command line arguments in a string.
See Also
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box

Changes options for a customized command you added to the software.
Command ProgID - Specifies the program identifier for the custom command you created in
Microsoft Visual Basic.
Command name - Provides a text box for you to change the name you assigned to the custom
command.
Description - Provides a text box to provide a descriptive phrase for the custom command.
Priority - Changes priority to High, Normal, or Low.
Argument - Change the command line arguments in a string.
Reset Default - Returns the dialog box to its default settings.
See Also
Delivered Custom Commands

This section describes some of the delivered custom commands. For a comprehensive list of the
custom commands, see Custom Commands in the Common User's Guide.
Repair Documents Custom Command

The Repair Documents custom command updates invalid Styles.sha or Symbol Browser file
paths on a document or a set of documents. Invalid file paths can occur when you change the
symbol share. This causes overhead while editing, saving, or updating documents.
Click Tools > Custom Commands to add the command using the ProgID
DwgRepairCmd.RepairDocuments. For more information, see Custom Commands in the
Each time you use Repair Documents, the changes made to the component or document are
saved in a log file. You can access the file at %TEMP%\Drawings. The log file name starts with
"DwgRepairCmd_" as its prefix. A summary at the end of the log file lists all documents that the
command could not repair.
216
Tools Menu
Repair Documents Dialog Box
Component or Document - Specifies the component or document to repair.
Actions - Shows the repair options for the selected component or document.
Reset style resources - Resets the style resource files and to the Styles.sha file on the
current symbols share.
Set symbol browser home - Sets the symbol browser home address. You can change this
address by typing in a new address or by clicking More
and opening the file folder.
217
Tools Menu
218
SECTION 10
Revising
The document revision process is separate from the publishing process, making it possible to
revise a document locally and save it to the database without re-publishing it. The Revise
command is available on the right-click menu for drawings, reports, and 3D Model Data
documents. In an integrated environment, all revisions are handled by SmartPlant Foundation.
Revising and publishing are two separate actions. You specify the document revision using the
Revise command, which creates a Revision for the document with Major and Minor set,
depending on the revision schema selected. If you are working in an integrated environment,
you can modify the other revision information on the document.
After setting the revision number, right-click the document and select Properties. Select the
Revision tab and edit the Revision fields. You should update documents to include any new
title block information.
You can now re-publish the document with the new revision information.
You can use the Revise command if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard. For more information on registering, see the Project Management
User's Guide under Help > Printable Guides.
If the drawing document that you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
example:
See Also
Publishing Documents (on page 222)
Revise (on page 219)
Revise a document (on page 220)
Revise
Revising and publishing are two separate actions. You specify the document revision using the
Revise command, which creates a Revision for the document with Major and Minor set,
depending on the revision schema selected. If you are working in an integrated environment,
you cannot modify the Major and Minor revision data, but you can modify the other revision
information on the document.
After reserving the revision number, right-click the document and select Properties. Select the
Revision tab and edit the Revision fields. You should update documents to include any new
title block information.
You can now re-publish the document with the new revision information.
Revise Dialog Box (on page 221)
219
Revising
You can use the Revise command if you have registered your model using the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more information on registering, see the Project
Management User's Guide under Help > Printable Guides.
Revise a document
You can revise drawings, reports, and 3D Model Data documents if you have registered your
model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more information about using the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard, see the Project Management User's Guide under Help >
Printable Guides.
1. Right-click a document and select Revise. The Revise dialog box appears.
You can also multi-select documents in the Detail View, or you can select a folder in the
Management Console hierarchy to select all of the documents within the folder if they
all have the same revision level.
If the Revise command is not available on the shortcut menu, check the properties on
the document. Right-click the document and select Properties. Go to the WBS tab and
make sure that you have a Document type and Discipline set for the document. For
more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 227).
2. For a new document or a document that does not yet have a defined revision scheme,
select the revision scheme that you want to use from the Revision Scheme list.
Only revision schemes that are applicable to the configuration (plant) or classification
(document type) are available in the shortcut menu. The revision schemes related to a
configuration or classification are not available for any other configurations or classifications.
If none of the revision schemes are related to the configuration or classification, then all
revision schemes are available unless they are related to any other configuration or
classification. For more information on revision scheme configuration, see Configuring
Different Revision Scheme Strategies in the How to Configure Document Management
guide.
3. In the Revise in Tool section, select the next available major and minor revision numbers.
4. Click OK. The document is saved to the model database. The command creates a revision
record by adding it to the document Revision properties. The command also reserves the
revision number.
5. Right-click the document and select Properties.
6. Go to the Revision tab and edit the values in the new revision row.
7. Update the document to update any document property title block information. For more
information, see Updating Documents (on page 98).
8. Re-publish the document. The stored document is not updated until you publish it.
220
Revising
Revise Dialog Box

Allows you to revise a document in the database of the authoring tool without publishing it.
Fields with a shaded background are read-only fields and cannot be edited.
Selected documents - Displays a list of the documents selected to be revised or for which you
want to reserve a set of revision numbers. You populate this list by selecting documents before
you use the Revise command.
Engineering Tool - Opens an authoring tool-specific dialog box that allows you to select
documents to add to the Selected documents list. This option is not available in Smart 3D.
Revision Scheme - If you have selected a new document or a document for which no revision
scheme has been selected, choose the revision scheme to be applied from the list of available
options. Only revision schemes that are applicable to the configuration (plant) or classification
configuration or classification are not available for any other configurations or classifications. If
none of the revision schemes are related to the configuration or classification, then all revision
schemes are available unless they are related to any other configuration or classification. For
more information on revision scheme configuration, see Configuring Different Revision Scheme
Strategies in the How to Configure Document Management guide.
Current Revision in Tool Major - For existing documents, this field displays the current major
revision of the document, as defined in the authoring tool, in a read-only format. For new
documents, this field is empty.
Current Revision in Tool Minor - For existing documents, this field displays the current minor
revision of the document, as defined in the authoring tool, in a read-only format. If the revision
scheme does not use minor revision, or if the selected document has not yet been revised, this
field is empty.
Revise in Tool Major - From this list box, choose the next available major revision number for
the document to revise it locally, without publishing the new information. If you do not want to
revise the document at this time, in other words, if you want to reserve revisions numbers
without revising the document, leave this field empty.
Revise in Tool Minor - From this list box, choose the next available minor revision number for
the document to revise it locally, without publishing the new information. If you do not want to
revise the document at this time, in other words, if you want to reserve revisions numbers
without revising the document, leave this field empty. If minor revisions are not supported for the
document, no options are available in this list.
If you do not use the Minor field when revising a document for the first time, the
minor revision option will never be available for that document for future revisions.
Next Major - Updates the document revision to the next major revision.
221
Publishing Documents
When you work in an integrated environment with SmartPlant Enterprise, you must publish
documents containing the drawing data and relationships before other authoring tools can share
this information. You can publish your documents from the Drawings and Reports task
Management Console or from a 3D modeling task by using the Tools > Drawings Console
command.
Before you can publish documents in the software, you must install the SmartPlant Client and
the SmartPlant Schema Component, then register the model using the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard. For more information about configuration, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation
Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
In a 3D task, you can use SmartPlant > Retrieve to create and update the Design Basis
objects. For more information, see the Common User's Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
The software allows you to publish modified and new objects with the Changes Only option.
Publish tasks processed through the Changes Only workflow are smaller compared to All
publishes, and are queued to Load and Consolidate before the merge operation. The merge
operation combines the delta data with the previous complete publish data. After the merge
operation succeeds, the information is retrievable. The Changes Only publishes are not
retrievable. To retrieve a Changes Only publish, you must perform an All publish, which only
happens after the load and consolidate processes.
The Publish and UpdatePublish commands are available for the following document types:
3D Model Data (SmartPlant Review file type)

The 3D Model Data component is capable of publishing many object types (for
example: Piping, Equipment, Cable Trays) depending on the definition of the filter during
component setup. For more information, see 3D Model Data.
Orthographic Drawings (viewable file with links to data)
Piping Isometric Drawings (viewable file with links to data)

Isometric Style Options Browser allows publishing additional files (for example: PCF,
POD) along with the SHA drawing. For more information, see Published Files (S3D
Supplementary).
222
Reports (viewable file with links to data)
The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide relationship links
to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the navigation
The Publish > UpdatePublish command updates and then immediately publishes the
selected documents in one step. This command is available only if the model is registered
with SmartPlant Foundation.
For a list of common tasks related to publishing, see Publish Common Tasks (on page 225).
example:
If you are publishing 3D Model Data documents, set the surface style rules and aspects
before publishing the documents. For more information, see Set surface styles and aspects
for 3D model data documents (on page 80).
Every time you generate drawings and reports from Smart 3D in an integrated environment,
a SmartPlant Foundation token is used.
When you publish documents, the software:
Publishes a visual representation of the document that you can view without Smart 3D. For
drawings, this is an Intergraph proprietary file, called a RAD file (.sha). For reports, the
viewable file is a Microsoft Excel workbook. You can review and mark up the visual
representation of the document using SmartPlant Markup Plus or SmartSketch.
Places the published XML file and any viewable files in the appropriate SmartPlant
Foundation vault. This XML file can be retrieved when you are in other authoring tools.
Reasons to Publish
You publish documents and associated data for several reasons:
Exchanging of data with other tools
Sharing common data between tools
Providing enterprise-wide accessibility to published documents
Managing change, including workflow history, document revisions, and title block
information
Revisions and Versions of Published Documents

The first time that you publish a document, the software creates a new document master and
the first revision. A revision (major) is an officially recognized change to a document. A version
(minor) is an intermediate update that you have published. Revisions can be published for
sharing or they can go through an approval process, depending on your needs. Each revisions
of a document can have multiple versions. For more information on revisions, see Revising (on
page 219).
You can also include revision information within the title block of a drawing by placing drawing
property labels within the drawing template.
When you publish data from any authoring tool, you may not be able to view all of the
properties that you published in the SmartPlant Client. You can customize view definitions to
allow you to see additional properties. For more information on defining view definitions in the
SmartPlant schema, see the SmartPlant Schema Editor User's Guide. For further assistance
with viewing data, contact Intergraph Support Services. You can find support information on our
web site, http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).
223
See Also
Publish documents (on page 230)
Publishing Title Blocks (on page 224)
Publishing Title Blocks

The title block is generally displayed at the bottom of a drawing template. It can include
signatures, revision and issue information, and other properties associated with the drawing.
You add drawing properties, such as revision information or issue requests, to the title block
using the Place Drawing Property Label command when editing a template.
When you update the revision information or receive an issue request on a drawing document,
the associated properties must be updated. You update the drawing document to incorporate
the property changes for any drawing property labels included in the title block.
After you update the drawing document, you can re-publish it and the appropriate title block
information is recorded in SmartPlant Foundation. Publishing your drawing document helps you
manage the changes, including workflow history, document revisions, and title block information.
The general workflow for including information in the drawing title block is:
1. Edit a template and include drawing property labels for revision or issue request - Place a
Drawing Property Label on a Template.
2. Create drawing documents using the template.
3. Publish the drawings - Publish documents (on page 230).
4. Revise the drawing document or receive an issue request from SmartPlant Foundation Revise a document (on page 220) or Issue request documents (on page 234).
5. Update the drawing documents to include the new revision, issue, or other drawing property
information in the title block.
See Also
224
Publish Common Tasks

The following tasks are used to publish documents. If the documents are drawings or reports,
the Publish command publishes a viewable file with links to the data. If publishing a 3D Model
Data document, the software creates a SmartPlant Review file and publishes it.
The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide relationship
links to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the navigation
Setting Properties for Publishing

Before using the Publish command, you should set certain properties on your documents. For
more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 227).
If you are publishing 3D Model Data documents, set the surface style rules and aspects as
needed before publishing. For more information, see Set Surface styles and aspects for 3D
model data documents (on page 80).
Creating and Reserving Revision Numbers

You should create your documents by right-clicking them and selecting Create Document(s).
After they are created, if you require revision numbers for the documents, use the Revise
command to reserve the revision numbers. For more information, see Revising (on page 219).
Update the Documents

Update the documents, right-click the component and select the appropriate Update command.
For more information, see Updating Documents (on page 98). You can also use Batch >
Update if you are configured to use a batch server. For more information on batch processing,
see Batch Processing (on page 190).
Publish Data
If you have registered your model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, you can publish
your documents for retrieval and use in other tools. You can use the Publish > UpdatePublish
command to update drawings and publish them in one step. For more information, see Publish
documents (on page 230). You can also use the SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish
command to generate a list of documents that need to be published and to publish terminations
for deleted drawings, isos, and so on. For more information, see Find Documents to Publish (on
page 239).
Issue Request Documents

You can also use the Publish command to issue a contract request for documents. For more
information, see Issue request documents (on page 234). This functionality is not available in
Integration mode.
See Also
225
Publish
Publishes the information in the selected documents. You can access the Publish Documents
command by right- clicking a component or document.
The Publish and UpdatePublish commands are available for the following types of documents:
3D Model Data (SmartPlant Review file type)
Orthographic Drawings, including Volume and Composed drawings (viewable file with links
to data)
Piping Isometric Drawings (viewable file with links to data)
Reports (viewable Microsoft Excel workbook file with links to data)
The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide relationship links
to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the navigation
The Publish > UpdatePublish command updates and then immediately publishes the
selected documents in one step. This command is available only if the model is registered
with SmartPlant Foundation.
When you publish a 3D model, you must now enable the Scheduler and Loader in
SmartPlant Foundation to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The load, consolidate,
and merge tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model document can be retrieved.
Define the Discipline and Document Type properties to enable publishing for the documents.
For more information see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 227).
For 3D model data, the Discipline and Document Type properties are already
populated.
You may also want to specify documents to be revised, not published, or reserve revision
numbers. For more information, see Revising (on page 219).
To generate a list of documents that need to be published, you can use SmartPlant > Find
Documents to Publish. For more information, see Find Documents to Publish (on page 239).
You can publish isometric drawings to SmartPlant Foundation in additional file formats other
than the SHA drawing file format. These additional files along with the SHA drawing are
generated by the update process. When publishing isometric drawings you can also publish
other available data files and reports generated by the update process. For more information,
see Published Files (S3D Supplementary).
Publish Dialog Box (on page 235)
226
Set properties for publishing documents (on page 227)
Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant Foundation (on page 233)
Issue request documents (on page 234)
Set properties for publishing documents

1. In the Console, right-click an item in the hierarchy, then select Properties on the shortcut
menu.
2. Go to the WBS Tab.
3. Set the Document Type property as needed, such as Civil Plan. This property specifies the
document subtype when published.
4. Set the Document Style property as needed, such as Ortho for an orthographic drawing.
5. Set the Discipline property. If your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard, this property adds the Publish command to the right-click menu for the
selected document or documents. For a 3D Model Data document, the property is set to
SmartPlant Review Document. For a drawing or report document, set the discipline to
match the type of document.
6. Set the Allow Publish property to Yes.
If you do not want an item to acquire a property from its parent, select the Override column
on the Properties dialog box, then type a new value. This value propagates to other items
deeper in the hierarchy.
The software treats blank or cleared property values as overrides.
Before you can publish documents, you must:
Install the SmartPlant Client and the SmartPlant Schema Component.
Register your model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard.
Revise and update each document.
For more information about configuration, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide,
available from Help > Printable Guides.
Support for Handling Large Publishes

The number of objects published from Smart 3D can become so large that the normal update
and publish processing uses up the resources such as memory and address space on the client
and server computers. To address these resource issues, Smart 3D now supports the concept
of using a cache to keep track of objects that have changed and to only publish these objects.
Thus, the software avoids processing objects that have not changed. The mechanisms for doing
this are called delta update, delta publish, and auto-scoping. These processes are not visible to
the user.
Delta update - Updates only the objects that are modified, deleted, or moved and then
process these. Because only changes are updated, you can produce larger XML and
graphics files without prior address space limitations.
Delta publish - Leverages the cached information provided by delta update to determine
which objects need to be published. Because only changes are published, you can produce
larger files in the data warehouse.
227
Because the complete set of objects will not be published each time, it is up to Smart 3D to
keep track of deleted and moved objects. These moved or deleted objects will be sent with
the published objects, eliminating the need to probe the adapter for the existence of missing
objects.
When you publish a 3D model, you must now enable the Scheduler and
Loader in SmartPlant Foundation to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The
load, consolidate, and merge tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model
document can be retrieved.
Both delta update and delta publish can publish larger documents by automatically splitting the
data into smaller sections in Smart 3D. If your publish data is split into smaller sections, the
document version number increments for each section.
For example, if you publish a document that is split into four smaller sections, the Version field
contains all resulting version numbers. In the following dialog box, the published documents are
published to SmartPlant Foundation as 4 different versions (11-14). The last version contains all
of the updated information from the publish.
Published Documents - Load, Consolidated, and MergeDelta

Tasks (S3D)
A tool published document results in a document version object in SmartPlant Foundation. A
document version has four files attached to it.
1. Data XML file Contains published objects, relationships and correlations (SameAs
relationships).
2. Meta data XML file Contains meta data about the published document version.
3. Instructions XML file Contains instructions for deleted objects and relationships. Also
contains resurrect instructions for objects that were deleted previously and resurrected as a
result of restoring a tool database.
228
4. View file This is a file in the tool format that represents the (graphical) view of the
published document.
When a document is submitted to a workflow that has a load process step, the following tasks
are created.
If the document is not published to such a workflow, and when the Load document
command in SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client is run on the published document, the same
tasks are created.
Load Task - This task processes the objects and relationships in the data XML by loading
them into a publish domain. This task also processes the instructions in an Instructions XML
file. For example, the delete instruction would result in termination of the object referenced in
the delete instruction.
Consolidate Task - This task processes the correlations (SameAs relationships) in the data
XML file. A SameAs is a correlation relationship published by tools indicating that a
published object is identical to an object published by another tool. The correlation of the
object in the current publish domain (say, local object) to the external object (object
published by another tool in another publish domain) is done by creating a shared object in
the Data Warehouse domain. The local and external objects are linked through
SPFComprisedOf relationships; for example, one SPFComprisedOf relationship between the
local object and the shared object, and a second SPFComprisedOf relationship between the
external object and the shared object.
An object that is not correlated also has a shared object created in the Data
Warehouse domain in preparation for future correlation.
The consolidate task also creates a hidden file, known as graphical mapping file, which has
mappings between objects in the database and graphical elements in the view file. This file
is used by SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client for navigation between published objects
in the list view and their graphical representations in the view file.
MergeDelta Task - This is a task created for delta publishes of Smart 3D. A delta publish
contains new, modified and deleted objects in a document since the last publish of that
document. Only Smart 3D has the capability to do a delta publish. Other tools publish full
data where every object is published whether it is modified or not since last publish.
Because a delta published data XML file and view file only contains the delta, it is required
that it becomes a full data XML and full view file for complete view of the data and graphics
of that document. The MergeDelta task converts the delta data XML file into a full XML file
by merging data from the previous full XML file into the delta XML file.
When you publish a 3D model, you must enable the Scheduler and Loader to
make the 3D model data document retrievable. The load, consolidate, and merge tasks
must complete successfully before the 3D model document can be retrieved. For more
information, see Scheduler and Queue Management in the Scheduler and Queue
Management Guide. Schedulers and Queue Management.
If you are using SmartPlant Basic Integrator, only the merge task must complete
successfully before the 3D model document can be retrieved. For more information, see
"Scheduler and Queue Management" in the Scheduler and Queue Management Guide.
Schedulers and Queue Management.
The merge involves the following:
a. Replace modified objects and relationships in the full publish XML, view file, and the
hidden graphic map file.
229
b. Delete objects and relationships that are identified in the delete, and move instructions
in the delta instructions XML file, view file, and the hidden graphic map file.
c.
Add new objects and relationships to the full publish XML, view file, hidden graphic map
file.
d. Replaces the delta XML file in the vault with the updated full publish XML file, view file,
and the hidden graphic map file.
Set SmartPlant Foundation to Tolerate Failed Loads

For working in any integrated environment, a new site configuration flag in SmartPlant
Foundation Server Manager allows the SmartPlant Foundation Loader to skip a published
document that failed during load and continue processing other documents in the queue.
In SmartPlant Foundation Server Manager, set the SkipFailedDocumentsInLoad flag to True
to allow failed documents to be skipped and other documents to continue processing. Typical
behavior is that after a document is successfully loaded, any previous failed document is
removed from the queue.
The behavior during a Smart 3D publish is different. If any Smart 3D publish, either a full publish
or delta publish, fails to load, the failed versions remain in the load queue until a full publish
successfully loads. If a delta publish loads successfully following these failures, it does not
remove any previous failed version from the queue because the data in delta publishes is
different from version to version, so a failed previous version needs to stay in the queue until
you resolve the failure or a full publish is loaded. A second reason is this gives an indication to
you that a full publish is needed. When a full publish is loaded, all failed delta publishes are
removed from the queue.
Publish documents
Before you can publish documents, you must ensure that your computer is configured properly.
The configuration includes installing the SmartPlant Client and the SmartPlant Schema
Component and registering the model through the SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more
information, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.
You must use the SmartPlant > Retrieve command in one of the 3D tasks to import published
data.
When you publish a 3D model, you must now enable the Scheduler and Loader in
SmartPlant Foundation to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The load, consolidate,
and merge tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model document can be retrieved.
The SmartPlant menu is not available in all tasks.
1. Right-click a component and select Publish. The Publish dialog box appears.
230
If the Publish command is not available on the shortcut menu for the component or
document, check the document properties and make sure that the documents are
up-to-date and have been revised first. For more information, see Set properties for
publishing documents (on page 227).
You can use the Publish > UpdatePublish command to update drawings and publish
them in one step. This command is available only if the model is registered with
SmartPlant Foundation.
2. Edit information as necessary for the selected documents.
When multiple documents are selected, only property values shared by all of the selected
documents appear in the table. Changing a value in the table changes that value for all of
the selected documents.
3. Select the Publish Type.
Smart 3D supports Publish Type for delta publish.
The default setting for Publish Type is Changes Only. If the 3D model has not
been published before, the software automatically selects All and performs a
complete publish to ensure all filtered data is published and loaded into SmartPlant
Foundation.
For subsequent publishes, select All to publish all filtered data in the 3D model,
even if it is unchanged. Select Changes Only to publish only the changes in the 3D
model since the last successful publish.
If the 3D model does not publish successfully during a delta publish, select All so
that data from the previous publish is published and loaded into SmartPlant
Foundation.
Other SmartPlant applications do not support Publish Type. For these SmartPlant
applications, the default setting for Publish Type is All, and it cannot be changed.
4. Select one of the following operations:
Publish to publish the selected documents immediately.
Background publish to publish as a separate process so that you can continue

working in the application.
Scheduled publish to publish in the batch mode by the authoring tool. The documents
are not published immediately. Instead, the selected documents are scheduled for
publish at a later time and may be scheduled as a recurring operation.
5. Click OK to publish the selected documents. For more information, see Publishing
Documents (on page 222).
You can verify the publishing process by starting the SmartPlant Client on your computer
and searching for the published document.
When publish is complete, the following message displays: Documents have been
published successfully. If the View Log button is enabled, messages are available
concerning the operation. These messages include errors, warning, and informational
messages. Click View Log to review these messages.
See Also
Find Documents to Publish (on page 239)
Publish (on page 226)
Issue request documents (on page 234)
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box (on page 240)
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page 238)
Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page 235)
231
Publish Workflows
When a SmartPlant application publishes, the user can publish documents using a workflow.
The following list describes the delivered publish workflows and use cases for the workflows.
Workflow
Workflow Description
Workflow Use Cases
Auto-Correlate
Compares the objects in a

published document to the objects
that are already in SmartPlant
Foundation. If the object correlates
(by name) to an object with the
same shared object definition,
SmartPlant Foundation
automatically correlates the objects.
If the object can correlate to more
than one object through multiple
shared object definitions, a task is
placed in the To Do list to allow the
user to select the correlation.
Use Auto-correlate
AutoLoadPublish
232
Generates a document load task

and consolidate task for the
publishing document. These tasks
are performed by the SmartPlant
Foundation Scheduler.
When a publishing tool

does not have correlation
functionality.
When a publishing tool

does not retrieve.
When using SmartPlant

Foundation to perform
consistency checking and
the authoring applications
do not retrieve.
When Shared Objects To

Correlate option is used to
configure which types of
objects are auto-correlated.
Use AutoLoadPublish when

you intend to load the
published document data into
SmartPlant Foundation.
AutoLoadPublishMerge Publish large 3D models. Creates

the published 3D document, loads
the 3D data in SmartPlant
Foundation, then merges these
object sets into a new composite
document that represents the entire
3D model.
Use AutoLoadPublishMerge
when you intend to view or
navigate multiple 3D models
as one composite 3D model
document in one 3D view.
Correlate
Places published objects with

possible correlations in the To Do
list. From the To Do list, the user
manually correlates selected items.
SmartPlant Foundation creates a
shared object.
Correlate works similar to

Auto-Correlate except you can
view the possible correlations
before the actual correlation
takes place.
Publish
Takes the document through an

approval step. Upon approval, it
creates the document load and
consolidate tasks.
Use Publish when you want

the published document
approved before it is loaded
into SmartPlant Foundation.
The approval step is added to
Workflow
Workflow Description
Workflow Use Cases

the To Do list.
PublishWithDocLoad
Loads document into a document

configuration and submits
document to approval step. Upon
approval, it creates document the
load and consolidate tasks.
Use PublishWithDocLoad
when you want to view the
document data in SmartPlant
Foundation before approval.
The approval step is added to
the To Do list.
PublishForLoadOnly
Generates a document load task

and consolidate task for the
publishing document and makes
the documents irretrievable by any
tool. These tasks are performed by
the SmartPlant Foundation
Scheduler.
Use PublishForLoadOnly when

you want to publish documents
to view, navigate and also for
consistency checking in
SmartPlant Foundation without
the possibility of the document
being retrieved by any tool.
Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant Foundation

Publishing large 3D models to SmartPlant Foundation has reached memory and file transfer
limitations. To make publishing 3D models more efficient, you can publish models in distinct
object sets that accommodate your memory resources. Distinct object sets mean that an object
in the 3D model must appear in only one published model. You publish these object sets using a
workflow called AutoLoadPublishWithMerge. This workflow has MergePublishedFile process
step configured. This workflow creates the published 3D document, loads the 3D data in
SmartPlant Foundation, then merges these object sets into a new composite document that
represents the entire 3D model. The name of the composite document is same as the name of
the workflow to which the Published 3D model is submitted. If you have existing published 3D
models in SmartPlant Foundation and want to merge these into one representative model
document, you can create a 3D composite document manually, and then relate the published
models to the document.
1. Create filters for segregating and selecting data that will be in the published model
documents. For example, you can create filters for equipment, piping, structural, and HVAC.
2. In the Drawings and Reports task, create your separate model documents.
3. Publish each model document separately.
The software publishes a new version of the 3D document, for example, a model
document called Equipment-1-001, to SmartPlant Foundation. This document is related to
AutoLoadPublishWithMerge, a zvf file, and a mapping file.
4. On the Publish tab on the Publish dialog box, select the AutoLoadPublishWithMerge
from the Workflow list.
233
Issue request documents

Before you can publish documents, you must ensure that your computer is configured properly.
The configuration includes installing the SmartPlant Client and the SmartPlant Schema
Component and registering the model with the SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more
information, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides. For more information on the steps involving the SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client,
see the SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client User's Guide.
This functionality is only available in project mode. It is not supported in integration mode.
You must use the SmartPlant > Retrieve command in the Common task to import published
data.
1. Right-click a component and select Publish. The Publish dialog box appears.
If the Publish command is not available on the shortcut menu for the component or
document, check the document properties and make sure that the documents are
up-to-date. For more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page
227).
2. Click the Issue Request tab.
3. In the Issue to field, select the contract that you want to assign the document or documents.
4. Under Selected documents, select the documents that you want to associate with the
specified contract.
5. Click Add to add the documents to the Issue Request list. To remove documents from the
list, select them and click Remove. Click Engineering Tools to add documents from
engineering tools, such as P&IDs or PFDs. Click File System to add documents from
another file system, such as Microsoft Word documents or Microsoft Excel workbooks.
6. Click OK to issue the contract request for the selected documents.
7. Start SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client on your computer and search for the published
document to verify the publishing process.
8. Right-click the document in the Desktop Client tree view and select Refresh.
9. Return to the Drawings and Reports task and update the document to incorporate the new
Issue information. For more information, see Updating Documents (on page 98).
10. Review the Issue properties. Right-click the document and select Properties. Select the
Issue tab to see the Issue information. You can also open the document to see the Issue
information in the title block if you added it.
11. Publish the document with the updated Issue information. For more information, see
Publishing Documents (on page 222).
Only updated documents can be published.
You can verify the publishing process by starting the SmartPlant Client on your computer
and searching for the published document.
See Also
234
Publish Dialog Box

Provides a list of documents selected to publish.
See Also
Document Properties Dialog Box (on page 238)
Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box)

Displays the properties of the selected document or documents. If only one document is
selected in the tree view, the properties displayed on this tab are the properties of that one
document. If multiple documents are selected, only the properties with the same value for all
documents appear. Any properties with varying values across the documents appear with blank
values in these fields.
You can change some of the values assigned to one or more documents by changing the value
displayed in the table. The value you type here overrides any existing values for all selected
documents.
Selected documents - Displays a list of the documents selected for publishing. You must
populate this list by selecting documents in the Management Console or Detail View before
you use the Publish command. For each document, this list displays the name, the type of
document, the workflow from which the document was last published, the revision and version
numbers, the revision scheme, and the date when the document was last published.
Engineering Tool - Opens a dialog box to select documents to add to the Selected
documents list. This functionality is not available in the current release.
File System - Opens a standard Microsoft dialog box that allows you to select documents to
add to the Selected documents list. When you select a file with this Select File dialog box, the
Document Properties dialog box appears, allowing you to specify information about the file,
such as whether it is a new file; the category, type, and subtype of the document; and the name,
description, and title of the document.
Find - Opens the Find Documents to Publish dialog box, which allows you to search for
documents to add to the Selected documents list. For more information, see Find Documents
to Publish Dialog Box (on page 240).
Last Published - Indicates the date on which the document or documents were last published.
Name - Displays the name of the document.
Source - Indicates the authoring tool in which the document was created.
Type - Displays the type of document or documents selected.
Comment - Allows you to type information about the selected documents that are publishable.
235
Issue Only - Allows you to issue request documents without, necessarily, republishing them.
Use this option when no changes were made to a drawing and you only want to add it to a
contract.
Even with this option set, you can still publish the documents. If any of the documents have
never been published, they must be published, regardless of this setting.
You will receive an error message if you select multiple documents and activate this option
when one or more of the selected documents cannot be changed. For example, the error
message appears if the selected set of documents includes both a new document (for which
this field can be set only to No) and current or locked documents (for which this field can be
set only to Yes). The error message prompts you to select a smaller set of documents.
Owning Group - Select an owning group from the drop down list to which the document
belongs.
By default, the owning group selected for the previous version, if any, is shown.
All the owning groups configured in SmartPlant Foundation are listed.
Revision - Displays the current revision number of the selected document or documents.
You will receive an error message if you attempt to change the value in this field when you
have selected one or more documents that have conflicting revision schemes or different
possible revisions. The error message prompts you to select a smaller set of documents.
Revision Scheme - Displays the revision scheme applied to the selected document or
documents.
Only revision schemes that are applicable to the configuration (plant) or classification
configuration or classification are not available for any other configurations or classifications. If
none of the revision schemes are related to the configuration or classification, then all revision
schemes are available unless they are related to any other configuration or classification. For
more information on revision scheme configuration, see Configuring Different Revision Scheme
Strategies in the How to Configure Document Management guide.
You will receive an error message indicating that this field cannot be edited if one or more
of the documents that you have selected are not new or will have a revision scheme supplied by
the authoring tool. The error message prompts you to select a smaller set of documents.
Version - Indicates the current version of the document or documents.
Workflow - Indicates the workflow to which the selected document or documents are assigned.
Publish Type - Allows you to publish all data in a 3D model or only the changes to the model
since the last successful publish. If the 3D model has not been published before, the software
automatically selects All and performs a complete publish to ensure all filtered data is published
and loaded into SmartPlant Foundation.
Publish Type
Publishing documents
All
First publish after creating the document
236
All objects
Changes Only
All objects
Subsequent publish with no changes to the model
All objects
No objects
Subsequent publish with changes to the model
All objects
Changed objects
Subsequent publish with no changes to the model

(after changing the Publish Type)
All objects
No objects
Subsequent publish with changes to the model

(after changing the Publish Type)
All objects
Changed objects
You will receive an error message indicating that this field cannot be edited if one or more
of the documents that you have selected have conflicting sets of possible workflows. The error
message prompts you to select a smaller set of documents.
Check and publish released claims for previously deleted items - Specifies that you want to
resolve issues where deleted items were restored from an earlier version and the claim on them
was released. This check takes additional time and should only be used when deleted items
have been restored. This option is not supported in this release.
This check box should also be activated when publishing after a backup is restored or
when releasing the claim on an object forces another tool to release the claim on a related
object that was previously deleted. In this specific case, the tool fetches the object from As-Built
again and releases the claim.
Operation - Specifies the operation to perform on the selected documents.
Publish - Selected documents are published immediately.
Background publish - Selected documents are published immediately as a separate

process, allowing you to perform other tasks at the same time.
Scheduled publish - Selected documents are published in the batch mode by the authoring
tool. This option is available only for tools that support batch mode and are processed by the
authoring tool, not the SmartPlant Client. The documents are not published immediately.
Instead, the selected documents are scheduled for publish at a later time and may be
scheduled as a recurring operation.
If the software cannot make a SmartPlant Foundation server connection when you
use Scheduled Publish, you are prompted to provide a valid SmartPlant Foundation login
and password.
Custom - Opens the Custom dialog box. This functionality is available only if defined by your
project implementation team.
Check for deleted objects no longer on documents - Select Check for deleted objects no
longer on documents option if you want to process the move instructions while publishing.
See Also
237
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box)

Displays the documents associated with a specific issue request and allows you to add
documents to or remove documents from a request.
Selected documents - Displays a list of the documents selected for publishing. You must
populate this list by selecting documents in the Management Console or Detail View before
you use the Publish command. For each document, this list displays the name, the type of
document, the workflow from which the document was last published, the revision and version
numbers, the revision scheme, and the date when the document was last published.
Engineering Tool - Opens a dialog box to select documents to add to the Selected
documents list. This option is not supported in this release.
File System - Opens a standard Microsoft dialog box that allows you to select documents to
add to the Selected documents list. When you select a file with this Select File dialog box, the
Document Properties dialog box appears, allowing you to specify information about the file,
such as whether it is a new file; the category, type, and subtype of the document; and the name,
description, and title of the document.
Find - Opens the Find Documents to Publish dialog box, which allows you to search for
documents to add to the Selected documents list.
Issue to - Contains a list of all objects (contracts) that can support issue requests. When you
select an item from this list, the names of any documents associated with that object appear in
the table.
Add - Creates a new item in the table for any documents highlighted in the Selected
documents tree view.
Remove - Deletes a selected document from the table.
Document Name - Displays the names of all documents associated with the object in the Issue
to field.
See Also
Document Properties Dialog Box

Provides details about a new or existing document selected for publishing. You can access this
dialog box using the following procedure:
1. Click File System on the Publish Dialog Box (on page 235). A Microsoft standard Select
File dialog box appears.
2. Select a file to display the Document Properties dialog box and specify information about
the file.
An asterisk (*) next to a field indicates that the field must be completed before the software
enables the OK button.
Selected file - Displays the name of the file that you selected on the Select File dialog box.
New document - Indicates that this document has not previously been published.
238
Published previously - Indicates that the file has already been published at least once before.
Document category - Select the category for the document.
Document type - Select the type of document. The options that appear in this list are
determined by the selection that you make in the Document category field.
Document subtype - If applicable, select the subtype for the document. The options that
appear in this list are determined by the selection that you make in the Document type field.
Name - Type the name of the file as it will be known in the integrated environment.
Descriptions - Type a brief description of the file. This description appears later to help you
recognize the file.
Title - Type the official title of the document.
See Also
Find Documents to Publish

Generates a list of documents that either have not been published or have been modified and
need to be published again or have been deleted since the last publish. The command is found
on the SmartPlant menu in the Drawings and Reports task.
This command can also be accessed from using the Find button on the Publish tab of the
Publish dialog box. For more information, see Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page 235).
Documents must be up-to-date, and the required Discipline property must be defined in order
for the documents to be available for publishing. An error message displays if one or more of the
documents found by the Find Documents to Publish command do not meet this criterion. All
items matching the publish criteria continue through the process. For more information on
setting the appropriate properties, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 227).
For more information on updating documents, see Updating Documents (on page 98).
The SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish command looks for the following:
Documents created but never published
Documents modified since their last publish
Documents deleted after being published
The command looks for documents that need to be republished in the active WBS project. For
example, if Project A is the active project, the Find Documents to Publish command looks for
documents in Project A only. You set the active WBS project in the Active Project box on the
main toolbar. For more information, see Manage Projects (on page 241).
239
Find documents to publish

Documents must be up-to-date, and the required Discipline property must be defined in order
for the documents to be available for publishing. An error message displays if one or more of the
documents found by the Find Documents to Publish command do not meet this criterion. For
more information on setting the appropriate properties, see Set properties for publishing
documents (on page 227). For more information on updating documents, see Updating
Documents (on page 98).
1. From the Drawings and Reports task, click SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish.
This command is available only if you have registered the model using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard.
This feature is also available by clicking the Find button on the Publish dialog box.
The Find Documents to Publish command determines which documents need to be

published or re-published and displays the results of the search in the Find Documents
to Publish dialog box.
2. From the Select documents to publish list, check the boxes corresponding to the
documents that you want to publish.
You can quickly select the entire list by clicking Select All, or you can clear the entire
list by clicking Clear All.
3. Click OK to accept the selections. The documents selected for publishing now appear in the
Documents to Publish list on the Publish dialog box and can be saved by publishing the
documents. For more information, see Publish documents (on page 230).
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box

Allows you to search for documents that have been updated since they were last published.
Additionally, you can use this dialog box to terminate documents that were previously published
but no longer exist in the authoring tool. You can access the Find Documents to Publish
dialog in two ways:
Select SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish.
Click Find on the Publish command dialog box.
Last Published - Displays the date when the files were last searched. The information
appearing in the lists on this dialog box was found on this specified date and time. This option is
not available in the current release.
Update - Displays the Update dialog box, which allows you to define new search criteria for
finding documents to publish. This option is not available in the current release.
Select documents to publish - Displays a list of files that were either updated since they were
last published or files that have not yet been published. For each file, this list displays the file
name and type, and the date on which the document was last published. If the file has not been
published, the Last Published field for the document is New.
Select documents to terminate - Displays a list of the files that were previously published but
have since been removed from the project. For each file, this list box displays the file name and
type, and the date on which the document was last published.
240
Select All - Selects all of the files in the associated list of documents.
Clear All - Clears any selected documents in the associated list.
See Also
Manage Projects
The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) project is shown in the dropdown at the upper left-hand
corner of the Drawings and Reports task window, next to the Permission Group dropdown. It
shows the current active project.
In the Common task, you can create new WBS items and projects or edit existing ones. For
more information, see the Common User's Guide.
You use projects in conjunction with publishing. The active project must be set before using the
Final Publish command on the SmartPlant menu. Project mode is not supported in Integration,
so Final Publish is not available.
See Also
Select Active Project Dialog Box (on page 241)
Select Active Project Dialog Box

Specifies the active project. You can access the Select Active Project dialog box by clicking
More in the Active Project box on the main toolbar. You define whether you want to look in the
local Workspace or in the Database for the project by selecting the options at the top of the
dialog box. The project hierarchy updates with the selection of the option.
See Also
Manage Projects (on page 241)
241
242
APPENDIX A
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings

and Reports
This section describes Drawings and Reports error levels and error logging. You can use log
files to review activities and errors that occur when working with the software.
Error Levels
You can specify the settings for drawings error logging by modifying switches in the
registry. For more information, contact Intergraph Support Services. You can find support
information on our web site at http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).
Generally speaking, the larger the number for the error level, the more exhaustive is the logging
of errors. The error levels are as follows:
1 - General user error. This is the default level. At this level, log files only contain error
messages for certain anticipated error conditions (such as a missing filter or a missing view
style), as well as some unanticipated error messages.
101 - Development-specific error level. At this level, log files include everything from the
previous error level, as well as certain development-specific error or informational messages.
201 - General Information. At this level, log files include everything from the previous error
levels, as well as informational messages about what projects and methods are being called.
251 - Batch Information. At this level, log files include everything from the previous error levels,
as well as special batch-specific informational messages.
999 - Exhaustive. At this level, log files contain all informational and error messages.
When the error level is set to 999, the error log files can become very large.
You can also run the [Product Folder]\Core\Tools\Administrator\Bin\ErrorLogEnable.exe tool

to enable detailed error logging in the SP3DErrors.log.
Log Files
There are three categories of orthographic drawings error log files. These files are all located in
your temporary (Temp) folder. For example, your Temp folder might be located at C:\Documents
and Settings\login name\Local Settings\Temp.
You can type %Temp% in the Address box at the top of Windows Explorer to go to your
Temp location.
The log files are:
%TEMP%\Drawings.log and %TEMP\Errors.log - General purpose error log file. Most of the
errors encountered in Drawings and Reports are logged here.
%TEMP%\Drawings_Batch.log - The batch service-specific error log file. Any errors or

information messages related to the batch service are found here.
243
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports
%TEMP%\DwgBatchServer_< Process ID >_< yyyy_mm_dd_hh_nn_ss >.log - The batch

server-specific error log files. Any errors or information messages related to the batch
servers are found here.
%TEMP%\DwgBatchTier_< Process ID >_< yyyy_mm_dd_hh_nn_ss >.log - The batch

tier-specific error log files. Any errors or information messages related to the batch tier
services are found here.
Generation-time error logs (for example, error log files generated during a drawing update
operation). You can easily view these files by right-clicking a drawing in the software and
selecting View Log on the shortcut menu.
The Temp location also includes .xml files. The software creates one .xml file for each
graphical view in a drawing as it processes the drawing.
Out of Memory Tips

If you are receiving Out of Memory errors when processing very large drawings, check the
following:
244
Set the Intersection Edges option in the view style to Off. Sometimes, this option is set to
High Resolution for large drawings. High Resolution is typically useful for drawings of one
object, such as a hanger drawing or an equipment drawing, where you want to see detail
such as the coped intersection of a nozzle with a tank cylinder. If you have this option set
high in a large plan drawing, then the software examines every small beam, cylinder, or nut
and tries to draw coped intersections or rounded edges in the webs. This operation uses a
lot of time and memory.
Make sure the Preserve Z Order option in the view style is turned off unless you really need
it. A case where you might need it is in a cable tray drawing where trays are stacked or
crossing in plan. However, for most drawings, this setting just leads to increased processing
time and high memory usage for little gain.
Make sure multiple aspects have not been chosen in the VHL graphic rules.
If you have a very large session active in the host and then update a drawing, the update
process starts at the large memory usage in the active session. So, if you limit your
workspace to a very small set of objects or even one object, the update process has a better
chance of succeeding. If you use batch updates instead of local updates, workspace is not
an issue unless you are using your local computer as the batch server.
Decrease the Flush Threshold setting (the default is 2000). This setting is available on the
Drawing View Properties dialog box for a view in a composed drawing. In some instances,
increasing the number may help. During the update process, the Drawings software asks
Core for the monikers of all the objects it has to process. Core passes in the monikers and
Drawings binds them, thus using memory. The software binds up to 2000 of the objects
before it releases the memory and grabs the next 2000. If you reduce this number, say in
increments of 500, the memory gets released much more often and can lead to a successful
update. It is an iterative process to figure out a good number. This value should be from 5 to
5000 with a default of 2000.
Set the Geometry Validation setting to ON (the default is OFF). This setting is available on
the Drawing View Properties dialog box for a view in a composed drawing or a
drawings-by-rule drawing. If the drawing has SAT or DGN files, there are sometimes many
invalid geometry errors that can use increasing amounts of memory. With this setting as On,
the software analyzes geometry, then discards and does not draw invalid geometry, thus
freeing up resources and reducing update time. The caveat is that the drawing may not be

100% accurate because invalid geometries may represent legitimate items but are removed
from the drawing. If the reference file is there just as background, this situation might be
acceptable.
In general, you should not place huge SAT files as equipment shapes. If you must place
them as shapes, break them into smaller files.
The range inside reference files should be kept as small as possible. For example, if the file
contains a pipe rack far away from the global origin, place the file in the model and then
move it to the appropriate position.
Isometric Drawings
The isometric drawing log files reside at the location specified in your Temp environment
variable. For example, the path to the log might be C:\Documents and Settings\login name\Local
Settings\Temp.
You can view message files (.mes), piping component files (.pcf), and .xml files for the isometric
drawing generation process.
VHL Precision
Objects can be displayed as Vector Hidden Line (VHL). There can be instances when you may
want the hidden line information for a model. For example, it may be useful to know how the
edges in the hidden line view are occluded. In general, VHL Precision should not be set, unless
you have some parts in the model that have been modeled with a precision different from rest of
the system. The values you can set impact the VHL calculations. The VHL Precision setting
must be a positive number between 0.001 and 0.000001. This setting is available on the
Drawing View Properties dialog box for a view in a composed drawing or a drawings-by-rule
drawing.
ISOKEEPFILES Variable
This variable exports XML settings to the location specified in your Temp environment variable.
An XML file contains the name of the isometric view style currently being used. This information
can be used to troubleshoot isometric drawing settings.
The XML file containing the isometric view style will be approximately 27 KB in size.
The ISOKEEPFILES variable is not a Drawings and Reports setting, it is a System Properties
setting.
1. Click Start and right-click My Computer.
2. Select Properties.
3. Select the Advanced tab.
4. Click Environment Variables.
The Temp environment variable is listed under User variables for username. If you are
unsure of where your Temp folder is, the location is noted in this box.
5. On the Environment Variables dialogue box, select New under the System variables box.
6. Type ISOKEEPFILES in the Variable box and type YES in the Value box.
7. Click OK.
245

You must set this variable before entering Drawings and Reports and creating the
isometric drawings.
Reports
The log file for reports (SP3DReports.log) resides at the location specified in your Temp
environment variable. For example, the path to the log might be C:\Documents and
Settings\login name\Local Settings\Temp.
See Also
Drawings and Reports (on page 55)
Troubleshooting Linked Servers (on page 246)
Troubleshooting Linked Servers

If your Site/Catalog/Plant database server is different from your Reports database server, you
can use linked servers for communication between the data sources. However, if linked servers
are not configured correctly, the login may fail when you run queries against a linked server.
For linked servers to work correctly, the following must be true:
The database link must be created on the Site/Catalog/Plant database server, not the
Reports database server.
The linked server must support Windows Authentication Mode.
You must be connected to SQL Server using Windows Authentication Mode on both
servers.
Security account delegation must be available on the client and the sending server.
For more information about setting up linked servers, see Microsoft SQL Server documentation.
See Also
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports (on page 243)
246
APPENDIX B
Appendix: Report Descriptions

This appendix describes the delivered Smart 3D reports and the attributes included with each
report. Also included is the default folder location for each report.
3Way Diverter Valve (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data)
Creates a report of 3Way Diverter Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
data in your catalog.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\3Way Diverter Valve folder.
SP3DReport_Definition
Identifies the XML code used to define the report.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute Name (the programmatic name of the attribute)
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
codelisttablenamespace
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
247
3Way Diverter Valve tab

Part Class Type InstrumentsClass
Symbol Definition #Plant::SymbolDefinition#
User class Name #Plant::UserClassName#
Occurrence Class Name #Plant::OccClassName#
Symbol Icon
OA:InstrumentHeight
Industry Commodity Code #PartData::IndustryCommodityCode#
Commodity Type #PartData::CommodityType#
Geometry Type #PartData::GeometryType#
Graphical Representation Or Not #PartData::GraphicalRepresentationOrNot#
Symbol Definition #PartData::SymbolDefinition#
Material Grade #PartData::MaterialGrade#
Lining Material #PartData::LiningMaterial#
Bend Angle #PartData::[lbl_BendAngle]#
Bend Radius #PartData::[lbl_BendRadius]#
Geometric Industry Standard #PartData::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Bend Radius Multiplier #PartData::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Dry CogX #PartData::[lbl_DryCogX]#
Dry CogY #PartData::[lbl_DryCogY]#
Dry CogZ #PartData::[lbl_DryCogZ]#
Water Weight #PartData::[lbl_WaterWeight]#
Water CogX #PartData::[lbl_WaterCogX]#
Water CogY #PartData::[lbl_WaterCogY]#
Water CogZ #PartData::[lbl_WaterCogZ]#
Volumetric Capacity #PartData::VolumetricCapacity#
Surface Area #PartData::SurfaceArea#
Requisition Type #PartData::RequisitionType#
Piping Point Basis[1] #PartData::PipingPointBasis1#
Id[1] #PartData::Id1#
Pressure Rating[1] #PartData::PressureRating1#
End Preparation[1] #PartData::EndPreparation1#
End Standard[1] #PartData::EndStandard1#
Schedule Thickness[1] #PartData::ScheduleThickness1#
248

Flow Direction[1] #PartData::FlowDirection1#
Dry Weight #PartData::[lbl_DryWeight]#
Npd[1] #PartData::Npd1#
Npd Unit Type[1] #PartData::NpdUnitType1#
Face to Face #PartData::[lbl_FacetoFace]#
Face to Center #PartData::[lbl_FacetoCenter]#
Instrument Height #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight]#
Angle Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Angle Control Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Angle Control Valve folder.
249
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Angle Control Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
250

Face1 to Center #PartData::[lbl_Face1toCenter]#
251
Assembly and Block (Assembly)

Creates an assembly and block report.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Assembly\Assembly and Block folder.
Report tab
Plant Name #Plant::Name#
Date #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
User #FormattingField::{UserName}#
Entered Block/Assembly Name #Assembly::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
Block ID #Assembly::BlockID#
Block Name #Assembly::BlockName#
Assembly ID #Assembly::AssemblyID#
Assembly Name #Assembly::AssemblyName#
Base Plate ID #Assembly::BasePlateID#
Drawing Number #Assembly::DwgNumber#
Workcenter #Assembly::Workcenter#
Stage #Assembly::Stage#
Assembly Type #Assembly::AssemblyType#
BuildEquipment #Assembly::BuildEquipment#
WeldEquipment #Assembly::WeldEquipment#
ExitEquipment #Assembly::ExitEquipment#
Comments #Assembly::Comments#
DryWeight #Assembly::Weight#
DryCOGx #Assembly::COGx#
DryCOGy #Assembly::COGy#
DryCOGz #Assembly::COGz#
Custom Property BuildMethod #Assembly::BuildMethod#
Custom Property SlotConnectivity #Assembly::SlotConnectivity#
252
Assembly Network (Assembly)

Creates an assembly network report.
Reports\Assembly\Assembly Network folder.
Report tab
Parent Assembly ID #AssemblyNet::ParentAssemblyID#
Child Assembly ID #AssemblyNet::ChildAssemblyID#
Sequence Number #AssemblyNet::SequenceNumber#
Auto Material Description Rule (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)
Creates a report of automatic material description rules to be used for review and approval of
the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Auto Material Description Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Auto Material Description Rule tab

Piping Component Type #PGDB::PipingComponentType#
Termination Class #PGDB::TerminationClass#
Material Description Label Name #PGDB::MatlDescLabelName#
Material Spec Label Name #PGDB::MatlSpecLabelName#
253
Auto WBS Creation Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of automatic WBS (Work Breakdown System) creation rules to be used for
review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Auto WBS Creation Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Auto WBS Creation Rule tab

Rule Name #PGDB::RuleName#
WBS Grouping #PGDB::WBSGrouping#
Create Exclusive WBS Item #PGDB::CreateExclusiveWBSItem#
Label Name #PGDB::LabelName#
Object Filter Name #PGDB::ObjectFilterName#
Auto WBS Grouping Rule #PGDB::AutoWBSGroupingRuleType#
Control Point Sub Type #PGDB::ControlPointSubType#
Max Number Of Objects #PGDB::MaxNumberOfObjects#
Respect Assembly Boundaries #PGDB::RespectAssemblyBoundaries#
Pull In Associated Items #PGDB::PullInAssociatedItems#
Include Assemblies #PGDB::IncludeAssemblies#
Ignore Boundaries #PGDB::IgnoreBoundaries#
Basket Strainer 2 (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data)
Creates a report of Basket Strainers to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Basket Strainer2 folder.
254
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
255
Basket Strainer2 tab

Part Class Type SpecialtyClass
Symbol Icon
OA:Insulation Thickness
Mirror Behavior Option #PartData::MirrorBehaviorOption #
Part Data Basis #PartData::PartDataBasis#
Valve Manufacturer #PartData::ValveManufacturer#
Valve Model Number #PartData::ValveModelNumber#
Valve Trim #PartData::ValveTrim#
Flange Face Surface Finish #PartData::FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish#
Surface Preparation #PartData::SurfacePreparation#
Manufacturing Method #PartData::ManufacturingMethod#
Misc Requisition Classification #PartData::MiscRequisitionClassification#
256

Piping Note1 #PartData::PipingNote1#
Str Diameter #PartData::[lbl_StrDiameter]#
End Diameter #PartData::[lbl_EndDiameter]#
Basket End Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BasketEndDiameter]#
Basket Length #PartData::[lbl_BasketLength]#
Collar Thickness #PartData::[lbl_CollarThickness]#
Arm Length #PartData::[lbl_ArmLength]#
Str Width #PartData::[lbl_StrWidth]#
Cylinder Length #PartData::[lbl_CylinderLength]#
257
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bend Radius Multiplier rules to be used for review and approval of the
reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bend Radius Multiplier Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Pipe Bend Radius Multiplier #PGDB::PipeBendRadiusMultiplier#
Absolute Pipe Bend Radius #PGDB::AbsolutePipeBendRadius#
Bends (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray bends - 90/60/45/30 degree, horizontal and vertical - to be used
for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Bends folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part classes names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are:
258
CT90HBend
CT60HBend
CT45HBend
CT30HBend
CT90VIBend
CT90VOBend
CT60VIBend
CT60VOBend
CT45VIBend
CT45VOBend
CT30VIBend
CT30VOBend
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeName (the programmatic name of the attribute)
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Identifies the GUID mapping for the Class/InterfaceName and the AttributeName.
CableTray_Bends tab
Part Class Type CableTrayClass
User Class Name #Plant::UserClassName#
Symbol Icon
Part Number #PartData::PartNumber#
Part Description #PartData::PartDescription#
Manufacturer #PartData::Manufacturer#
Material #PartData::Material#
Tray Type #PartData::TrayType#
Component Type #PartData::ComponentType#
Length #PartData::[lbl_Length]#
Load Span Classification #PartData::LoadSpanClassification#
Rung Spacing #PartData::RungSpacing#
Tangent Length #PartData::[lbl_TangentLength]#
Mirror Behavior Option #PartData::MirrorBehaviorOption#
259

Replacement Part Number #PartData::ReplacementPartNumber#
Nominal Width #PartData::[lbl_NominalWidth]#
Nominal Depth #PartData::[lbl_NominalDepth]#
Reducing Size #PartData::ReducingSize#
Nominal Width[1] #PartData::[lbl_NominalWidth1]#
Nominal Depth[1] #PartData::[lbl_NominalDepth1]#
Actual Width[1] #PartData::[lbl_ActualWidth1]#
Actual Depth[1] #PartData::[lbl_ActualDepth1]#
Load Width[1] #PartData::[lbl_LoadWidth1]#
Load Depth[1] #PartData::[lbl_LoadDepth1]#
Blind End Plate (Catalog Engineering

Checks\CableTray\Parts)
Creates a report of cable tray blind end plates to be used for review and approval of the
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\BlindEndPlate folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
260
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Blind End Plate tab

Symbol Icon
261

Block Assembly Dimensions

Creates a block and assembly dimensions (actual and nominal) report.
Reports\Assembly\Block Assembly Dimensions folder.
Report tab
Block/Assembly Name #PlnAssyParts::ASSY_NAME_1#
Type #PlnAssyParts::ASS_TYPE#
Length Actual #PlnAssyParts::LEN_ACT#
Width Actual #PlnAssyParts::WIDTH_ACT#
Height Actual #PlnAssyParts::HEIGHT_ACT#
Length Nominal #PlnAssyParts::LEN_NOM#
Width Nominal #PlnAssyParts::WIDTH_NOM#
Height Nominal #PlnAssyParts::HEIGHT_NOM#
262
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)
Creates a report of Bolt Commodity Code Subst rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule tab

Contractor Commodity Code #PGDB::ContractorCommodityCode#
Bolt Diameter #PGDB::BoltDiameter#
Bolt Length #PGDB::BoltLength#
Bolt Commodity Code #PGDB::BoltCommodityCode#
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bolt Diameter Equivalence rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
263
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule tab

Bolt Diameter in Primary Units #PGDB::BoltDiameterInPrimaryUnits#
Primary Units Of Measure #PGDB::PrimaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Bolt Diameter In Secondary Units #PGDB::BoltDiameterInSecondaryUnits#
Secondary Units Of Measure #PGDB::SecondaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Bolt Extension (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bolt Diameter Equivalence rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Extension folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Extension tab

Pressure Rating #PGDB::PressureRating#
End Preparation #PGDB::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PGDB::EndStandard#
Standard Bolt Extension For Studs #PGDB::[lbl_StandardBoltExtensionForStuds]#
Alt Bolt Extension For Studs 2 #PGDB::[lbl_AltBoltExtensionForStuds2]#
Alt Bolt Extension for Studs 3 #PGDB::[lbl_AltBoltExtensionForStuds3]#
Standard Bolt Ext For Mach Bolts #PGDB::[lbl_StandardBoltExtForMachBolts]#
Alt Bolt Extension For Mach Bolts 2 #PGDB::[lbl_AltBoltExtensionForMachBolts2]#
264

Bolt Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)

Creates a report of bolt part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
No inputs are required when running this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Bolt Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #BPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Bolt Type #BPD::BoltType#
Geometric Industry Standard #BPD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Materials Grade #BPD::MaterialsGrade#
Coating Type #BPD::CoatingType#
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bolt Selection Filters for Nozzles to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles tab

Equipment Tag Number #PGDB::EquipmentTagNumber#
Nozzle Tag Number #PGDB::NozzleTagNumber#
265

Bolting Requirements #PGDB::BoltingRequirements#
Quantity Of Cap Screws #PGDB::QuantityOfCapScrews#
Cap Screw Contractor Cmdty Code #PGDB::CapScrewContractorCmdtyCode#
Cap Screw Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_CapScrewDiameter]#
Tapped Hole Depth #PGDB::[lbl_TappedHoleDepth]#
Bolt Extension Option #PGDB::BoltExtensionOption#
Fabrication Category #PGDB::FabricationCategory#
Supply Responsibility #PGDB::SupplyResponsibility#
Comments #PGDB::Comments#
Lubrication Requirements #PGDB::LubricationRequirements#
Bonding Jumper (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray bonding jumpers to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\BondingJumper folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
266
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Bonding Jumper tab

Symbol Icon
267

Associated Part Number #PartData::AssociatedPartNumber#
Quantity of Associated Part #PartData::QuantityOfAssociatedParts#
Box Connector (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray box connectors to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\BoxConnector folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
268
GUIDS tab
BoxConnector tab
Symbol Icon
269

Bubble Detector (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bubble Detectors to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Bubble Detector folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
270
Bubble Detector tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Length
OA:Instrument Width
OA:Instrument Height
271

Instrument Length1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentLength1]#
Instrument Diameter #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentDiameter]#
Butterfly Valve Elec (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Butterfly Valves Elec to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Butterfly Valve Elec folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
272

Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Butterfly Valve Elec tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
273

Butterfly Valve On Off V (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Butterfly Valves On Off V to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Butterfly Valve On Off V
folder.
274
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Butterfly Valve On Off V tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
275

276
Cable Tray Specifications (Catalog Engineering

Checks\CableTray)
Creates a report of Cable Tray specifications to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Specifications folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CabelTray Spec tab

Spec Name #Data::SpecName#
Manufacturer #Data::Manufacturer#
Material #Data::Material#
Tray Type #Data::TrayType#
Rung Spacing #Data::[lbl_RungSpacing]#
Load Span Classification #Data::LoadSpanClassification#
Description #Data::Description#
Is Tray Specification #Data::IsTraySpecification#
Default Bend Radius #Data::[lbl_DefaultBendRadius]#
Preferred Gap #Data::PreferredGap#
Tray Length #Data::[lbl_TrayLength]#
T2T ConnPart1 Comp Type #Data::T2TConnPart1CompType#
T2T ConnPart1 Comp Qty #Data::T2TConnPart1CompQty#
T2F ConnPart1 Comp Type #Data::T2FConnPart1CompType#
T2F ConnPart1 Comp Qty #Data::T2FConnPart1CompQty#
277

F2F ConnPart1 Comp Type #Data::F2FConnPart1CompType#
F2F ConnPart1 Comp Qty #Data::F2FConnPart1CompQty#
Calculation ProgIDs (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Calculation ProgIDs to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Calculation ProgIDs folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Calculation ProgIDs tab

Design Standard #PGDB::DesignStandard#
Wall Thickness ProgID #PGDB::WallThicknessProgID#
Branch Reinforcement ProgID #PGDB::BranchReinforcementProgID#
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rules to be used for review and approval
of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule folder.
278
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab

Bolt Length From #PGDB::[lbl_BoltLengthFrom]#
Bolt Length To #PGDB::[lbl_BoltLengthTo]#
Bolt Diameter From #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameterFrom]#
Bolt Diameter To #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameterTo]#
Bolt Length Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_BoltLengthTolerance]#
Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Conduit)
Creates a report of conduit commodity material control data to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Commodity Material Control Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
ConduitCommodityMatlControlData tab
Contractor Commodity Code #PartData::ContractorCommodityCode#
First Size From #PartData::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #PartData::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #PartData::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #PartData::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #PartData::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #PartData::SecondSizeunits#
Second Size To #PartData::SecondSizeTo#
Client Commodity Code #PartData::ClientCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PartData::ShortMaterialDescription#
279

Localized Short Material Desc #PartData::LocalizedShortMaterialDesc#
Long Material Description #PartData::LongMaterialDescription#
Vendor #PartData::Vendor#
Fabrication #PartData::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility #PartData::SupplyResponsibility#
Reporting Type #PartData::ReportingType#
Quantity of Reportable Parts #PartData::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Gasket Requirements #PartData::GasketRequirements#
Bolting Requirements #PartData::BoltingRequirements#
Loose Material Requirements #PartData::LooseMaterialRequirements#
Subst Cap Screws Quantity #PartData::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Subst Cap Screw Cntr Commodity Code #PartData::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Subst Cap Screw Diameter #PartData::SubstCapScrewDiameter#
Tapped Hole Depth #PartData::TappedHoleDepth#
Valve Operator Type #PartData::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Geo Ind Std #PartData::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Valve Operator Catalog Part Number #PartData::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Reportable Commodity Code #PartData::ReportableCommodityCode#
Hyperlink To Electronic Vendor #PartData::HyperlinkToElectronicVendor#
Compartment Attributes (Compartmentation)

Creates an compartment attributes volume overview report.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartAttributes folder.
Sheet1 tab
Ship Name #Plant::Name#
Name #Compartment::Name#
PartDescription #Compartment::PartDescription#
Volume #Compartment::Volume#
280

Surface Area #Compartment::SurfaceArea#
CogX #Compartment::CogX#
CogY #Compartment::CogY#
CogZ #Compartment::CogZ#
MI_X #Compartment::MI_X#
MI_Y #Compartment::MI_Y#
MI_Z #Compartment::MI_Z#
Parent Folder #Compartment::Parent#
Compartments and Tightness (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of compartments and tightness.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartmentTightness folder.
Sheet1 tab
Part Description #Compartment::PartDescription#
CompartTightness #Compartment::CompartTightness#
StructTightness #Compartment::StructTightness#
Plate #Compartment::Plate#
PlateTightness #Compartment::PlateTightness#
Compartments and Zones (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of compartments and connected zones.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartmentsZones folder.
281
Sheet1 tab
Compartment #Compartment::Compartments#
PartDescription #Compartment::CompartmentPartDescription#
Type #Compartment::Type#
Zone #Compartment::ConnectedZone#
Type #Compartment::ConnectedType#
Zone Type #Compartment::ZoneType#
Compartmentation Weight and CG

(Compartmentation)
Creates a report of compartment weight and center of gravity.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartWeightandCG folder.
Sheet1 tab
PartDescription #Compartment::CompartmentPartDescription#
Condition #Compartmentation::Condition#
Volume #Compartmentation::Volume#
Density #Compartmentation::Density#
Weight #Compartmentation::Weight#
CogX #Compartmentation::CogX#
CogY #Compartmentation::CogY#
CogZ #Compartmentation::CogZ#
282
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data)
Creates a report of Component Insulation Exclusion Rule to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Component Insulation Exclusion Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule tab

Piping Commodity Type #PGDB::PipingCommodityType#
First Size From #PGDB::[lbl_Density]#
First Size To #PGDB::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #PGDB::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #PGDB::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #PGDB::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #PGDB::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi size Option #PGDB::MultisizeOption#
Heat Tracing Medium #PGDB::HeatTracingMedium#
Insulation Purpose #PGDB::InsulationPurpose#
Insulation Temperature From #PGDB::InsulationTemperatureFrom#
Insulation Temperature To #PGDB::InsulationTemperatureTo#
Conductivity Sensor (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Conductivity Sensors to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Conductivity Sensor folder.
283
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Conductivity Sensor tab

Symbol Icon
284

285
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Conduit\Parts)
Creates a report of conduit 45 degree elbows to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit 45 Degree Elbow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces tab
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
286
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow tab

Part Class Type ConduitComponentClass
Symbol Icon
287

Flow direction[2] #PartData::FlowDirection2#
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit 90 degree elbows to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit 90 Degree Elbow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
288
GUIDS tab
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow tab

Symbol Icon
289

Conduit Coupling (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit couplings, adapters, allied couplings and connectors to be used for
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Coupling folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part class names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are: ConduitCPL,
AlliedConnector, Allied Coupling, and ConduitAdapter.
290
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Coupling tab

Symbol Definition SP3DConduitCoupling.CCoupling
User Class Name Conduit Coupling
Occurrence Class Name Conduit Coupling
Symbol Icon
291

Conduit Plug (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit plugs or caps to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Plug folder.
292
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part class names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are: ConduitPlug
and ConduitCap.
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Plug tab

Symbol Icon
293

Face to End #PartData::[lbl_FacetoEnd]#
Conduit Pullbox (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit pullboxes to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Pullbox folder.
294
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Pullbox tab

Symbol Icon
295

296

Elec Equipment Length #PartData::[lbl_ElecEquipmentLength]#
Elec Equipment Height #PartData::[lbl_ElecEquipmentHeight]#
Elec Equipment Width #PartData::[lbl_ElecEquipmentWidth]#
Conduit Reducer (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit reducers to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Reducer folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
297

AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Reducer tab

Symbol Icon
298

Flow Direction #PartData::FlowDirection1#
Conduit Reducing Tee (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit reducing tees to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Reducing Tee folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
299
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
ConduitTRB tab
Part Class Type Ind
Symbol Icon
300

Flow Direction #PartData::FlowDirection1#
301
Conduit Stock (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit stock to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Stock folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Stock tab

ConduitStockClass
First Size Schedule #PartData::FirstSizeSchedule#
302

Density #PartData::[lbl_Density]#
Purchase Length #PartData::[lbl_PurchaseLength]#
Conduit Tangent Elbow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit tangent elbows to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Tangent Elbow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
303

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Tangent Elbow tab

Symbol Icon
304

Conduit Tee (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit tees to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Tee folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
305
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Tee tab

Symbol Icon
306

307
Conduit Union (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit unions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Union folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
308
Conduit Union tab

Symbol Definition SP3DConduitUnion.CUnion
User Class Name Conduit Union
Occurrence Class Name Conduit Union
Symbol Icon
309

Union Diameter #PartData::[lbl_UnionDiameter]#
Connected Compartments (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of connected compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\Connected Compartment folder.
Sheet1 tab
Part Description #Compartment::CompartmentPartDescription#
Adjacent Compartment #Compartment::ConnectedCompartment#
Adjacent Compartment Part Description
#Compartment::ConnectedCompartmentPartDescription#
310
Conservation Vent (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Conservation Vents to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Conservation Vent folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Conservation Vent tab

Symbol Icon
311

312

Instrument Height1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight1]#
Instrument Length #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentLength]#
Contractor Commodity Code Rules (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules)
Creates a report of piping contractor commodity code rules for improved integration. This report
is be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules\Contractor Commodity Code Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Formats tab
Property Name #Formats::PropertyName#
Property Sequence #Formats::PropertySequence#
Number of Characters #Formats::NoOfChars#
Industry Practice Properties tab

Identifies the industry practice properties addressed by this report - Pressure Rating, Schedule
Thickness, Materials Grade, and Geometric Industry Standard.
Bolt Coating tab

BoldCoatingCodelistNumber #BoltCoating::CodelistValue#
BoltCoatingChars #BoltCoating::Code#
BoltCoatingValue #BoltCoating::ShortValue#
Bolt Diameter tab

BoltDiameterChars #BoltDiameter::Code#
BoltDiameterValue #BoltDiameter::StringValue#
313
Bolt Length tab

BoltLengthChars #BoltLength::Code#
BoltLengthValue #BoltLength::StringValue#
Bolt Set Quantity tab

Bolt Set Quantity Chars #BoltSetQuantity::Code#
BoltSetQuantityValue #BoltSetQuantity::IntegerValue#
Bolt Type tab

BoltTypeCodelistNumber #BoltType::CodelistValue#
BoltTypeChars #BoltType::Code#
BoltTypeValue #BoltType::ShortValue#
EndPreparation tab
EndPreparationCodelistNumber #EndPreparation::CodelistValue#
EndPreparationChars #EndPreparation::Code#
EndPreparationValue #EndPreparation::ShortValue#
Flange Face Surface Finish tab

FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishCodelistNumber #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::CodelistValue#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishChars #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::Code#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishValue #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::ShortValue#
Gasket Thickness tab

GasketThicknessChars #GasketThickness::Code#
GasketThicknessValue #GasketThickness::StringValue#
Gasket Type tab

GasketTypeCodelistNumber #GasketType::CodelistValue#
GasketTypeChars #GasketType::Code#
GasketTypeValue #GasketType::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Practice tab

GeometricIndustryPracticeCodelistNumber #GeometricIndustryPractice::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryPracticeChars #GeometricIndustryPractice::Code#
GeometricIndustryPracticeValue #GeometricIndustryPractice::ShortValue#
314
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodelistNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodeListNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_US::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::ShortValue#
Lining Material tab

LiningMaterialCodelistNumber #LiningMaterial::CodelistValue#
LiningMaterialChars #LiningMaterial::Code#
LiningMaterialValue #LiningMaterial::ShortValue#
Manufacturing Method tab

ManufacturingMethodCodelistNumber #ManufacturingMethod::CodelistValue#
ManufacturingMethodChars #ManufacturingMethod::Code#
ManufacturingMethodValue #ManufacturingMethod::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_BS tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_BS::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_BS::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_BS::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_US tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_US::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_US::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_US::ShortValue#
Nipple or Purchase Length tab

NippleorPurchaseLengthChars #NippleorPurchaseLength::Code#
NippleorPurchaseLengthValue #NippleorPurchaseLength::StringValue#
Nut Type tab

NutTypeCodelistNumber #NutType::CodelistValue#
NutTypeChars #NutType::Code#
315

NutTypeValue #NutType::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_DN tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_DN::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_DN::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_DN::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_US tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_US::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_US::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_US::ShortValue#
Piping Commodity Type tab

PipingCommodityTypeCodelistNumber #PCT::CodelistValue#
PipingCommodityTypeChars #PCT::Code#
PipingCommodityTypeValue #PCT::ShortValue#
Requisition Classification tab

RequisitionClassificationCodelistNumber #RequisitionClassification::CodelistValue#
RequisitionClassificationChars #RequisitionClassification::Code#
RequisitionClassificationValue #RequisitionClassification::ShortValue#
Surface Preparation tab

SurfacePreparationCodelistNumber #SurfacePreparation::CodelistValue#
SurfacePreparationChars #SurfacePreparation::Code#
SurfacePreparationValue #SurfacePreparation::ShortValue#
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab

ValveManufcaturerandModelNumberCodelistNumber
#ValveManufacturerandModelNo::CodelistValue#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberChars #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::Code#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberValue #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::ShortValue#
Valve Trim tab

ValveTrimCodelistNumber #ValveTrim::ValveTrimCodelistNumber#
ValveTrimChars #ValveTrim::Code#
Valve Trim Value #ValveTrim::ShortValue#
316
Washer Thickness tab

WasherThicknessChars #WasherThickness::Code#
WasherThicknessValue #WasherThickness::StringValue#
Washer Type tab

WasherTypeCodelistNumber #WasherType::CodelistValue#
WasherTypeChars #WasherType::Code#
WasherTypeValue #WasherType::ShortValue#
Cross (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray crosses and reducing crosses to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Crosses folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part class names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are CTCross and
CRExpRedCross.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
317
GUIDS tab
CableTray_Cross tab
Symbol Icon
318

Load Width[4] #PartData::[lbl_LoadDepth4]#
Default Change Of Direction (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Default Change Of Direction to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Default Change Of Direction folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
319
Default Change Of Direction tab

Bend Angle From #PGDB::[lbl_BendAngleFrom]#
Bend Angle To #PGDB::[lbl_BendAngleTo]#
Functional Short Code #PGDB::FunctionalShortCode#
Default Commodity Selection Rule (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Conduit)
Creates a report of conduit default commodity selection rules to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\Conduit\DefaultCommoditySelectionRule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
ConduitDefaultCmdtySlcnRule tab
FeatureType #Data::FeatureType#
Generic Short Code #Data::GenericShortCode#
Default Project Options (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of Default Project Options to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Default Project Options folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
320
Default Project Options tab

Industry Commodity Code Option #PartData::IndustryCommodityCodeOption#
Olet Branch Ownership Option #PartData::OletBranchOwnershipOption#
Stud Bolt Length Round Off Option #PartData::StudBoltLengthRoundOffOption#
Stud Bolt Length Round Off Value #PartData::[lbl_StudBoltLengthRoundOffValue]#
Mach Bolt Length Round Off Value #PartData::[lbl_MachBoltLengthRoundOffValue]#
Cap Screw Length Round Off Option #PartData::CapScrewLengthRoundOffOption#
Cap Screw Length Round Off Value #PartData::[lbl_CapScrewLengthRoundOffValue]#
Cap Screw Engagement Cap #PartData::[lbl_CapScrewEngagementGap]#
Nut Creation Option #PartData::NutCreationOption#
Washer Creation Option #PartData::WasherCreationOption#
Piping Commodity Override Option #PartData::PipingCommodityOverrideOption#
Piping Bend Radius Multipier Option #PartData::PipeBendRadiusMultiplierOption#
Minimum Plate Flange Thickness #PartData::[lbl_MinimumPlateFlangeThickness]#
Density Of Water #PartData::[lbl_DensityOfWater]#
Pipe Bend Radius By User Option #PartData::PipeBendRadiusByUserOption#
Bolt Length Calculation Option #PartData::BoltLengthCalculationOption#
Piping Cmdty Ctlg Part No Basis Opt #PartData::PipingCmdtyCtlgPartNoBasisOpt#
Piping Cmdty Procurement Data Opt #PartData::PipingCmdtyProcurementDataOpt#
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Option #PartData::BoltDiameterEquivalenceOption#
Gskt Sln For Mismatch Bltd Ends Opt #PartData::GsktSlnForMismatchBltdEndsOpt#
Undefined Service Limits rule Opt #PartData::UndefinedServiceLimitsruleOpt#
Mach Bolt Length Round Off Option #PartData::MachBoltLengthRoundOffOption#
Name #PartData::Name#
Description #PartData::Description#
Hyperlink to Human Spec #PartData::HyperlinkToHumanSpec#
Default Industry Practice #PartData::DefaultIndustryPractice#
Cmdty Code Dependence On Schedule #PartData::CmdtyCodeDependenceOnSchedule#
Auto Ind Cmdty Cd Creation Option #PartData::AutoIndCmdtyCdCreationOption#
Auto Branch Data Creation Option #PartData::AutoBranchDataCreationOption#
Spec Or Catalog Verification Opt #PartData::SpecOrCatalogVerificationOpt#
Non Radl Tangtl Branch OD Multiplier #PartData::NonRadlTangtlBranchODMultplier#
Non Radl Offset Branch OD Multiplier #PartData::NonRadlOffsetBranchODMultplier#
Bolt Cmdty Code Expn Subst Option #PartData::BltCmdtyCodeExpnSubstOption#
321

Default Pipe Bending Machine Num #PartData::DefaultPipeBendingMachineNum#
Header Branch Size Basis Option #PartData::HeaderBranchSizeBasisOption#
Piping Specification Notes Option #PartData::PipingSpecificationNotesOption#
Commodity Code Builder Option #PartData::CommodityCodeBuilderOption#
Material Desc Builder Option #PartData::MaterialDescBuilderOption#
Piping Spec Ver Management Option #PartData::PipingSpecVerManagementOption#
Purchase Length Basis Option #PartData::PurchaseLengthBasisOption#
Gasket Selection Based On Fluid Code #PartData::GasketSelBasedOnFluidCode#
Diagnostic 3D Grouped by Description and Discipline

(Diagnostic)
To Do list items are listed with status, state, and user information, grouped by their problem note
and their discipline.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\3D To Do List
Entries Grouped\3D To Do List Entries Grouped.rtp folder.
Total #ToDoList::Count#
Note #ToDoList::Note#
Discipline #ToDoList::Discipline#p
Diagnostic 3D To Do List Entries

To Do list items are listed with status, state, and user information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\3D To Do List
Entries\3D To Do List Entries.rtp
Discipline #ToDoList::Discipline#
Object Name #ToDoList::ObjectName#
Permission Group #ToDoList::PermissionGroup#
Approval Status #ToDoList::ApprovalStatus#
State #ToDoList::State#
322

Changed By #ToDoList::UserLogin#
Date Modified #ToDoList::TodoDate#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues (Diagnostic)

Objects, along with their first relations, are listed with various error properties.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Diagnostic Clean
Database Issues\Diagnostic Clean Database Issues.rtp
Name (Or Class Name) Name of the object in error. If the object does not have a name or
has been deleted, the class username is provided. #Error::ObjectName#
First Relations Displays the first relations of the object in error. If the object does not exist
except in a relationship, you can identify it by using the userclass name of the objects on the
other side of the relationship. #Error::First Relations#
DataStore Displays the object where the error is found. Values include: Site, Model, and
Catalog. #Error::DataStore#
In Todo List Specifies if the object in error has a To Do record associated with
it. #Error::InToDoList#
State Displays the object in error. Values include: Active, Deleted, and Not
found. #Error::State#
Approval Displays the status of the object in error. Values include: Working, In Review,
Rejected, and Approved. #Error::ApprovalStatus#
OID The Unique Indentifier (in space and time)of the object in error. #Error::OID#
Permission Group Displays the group where in object was last
modified. #Error::PermissionGroup#
Date Created - Creation date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateCreated#
Date Modified Last modification date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateModified#
Date Deleted Displays the date the object was deleted. Values include: Approval, PG, Date
created, and Modified are Nulls. #Error::DeletedDate#
Deleted by Displays the name of the person who deleted the object in
error. #Error::DeletedBy#
Application Displays the name of the application that reported and qualified the
error. #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Owner Displays the name of the owner of the object in error. #Error::ClassOwnerApplication#
Status Displays the status of the error. Values include: New, Existing, No longer exists, and
Fixed. #Error::Status#
Severity Displays the severity of the error. Values include: Fatal, Crucial, High, and
Normal. #Error::Severity#
323

Date Created Date the error was created.
#Error::ErrorDateCreated#
Date Updated Displays the last modification date of the error.
#Error::ErrorDateModified#
Action to take Values include: No Action and To be Removed. #Error::ActionToTake#

Problem Description Displays a description of the error. #Error::ProblemDescription#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by

Problem Description (Diagnostic)
Objects, along with their first relations, are grouped by problem description and listed with
various error properties.
Database Issues Grouped by Problem Description\Diagnostic Database Issues Grouped by
Description.rtp
Object
DataStore
In Todo List
#Error::DataStore#
#Error::InToDoList#
Error
Application #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Status
#Error::Status#
Severity #Error::Severity#
Action to take #Error::ActionToTake#
Problem Description
#Error::ProblemDescription#
Total #Error::Count#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Status

(Diagnostic)
Objects, along with their first relations, are grouped by status and listed with various error
properties.
Database Issues Grouped by Status\Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Status.rtp
324

Name (Or Class Name) Name of the object in error. If the object does not have a name or
has been deleted, the class username is provided. #Error::ObjectName#
First Relations Displays the first relations of the object in error. If the object does not exist
except in a relationship, you can identify it by using the userclass name of the objects on the
other side of the relationship. #Error::First Relations#
DataStore Displays the object where the error is found. Values include: Site, Model, and
Catalog. #Error::DataStore#
In Todo List Specifies if the object in error has a To Do record associated with
it. #Error::InToDoList#
State Displays the object in error. Values include: Active, Deleted, and Not
found. #Error::State#
Approval Displays the status of the object in error. Values include: Working, In Review,
Rejected, and Approved. #Error::ApprovalStatus#
OID The Unique Indentifier (in space and time)of the object in error. #Error::OID#
Permission Group Displays the group where in object was last
modified. #Error::PermissionGroup#
Date Created - Creation date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateCreated#
Date Modified Last modification date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateModified#
Date Deleted Displays the date the object was deleted. Values include: Approval, PG, Date
created, and Modified are Nulls. #Error::DeletedDate#
Deleted by Displays the name of the person who deleted the object in
error. #Error::DeletedBy#
Application Displays the name of the application that reported and qualified the
error. #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Owner Displays the name of the owner of the object in error. #Error::ClassOwnerApplication#
Status Displays the status of the error. Values include: New, Existing, No longer exists, and
Fixed. #Error::Status#
Severity Displays the severity of the error. Values include: Fatal, Crucial, High, and
Normal. #Error::Severity#
Date Created Date the error was created.
Date Updated Displays the last modification date of the error.
#Error::ErrorDateModified#
Action to take Values include: No Action and To be Removed. #Error::ActionToTake#

Problem Description Displays a description of the error. #Error::ProblemDescription#
325
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues with Column

Filters (Diagnostic)
Objects, along with their first relations, are listed with various error properties with column
filtering.
Database Issues with Column Filters\Clean Database Issues Column Filtered.rtp
Name (Or Class Name)
DataStore
#Error::ObjectName#
#Error::DataStore#
State #Error::State#
OID
#Error::OID#
Date Created #Error::ObjectDateCreated#

Date Deleted
#Error::DeletedDate#
First Relations
In Todo List
#Error::First Relations#
#Error::InToDoList#
Approval #Error::ApprovalStatus#
Permission Group #Error::PermissionGroup#
Date Modified
#Error::ObjectDateModified#
Deleted by #Error::DeletedBy#
Application #Error::ClassOwnerApplication#
Status
#Error::Severity#
Dated Created #Error::ErrorDateModified#

Action to take #Error::ProblemDescription#
Owner
#Error::ApplicationUserName#
Severity #Error::Status#
Date Updated
Problem Description
#Error::ActionToTake#
Diagnostic General Statistics on Modeling Activity

(Diagnostic)
Objects are listed and sorted by creation date, deletion data, and untouched duration.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\General statistics
on Modeling Activity\General statistics on Modeling Activity.rtp
326

Create Objects (Heading)
Date #Created::Date#
DBType #Created::DBType#
Count
#Created::Count#
Deleted Objects (Heading)

Date #Deleted::Date#
DBType #Deleted::DBType#
Count
#Deleted::Count#
Untouched Objects Since (Heading)

Date #Untouched::Date#
Days
#Untouched::Days#
DBType #Untouched::DBType#
Count
#Untouched::Count#
Diagnostic Interference Checking (Diagnostic)

Interferences are listed with the corresponding two guilty parts and the required action.
Reports\Diagnostic\Interference Checking\Interference Checking.rtp
General Settings (Heading)
IFC Server
#ServerAndProject::Server#
Interference Permission Group

Clearance rule is used
#ServerAndProject::Project#
#ServerAndProject::UseClearance#
Required Required is processed
#ServerAndProject::RequiredRequired#
Required Optional is procesed
#ServerAndProject::RequiredOptional#
Optional Optional is processed
#ServerAndProject::OptionalOptional#
Aspects Settings #Setting::AspectCode#

Interferences
Part A
Name #Interference::PartA#
Aspect #Interference::AspectA#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified A#
Part B
327

Name #Interference::PartB#
Aspect #Interference::AspectB#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified B#
Required Action #Interference::FoulStatus#
Created #Interference::Date Detected#
Position
X #Interference::FoulPositionX#
Y #Interference::FoulPositionY#
Z #Interference::FoulPositionZ#
Notes #Interference::Remark#
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Names

(Diagnostic)
Interferences are listed with the corresponding two guilty parts and the required action.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Interference
Checking\Interference Checking with System Names.rtp
The difference between this report and the Diagnostic Interference Checking report is that the
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Names report uses labels to add the parent
system to the object names. The labels output the object name and system. If accessing
MicroStation or PDS elements, the object name expands to include the reference file name.
General Settings (Heading)
IFC Server
#ServerAndProject::Server#
Interference Permission Group

Clearance rule is used
#ServerAndProject::Project#
#ServerAndProject::UseClearance#
Required Required is processed
#ServerAndProject::RequiredRequired#
Required Optional is procesed
#ServerAndProject::RequiredOptional#
Optional Optional is processed
#ServerAndProject::OptionalOptional#
Aspects Settings #Setting::AspectCode#

Interferences
Part A
Name #Interference::PartA#
Aspect #Interference::AspectA#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified A#
328

Part B
Name #Interference::PartB#
Aspect #Interference::AspectB#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified B#
Required Action #Interference::FoulStatus#
Created #Interference::Date Detected#
Position
X #Interference::FoulPositionX#
Y #Interference::FoulPositionY#
Z #Interference::FoulPositionZ#
Notes #Interference::Remark#
Diagnostic P&ID Correlated 3D Objects (Diagnostic)

3D objects are listed with corresponding status, P&ID item name, and P&ID drawing number.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\P&ID Correlated
3D Objects\P&ID Correlated 3D Objects.rtp
3D Item Name #CorrelatedObject::3DObject#
Correlation Status #CorrelatedObject::CorrelationStatus#
P&ID Item Name #CorrelatedObject::PIDObject#
P&ID Drawing Number #CorrelatedObject::PIDDrawing#
Diagnostic P&ID Non-Correlated Objects (Diagnostic)

P&ID objects are listed with corresponding P&ID drawing numbers.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\P&ID
Non-Correlated Objects\P&ID Non- Correlated Objects.rtp
Item Name
#PIDObject::PIDObject#
P&ID Drawing Number
#PIDObject::PIDDrawing#
329
Diagnostic Piping Commodity Specifications

(Diagnostic)
List all items in a particular piping specification.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Piping
Commodity Specifications\Piping Commodity Specifications.rtp
Short Code #PartSpec::ShortCode#
Option Code #PartSpec::OptionCode_ShortValue#
Multi-Size #PartSpec::MultiSizeOption#
First Size
From #PartSpec::FirstSizeFrom#
To #PartSpec::FirstSizeTo#
Units #PartSpec::FirstSizeUnits#
Schedule #PartSpec::FirstSizeSchedule_ShortValue#
Second Size
From #PartSpec::SecondSizeFrom#
To #PartSpec::SecondSizeTo#
Units #PartSpec::SecondSizeUnits#
Schedule #PartSpec::SecondSizeSchedule_ShortValue#
Engineering Tag #PartSpec::EngineeringTag#
Commodity Code #PartSpec::CommodityCode#
Selection Basis
Index #PartSpec::SelectionBasis#
Short String #PartSpec::SelectionBasis_ShortValue#
Description #PartSpec::ShortMaterialDescription#
Valve Operator
Type #PartSpec::ValveOperatorType_ShortValue#
Part Number #PartSpec::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
BendRadius Multiplier #PartSpec::BendRadiusMultiplier#
#PipeSpec::SpecName#
#PipeSpec::FluidService#
330
Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List (Diagnostic)

Tasks are listed by action with corresponding source and property information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\SmartPlant To Do
List\SmartPlant To Do List.rtp
User
#FormattingField::{UserName}#
Task (Heading)
Action #Create::Action#, #Modify::Action#
ItemType #Create::ItemType#, #Modify::ItemType#
Item Tag #Create::3DItemTag#, #Modify::3DItemTag#
Creation Date #Create::CreationDate#, #Modify::CreationDate#
User
Status
#Create::User#, #Modify::User#
#Create::Status#, #Modify::Status#
Source (Heading)
Doc Type #Create::SourceDocType#, #Modify::SourceDocType#
Doc Name #Create::SourceDocName#, #Modify::SourceDocName#
Item Tag
#Create::SourceItemTag#, #Modify::SourceItemTag#
Properties (Heading)
Name #Modify::PropName#
Source Value
#Modify::SourceValue#
Target Value
#Modify::3DValue#
Diagnostic ToDoList Include Second Class Objects

(Diagnostic)
Creates a report first and second class to-do list objects.
Reports\Diagnostic\Diagnostic ToDoList include second class objects folder.
Sheet1 tab
331

Diagnostic User Access Rights (Diagnostic)

Users are listed per database with access and permission group information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\User Access
Rights\User Access Rights.rtp
Data Base #ProjectManagement::DBType#
Folder #ProjectManagement::Folder#
Permission Group #ProjectManagement::Permissiongroup#
User #ProjectManagement::User#
Access Right #ProjectManagement::AccessRight#
Location #ProjectManagement::PGLocation#
Diagnostic WorkShare Management (Diagnostic)

Model databases are listed with information such as location, site server, naming string, and
schema.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\WorkShare
Management\WorkShare Management.rtp
Plant #WorkShare::Plant#
Location #WorkShare::Location#
Location ID #WorkShare::LocationID#
Site Server #WorkShare::SiteServer#
Naming String #WorkShare::NamingString#
332

DB Type #WorkShare::DBType#
Data Database #WorkShare::Data#
Meta Database #WorkShare::MetaData#
DIN Wall Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of DIN wall thickness data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Unit of Measure inputs are required when running this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\DIN Wall Thickness Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
DIN Wall Thickness Data tab

First Size #DWTD::FirstSize#
First Size Units #DWTD::FirstSize#
Second Size #DWTD::SecondSize#
Second Size Units #DWTD::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi Size Option #DWTD::MultiSizeOption#
Geometric Industry Standard #DWTD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
First Size Schedule #DWTD::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #DWTD::SecondSizeSchedule#
Wall Thickness For Port 1 #DWTD::[lbl_WallThicknessForPort1]#
Reinforced Wall Thickness For Port 1 #DWTD::[lbl_ReWallThicknessForPort1]#
Wall Thickness for Port 4 #DWTD::[lbl_WallThicknessForPort4]#
333
Direction Change Fittings (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Direction
Change Fittings\Direction Change Fittings.rtp
Commodity Code #Branch Fittings::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Branch Fittings::Material cl#
Material #Branch Fittings::Material#
Material Category #Branch Fittings::Material Category#
GIS cl #Branch Fittings::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Branch Fittings::Geo Ind Std#
Short Material Description
#Branch Fittings::Short Material Description#
Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Commodity Type#

Piping Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
Pressure #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1#
End Prep cl #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1#
End Std cl #Branch Fittings::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #Branch Fittings::End Std 1#
Schedule #Branch Fittings::Schedule 1#
Port 2
Pressure #Branch Fittings::Pressure 2#
NPD 1
#Branch Fittings::NPD 1#
Unit 1 #Branch Fittings::Unit 1#

NPD 2 #Branch Fittings::NPD 2#
Unit 2 #Branch Fittings::Unit 2#
Face to Center #Branch Fittings::[lbl_FacetoCenter]#
Electrical CableTray Material Take-Off (Electrical)

Creates a report of cable tray material take-off parts to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\Electrical\CableTray Material Take-Off folder.
334

Sheet1
Part Number #CableTray::PartNumber#
Part Description #CableTray::PartDescription#
Nominal Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #CableTray::[WidthFormatted]#
Nominal Depth #FormattingUOM::{Depth}# #CableTray::[DepthFormatted]#
Reducing Size #FormattingUOM::{ReducingSize}# #CableTray::[ReducingSizeFormatted]#
Bend Radius #FormattingUOM::{BendRadius}# #CableTray::[outElectrical CableTray Bend
Radius]#
Manufact. #CableTray::Manfacturer#
Rung Spacing #FormattingUOM::{RungSpacing}# #CableTray::[RungSpacingFormatted]#
Divider Part No. #CableTray::DividerPartNumber#
Cover Part No. #CableTray::CoverPartNumber#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #CableTray::[WeightFormatted]#
Total Quantity #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #CableTray::[Quantity]#
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cableway fills sorted by hanger name to be used for review and approval of
Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1
Cable Name #Cable::Cable Name#
Hanger Name #Cable::Hanger Name#
335

X-Position (m) #Cable::LocationX#
Y-Position (m) #Cable::LocationY#
Z-Position (m) #Cable::LocationZ#
Length (m) #Cable::Length#
No. of Cables #Cable::No. Cables at Hanger#
Total Wire Area (m2) #Cable::Total Wire Area#
Raceway Trade Size #Cable::Raceway Trade Size#
Total Traverse Area (m2) #Cable::Total Traverse Area#
Allowable Traverse Area (m2) #Cable::Allowable Traverse Area#
Available Traverse Area (m2) #Cable::Available Traverse Area#
Raceway Fill Status #Cable::Fill Status#
Percent Full #Cable::Percent Full#
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with corresponding hanger name. It shows position and length
information, raceway information and several area calculations. Percent full also displays.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill
Sorted by Hanger Name\Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name.rtp
Total Wire Area (m) #Cable::Total Wire Area#
Total Traverse Area (m) #Cable::Total Traverse Area#
Allowable Traverse Area (m) #Cable::Allowable Traverse Area#
Available Traverse Area (m) #Cable::Available Traverse Area#
336

Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cable way fills sorted by key hanger names to be used for review and
approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1
Key Hanger #Cable::Hanger Name#
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with corresponding key hanger name. It shows position and length
information, raceway information and several area calculations. Percent full also displays.
337

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill
Sorted by Key Hanger Name\Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name.rtp
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling fill sorted by the cableway elements to be used for review and
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element folder.
Sheet1
Route Element #Cable::Route Element#
338

No. of Cables #Cable::No. Cables in Segment#
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with position and length information, raceway information and several
area calculations.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cabling Fill Sorted
by Cableway Element\Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element.rtp
Route Element #Cable::Route Element#
No. of Cables #Cable::No. Cables In Segment#
339

Electrical Cabling Material Take-Off (Electrical)

Creates a report of cabling MTO to be used for review of the reference data in your catalog.
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Material Take-Off folder.
Sheet1
Cable Number #Cable::CableName#
Part Number #Cable::CablePart#
Diameter #FormattingUOM::{Diameter}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Diameter]#
Description #Cable::Description#
No. of Conductors #Cable::NoOfConductors#
Size of Conductors #FormattingUOM::{ConductorSize}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable
Conductor Size]#
Cable Type #Cable::CableType#
Cable Covering #Cable::CableCovering#
Armor Type #Cable::ArmorType#
Power Capacity #FormattingUOM::{Power}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Power]#
Temperature Rating #Cable::TempRating#
Voltage Rating #Cable::VoltageRating#
Impedance #FormattingUOM::{Impedance}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Impedance]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Length]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Weight]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical)

Creates a report of cabling sorted by cable type to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Cable Type folder.
340

Sheet1
Cable Type #Cable::Cable Type#
Diameter (m) #Cable::Diameter#
Part Number #Cable::Part Number#
Description #Cable::Part Description#
No. of Conductors #Cable::No. Conductors#
Originating Device #Cable::From Device#
Terminating Device #Cable::To Device#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical)

Cable types are listed with cable information such as diameter, number of conductors, and
from/to devices.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by
Cable Type\Cabling Sorted by Cable Type.rtp
341
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling sorted by cableway elements to be used for review and approval of
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element folder.
Sheet1
Element #Cable::Route Element#
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position X (East)]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Y (North)]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Z (Up)]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Length]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with position and length information.
Cableway Element\Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element.rtp
Element #Cable::Route Element#
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position X (East)]#
342

Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Y (North)]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Z (Up)]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
Cable::[outElectrical Cable Length]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by the electrical system name to be used for review and
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name folder.
Sheet1
Electrical System #Cable::Cable System#
Diameter #Cable::Diameter#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name

(Electrical)
Electrical systems are listed with cable information such as diameter, No. of conductors, and
from/to devices.
343

Electrical System Name\Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name.rtp
Electrical System #Cable::Cable System#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical)

Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by hanger name to be used for review and approval of
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #Cable::[LocationTX]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #Cable::[LocationTY]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #Cable::[LocationTZ]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Cable::[LengthWithUnits]#
344
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical)

Cable is listed with the corresponding hanger name and position/length information.
Hanger Name\Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name.rtp
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
#Cable::[LocationTX]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
#Cable::[LocationTY]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
#Cable::[LocationTZ]#
#Cable::[LengthWithUnits]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by key hanger name to be used for review and approval
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1
345

Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed with the corresponding key hanger name and position/length information.
Key Hanger Name\Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name.rtp
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by the path marker name to be used for review and
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name folder.
Sheet1
346

Marker Name #Cable::Marker Name#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed with the corresponding marker name and position/length information.
Path Marker Name\Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name.rtp
Marker Name #Cable::Marker Name#
Equipment Finishing Sorted by Equipment Name

(Equipment)
Equipment is listed with paint and insulation information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Finishing Sorted
by Equipment Name\Finishing Sorted by Equipment Name.rtp
Filter Name #Equipment::{FilterName}#
347

Filter Location #Equipment::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Equipment::{FilterDescription}#
Equipment #Equipment::Equipment#
Paint (Heading)
Requirement #Equipment::PaintRequirement#
Type #Equipment::PaintType#
Color #Equipment::PaintColor#
Insulation (Heading)
Purpose #Equipment::InsulationPurpose_LongString#
#Equipment::InsulationMaterial_LongString#
#FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Insulation Thickness]#
Equipment Location in WBS Project

Equipment vessels are listed with control point location and corresponding drawing number.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Location in WBS
Project\Vessel Location in WBS Project.rtp
Filter Name #Vessel Location and Drawing::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Vessel Location and Drawing::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Vessel Location and Drawing::{FilterDescription}#
Equipment #Vessel Location and Drawing::Equipment#
Project #Vessel Location and Drawing::Project#
Control Point Location
E / W #Vessel Location and Drawing::[outEquipment Vessel Occurrence Location X (East)]#
N / S #Vessel Location and Drawing::[outEquipment Vessel Occurrence Location Y (North)]#
Elevation #Vessel Location and Drawing::[outEquipment Vessel Occurrence Location Z (Up)]#
Coordinate Identification
Name #Vessel Location and Drawing::ControlPoint#
Type #Vessel Location and Drawing::Type#
348
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style

1 (Equipment)
Equipment is listed with location, description, permission group, and approval status.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Location Sorted
by Equipment Name Style 1\Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 1.rtp
Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Occurrence Location]#
Description (General Notes) #Equipment::Description#
Permission Group #Equipment::Project#
Approval Status #Equipment::Status# #Equipment::Diff#
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style

2 (Equipment)
Equipment is listed with weight, location, description, and construction information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Location Sorted
by Equipment Name Style 2\Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 2.rtp
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Combined Wet and Dry Weights]#
349

Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Occurrence Location]#
Description (General Notes) #Equipment::Description#
Construction (Heading)
Requirement #Equipment::ConstructionRequirement#
Type #Equipment::ConstructionType#
Equipment Material Take-Off (Equipment)

Equipment quantities are calculated and shown with part number, class, description and dry
weight. This may be embedded into a drawing.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Material
Take-Off\Material Take-Off.rtp
Item Number #Equipment::ItemNum#
Qty #Equipment::Total#
Part Number #Equipment::PartNumber#
Part Class #Equipment::PartClass#
Part Description #Equipment::PartDescription#
Dry Weight #Equipment::[outEquipment Dry Weight]#
Dry Weight #Equipment::Diff#
Equipment Nozzle Sorted by Equipment

Equipment is listed with nozzle information such as size, type, orientation and location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Nozzle Sorted by
Equipment\Nozzle Sorted by Equipment.rtp
Distance Units #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
Coordinate System #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
Equipment Name #EqpNoz::EqpName#
Equipment Location #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Occurrence Location]#
Nozzle Name #EqpNoz::NozName#
Nozzle Size #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Nozzle NPD]#
Nozzle Type #EqpNoz::Type#
Nozzle Orientation #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Nozzle Orientation]#
Nozzle Location #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Nozzle Location]#
350
Equipment Piping Trim (Piping)

Creates a report of Equipment Piping Trim to be used for review and approval of the reference
Reports\Piping\Equipment Piping Trim folder.
Sheet1
Part Oid #PipePart::OID#
Equipment #PipePart::EqpName#
Nozzle #PipePart::NozzleName#
Nozzle NPD #PipePart::[Nozzle NPD Label]#
Pipe Run #PipePart::Run#
Part Description #PipePart::Description#
Category #PipePart::Category#
NPD #PipePart::[Part NPD Label]#
Commodity Code #PipePart::CommodityCode#
Quantity #PipePart::PartNumber#
Total #PipePart::[Quantity Label]#
Solids of Design Equipment with Composite CoG

(Equipment)
Creates a report of designed equipment solids with the composite center of gravity.
Reports\Equipment\Solids of Design Equipment with Composite CoG folder.
Sheet1
Filter Name #Solids::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Solids::{FilterLocation}#
351

Filter Definition #Solids::{FilterDescription}#
Item #Solids::ItemNum#
Designed Equipment #Solids::[DDesignEqpNameFormatted]#
Solid #Solids::Solid Name#
Material Type #Solids::Material Name#
Material Grade #Solids::Material Grade#
Net Volume #Solids::[VolumeFormatted]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Dry Weight}# #Solids::[WeightFormatted]#
Center of Gravity #FormattingMatrix::{My TransformA}# #Solids::[COGFormatted]#
Exhaust Head (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Exhaust Heads to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Exhaust Head folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
352
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Exhaust Head tab

Symbol Icon
353

Exhaust Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ExhaustDiameter]#
Exhaust Height #PartData::[lbl_ExhaustHeight]#
Port V Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortVOffset]#
Port H Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortHOffset]#
354
Expansion Joint (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Expansion Joint to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Expansion Joint folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Expansion Joint tab

Symbol Icon
355

Piping Note 1 #PartData::PipingNote1#
356

Piping Specialty Diameter #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyDiameter]#
Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Expansion Joint Offset to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Expansion Joint Offset folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
357

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Expansion Joint Offset tab

Symbol Icon
OA:IJUAComponentOffset::Component Offset <Offset>
358

359
Field Fit Length (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Field Fit Length to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Field Fit Length folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Field Fit Length tab

Weld Type #PGDB::WeldType#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Construction Requirement End 1 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementEnd1#
Construction Requirement End 2 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementEnd2#
Field Fit Length #PGDB::[lbl_FieldFitLength]#
360
Filter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered

Piping Specialty Part Data)
Creates a report of Filters to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Filter folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Filter tab
Symbol Icon
361

362

Filter Body Height 1 #PartData::[lbl_FilterBodyHeight1]#
Nozzle Offset #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset]#
Offset #PartData::[lbl_Offset]#
Flame Arrestor (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flame Arrestors to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Flame Arrestor folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
363
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flame Arrestor tab

Symbol Icon
364

365

Piping Specialty Height #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyHeight]#
Flared Pipe (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant

Rules)
Creates a report of Flared Pipe to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Field Fit Length folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Flared Pipe tab

Schedule Thickness #PGDB::ScheduleThickness#
Lap Length #PGDB::[lbl_LapLength]#
Lap Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_LapThickness]#
Flow Magnetic (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flow Magnetic to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Flow Magnetic folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
366
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flow Magnetic tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Height
367

Instrument Width #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentWidth]#
Instrument Height 1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight1]#
368
Flow Switch (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flow Switches to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Flow Switch folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
369
Flow Switch tab

Symbol Icon
370

Flow Transmitter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flow Transmitters to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Flow Transmitter folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
371

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flow Transmitter tab

Symbol Icon
372

Fluid Density Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Fluid Density Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Fluid Density Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
373
Fluid Density Rule tab

Fluid Code #PGDB::FluidCode#
Temperature From #PGDB::[lbl_TemperatureFrom]#
Temperature To #PGDB::[lbl_TemperatureTo]#
Density #PGDB::[lbl_Density]#
Free Vent2 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Free Vents to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Free Vent2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Free Vent2 tab

374

Symbol Icon
375

Piping Specialty Width #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyWidth]#
Vent Angle #PartData::[lbl_VentAngle]#
Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Full-size Tees
and Reducing Tees\Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees.rtp
Commodity Code #Branch Fittings::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Branch Fittings::Material cl#
Material #Branch Fittings::Material#
Material Category #Branch Fittings::Material Category#
GIS cl #Branch Fittings::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Branch Fittings::Geo Ind Std#
#Branch Fittings::Short Material Description#
Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Commodity Type#

Piping Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
Pressure #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1#
NPD #Branch Fittings::NPD 1#
Unit #Branch Fittings::Unit 1#
Port 3
Pressure #Branch Fittings::Pressure 3#
376

NPD #Branch Fittings::NPD 3#
Unit #Branch Fittings::Unit 3#
Face to Center #Branch Fittings::[lbl_FacetoCenter]#
Face 1 to Center
#Branch Fittings::[lbl_Face1toCenter]#
Face 2 to Center
#Branch Fittings::[lbl_Face2toCenter]#
Gasket Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of gasket part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Gasket Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Gasket Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #GPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Ring Number #GPD::RingNumber#
Nominal Diameter From #GPD::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #GPD::NominalDiameterTo#
Nominal Diameter #GPD::NominalDiameter#
Npd Unit Type #GPD::NpdUnitType#
Gasket Industry Standard #GPD::GasketIndustryStandard#
Gasket Type #GPD::GasketType#
Thickness For 3D Model #GPD::[lbl_ThicknessFor3DModel]#
Procurement Thickness #GPD::[lbl_ProcurementThickness]#
Materials Grade #GPD::MaterialsGrade#
Gasket Outside Diameter #GPD::[lbl_GasketOutsideDiameter]#
Gasket Inside Diameter #GPD::[lbl_GasketInsideDiameter]#
Gasket Outside Diameter Basis #GPD::GasketOutsideDiameterBasis#
Flange Insulation Kit Type #GPD::FlangeInsulationKitType#
Insulating Washer Thickness #GPD::[lbl_InsulatingWasherThickness]#
Metallic Electro Plated Washer Thickness #GPD::[lbl_MetallicElectroPlatedWasherThk]#
377

Maintenance Factor #GPD::MaintenanceFactor#
Flange Pressure #GPD::FlangePressure#
Stress At Which Seal Is Initiated #GPD::StressAtWhichSealIsInitiated#
Tightness Curve Slope #GPD::TightnessCurveSlope#
Intersection Of Unload Curve With Vertical Axis #GPD::IntOfUnloadCurveWithVerAxis#
Minimum Tightness Parameter #GPD::MinimumTightnessParameter#
Maximum Tightness Parameter #GPD::MaximumTightnessParameter#
Maximum Temperature #GPD::MaximumTemperature#
Maximum Pressure #GPD::MaximumPressure#
Gasket Inside Diameter Basis #GPD::GasketInsideDiameterBasis#
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles (Catalog

Creates a report of Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles tab

Equipment Tag Number #PGDB::EquipmentTagNumber#
Nozzle Tag Number #PGDB::NozzleTagNumber#
Contractor Commondity Code #PGDB::ContractorCommodityCode#
Gasket Requirements #PGDB::GasketRequirements#
Ring Number #PGDB::RingNumber#
Fabrication Category #PGDB::FabricationCategory#
Supply Responsibility #PGDB::SupplyResponsibility#
Comments #PGDB::Comments#
378
Globe Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Globe Control Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Globe Control Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Globe Control Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
379

380

Hangers and Supports All Sorted by Name (Hangers

and Supports)
All supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting structure
information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and Supports\All
Sorted by Name\All Sorted by Name.rtp

Hanger/Support #HangerSupport::HangerName#
Support Location
#FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#HangerSupport::[outStructure Hanger Support Occurrence Location]#
Supported Entity
Run #HangerSupport::RunName#
System #HangerSupport::RouteName#
Supporting Structure One #HangerSupport::StructName#
Supporting Structure Two #HangerSupport::StructName2#
Hangers and Supports Combined Sorted by Name

(Hangers and Supports)
Combined supports are listed with corresponding "supported" route information and "supporting"
structure information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and
Supports\Combined Sorted by Name\Combined Sorted by Name.rtp

381

Support Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#HangerSupport::[OccurrenceLocation]#
Supported Entity (Heading)
System #HangerSupport::RouteName#
Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing (Hangers

and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the Route objects that are being
supported.
Supports\Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing\Hangers and Supports End View Drawing.rtp
Item #SupportRoute::ItemNum#
Supported Entity
Run #SupportRoute::RouteName#
System #SupportRoute::RunName#
382
Hangers and Supports for Cableways Sorted by Name

Cableway supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and Supports\For
Cableways Sorted by Name\For Cableways Sorted by Name.rtp
Cableway
System #HangerSupport::CablewayName#
Hangers and Supports for Components - Drawings

This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the components that make up
the support.
Components - Drawing\For Components - Drawing.rtp
Item Number #For Components - Drawing::ItemNum#
Part Number #For Components - Drawing::Part Number#
Quantity #For Components - Drawing::Total#
383
Hangers and Supports for Components Sorted by

Name (Hangers and Supports)
Hangers are listed with corresponding support component name as well as location and weight
data.
Components Sorted by Name\For Components Sorted by Name.rtp
Support Component #HangerSupport::SupportComponentName#
Component Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
Dry Weight #HangerSupport::DryWeight#
Wet Weight #HangerSupport::WetWeight#
Hangers and Supports for Conduit Sorted by Name

Conduit supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
Conduits Sorted by Name\For Conduits Sorted by Name.rtp
Conduit
System #HangerSupport::ConduitName#
NCD #HangerSupport::NCD#
NCD Unit Type #HangerSupport::NCDUnitType#
384
Hangers and Supports for Ducts Sorted by Name

Duct supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
Ducts Sorted by Name\For Ducts Sorted by Name.rtp
Duct
System #HangerSupport::DuctName#
Duct Width #HangerSupport::Width#
Duct Depth #HangerSupport::Depth#
Hangers and Supports for Pipe Sorted by Name

Pipe supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
Pipe Sorted by Name\For Pipe Sorted by Name.rtp
Pipe Line
System #HangerSupport::PipeLineName#
385

NPD #HangerSupport::NPD#
NPD Unit Type #HangerSupport::NPDUnitType#
Hangers and Supports for Supported Route - Drawing

This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the Route objects that are being
supported.
Supported Route - Drawing\For Supported Route - Drawing.rtp
Item Number #SupportRoute::ItemNum#
Supporting Entity
Run #SupportRoute::RouteName#
System #SupportRoute::RunName#
Hangers and Supports for Supporting Structure Drawing (Hangers and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. The structure used to attach the
support to is listed.
Supporting Structure - Drawing\For Supporting Structure - Drawing.rtp
Item Number #SupportStruct::ItemNum#
Structure #SupportStruct::StructName#
Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing (Hangers

and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the components that make up
the support.
Supports\Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing\Hangers and Supports ISO View Drawing.rtp
Item #For Components - Drawing::ItemNum#
Qty #For Components - Drawing::Total#
BOM Description #For Components - Drawing::BOM Description#
386
Hangers and Supports Pipe Rack Sorted by Name Export to Icarus (Hangers and Supports)
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and Supports\Pipe
Rack Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus.rtp
Pipe racks (space folders) are listed with many properties such as area, tag, and WBS
information.
Internal Name
Units
AreaName #PipeRack::SpaceFolder#
CpUserTag #PipeRack::Name#
CpComponentWBS (Blank)
CpNumberItems #PipeRack::NumberItems#
CpLength M #PipeRack::Length#
CpWidth M #PipeRack::Width#
CpHeight M #PipeRack::Height#
CpNumberOfLevels #PipeRack::NumberLevels#
CpHeightToFirstLevel M #PipeRack::HeightFirstLevel#
CpPipeRackType #PipeRack::PipeRackType#
CpSteelAnalysisType #PipeRack::SteelAnalysis#
CpMainBentSpacing M #PipeRack::MainBent#
CpThirdColumnYN #PipeRack::ThirdColumnOption#
CpColumnBaseOption #PipeRack::ColumnBaseOption#
CpDistributedLoadPerLevel KPA #PipeRack::[outStructure Icarus Pipe Rack Distributed Load
per Level]#
CpAirCoolerLoading KPA #PipeRack::[outStructure Icarus Pipe Rack Air Cooler Loading]#
CpNumberOfCatwalks #PipeRack::NumberCatwalks#
CpCatwalkWidth M #PipeRack::CatwalkWidth#
CpNumberOfLadders #PipeRack::NumberLadders#
CpNumberOfStairways #PipeRack::NumberStairways#
CpNumberOfBracedBays #PipeRack::NumberBracedBays#
CpNumberBeamStrutsPerColumnLine #PipeRack::BeamStrutsPerColumnLine#
CpNumberBeamStrutsPerPipeLevel #PipeRack::BeamStrutsPerPipeLevel#
CpEndBentExclusion #PipeRack::EndBentExclusion#
CpBeamColumnMinimumWidth MM #PipeRack::[outStructure Icarus Pipe Rack Minimum
Beam or Column Width]#
387

CpConcreteType #PipeRack::ConcreteType#
CpWindForceAdjustment #PipeRack::WindForceAdjustment#
CpSeismicForceAdjustment #PipeRack::SeismicForceAdjustment#
CpGratingType #PipeRack::GratingType#
Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing (Hangers

and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the Structure used attach the
support to.
Supports\Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing\Hangers and Supports Side View Drawing.rtp
Item #SupportStruct::ItemNum#
Structure #SupportStruct::StructName#
Holes on Penetrating Spool (Hole Management)

Creates a report for hole diameters and locations relative to the nearest coordinates.
Reports\HoleMgmt\PenetratingSpool folder.
Sheet1 tab
Hole Trace oid #PenetratingSpool::oid#
Spool Name #PenetratingSpool::SpoolName#
Hole Name #PenetratingSpool::HoleName#
Penetrated Plate #PenetratingSpool::StructureName#
Plate Name (Fitting) #PenetratingSpool::PlateName#
CS #PenetratingSpool::CS#
Center of Hole Trace
X #PenetratingSpool::X#
Y #PenetratingSpool::Y#
Z #PenetratingSpool::Z#
388

Hole Diameter #PenetratingSpool::Diameter#
HVAC Material Take-Off (HVAC)

HVAC duct, fabricated parts, fittings, transitions, registers, and dampers are listed with
quantities and other information. This may be embedded into a drawing.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\HVAC\Material
Duct
Section #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Duct::[CrossSection]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Duct::[LengthFormatted]#
Sheet Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #Duct::[WeightFormatted]#
Total Weight (SUM)
Fabricated Part
Name #Fabricated::Name#
Duct Section Max #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fabricated::CrossSectionMax#
Sheet Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #Fabricated::[outHVAC Fabricated Weight]#
Total Weight (SUM)
Fitting
Item Number #Fitting::ItemNum#
Category #Fitting::Category#
Description #Fitting::PartDescription#
Angle #FormattingUOM::{Angle}# #Fitting::[outHVAC Angle Value]#
Inlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Inlet#
Outlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Outlet#
Branch1 #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Branch1#
Branch2 #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Branch2#
Quantity #Fitting::[Quantity]#
#Fitting::PlaneOfTurn#
#Fitting::ElbowThroatRadius#
#Fitting::CornerRadius#
#Fitting::Angle#
#Fitting::CategorySort#
#Fitting::Diff#
Transition
Item Number #Transition::ItemNum#
Category #Transition::Category#
Description #Transition::PartDescription#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Transition::[outHVAC Transition Length]#
Inlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Transition::Inlet#
Outlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Transition::Outlet#
Quantity #Transition::[Quantity]#
#Transition::Length#
#Transition::Diff#
Register Diffuser Grille
389

Type #Register::Type#
Section #Register::[outHVAC Linear Duct Cross Section Size]#
Model #Register::Model#
Quantity #Register::[Quantity]#
Damper Other In-line
Type #Damper::Type#
Duct Section #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Damper::CrossSectionMax#
Model #Damper::Model#
Quantity #Damper::[Quantity]#
In-Line Fittings (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\In-Line
Fittings\In-Line Fittings.rtp
Commodity Code #In-line Fittings::Commodity Code#
Material cl #In-line Fittings::Material cl#
Material #In-line Fittings::Material#
Material Category #In-line Fittings::Material Category#
GIS cl #In-line Fittings::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #In-line Fittings::Geo Ind Std#
#In-line Fittings::Short Material Description#
Commondity Type #In-line Fittings::Commodity Type#

Piping Commodity Type #In-line Fittings::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
End Prep cl #In-line Fittings::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #In-line Fittings::End Prep 1#
Schedule
Pressure #In-line Fittings::Pressure 1#
End Std cl #In-line Fittings::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #In-line Fittings::End Std 1#
NPD #In-line Fittings::NPD 1#
Unit #In-line Fittings::Unit 1#
Port 2
End Prep cl #In-line Fittings::End Prep 2 cl#
End Prep #In-line Fittings::End Prep 2#
Schedule #In-line Fittings::Schedule 2#
Pressure #In-line Fittings::Pressure 2#
End Std cl #In-line Fittings::End Std 2 cl#
End Std #In-line Fittings::End Std 2#
NPD #In-line Fittings::NPD 2#
Unit #In-line Fittings::Unit 2#
Face to Face
390
#In-line Fittings::[lbl_FacetoFace]#
Industry Commodity Code Rules (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules)
Creates a report of piping industry commodity code rules for improved integration. This report is
be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules\Industry Commodity Code Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Formats tab
Property Name #Formats::PropertyName#
Property Sequence #Formats::PropertySequence#
Number of Characters #Formats::NoOfChars#
Industry Practice Properties tab

Identifies the industry practice properties addressed by this report - Pressure Rating, Schedule
Thickness, Materials Grade, and Geometric Industry Standard.
Bolt Coating tab

BoldCoatingCodelistNumber #BoltCoating::CodelistValue#
BoltCoatingChars #BoltCoating::Code#
BoltCoatingValue #BoltCoating::ShortValue#
Bolt Diameter tab

BoltDiameterChars #BoltDiameter::Code#
BoltDiameterValue #BoltDiameter::StringValue#
391
Bolt Length tab

BoltLengthChars #BoltLength::Code#
BoltLengthValue #BoltLength::StringValue#
Bolt Set Quantity tab

Bolt Set Quantity Chars #BoltSetQuantity::Code#
BoltSetQuantityValue #BoltSetQuantity::IntegerValue#
Bolt Type tab

BoltTypeCodelistNumber #BoltType::CodelistValue#
BoltTypeChars #BoltType::Code#
BoltTypeValue #BoltType::ShortValue#
EndPreparation tab
EndPreparationCodelistNumber #EndPreparation::CodelistValue#
EndPreparationChars #EndPreparation::Code#
EndPreparationValue #EndPreparation::ShortValue#
Flange Face Surface Finish tab

FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishCodelistNumber #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::CodelistValue#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishChars #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::Code#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishValue #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::ShortValue#
Gasket Thickness tab

GasketThicknessChars #GasketThickness::Code#
GasketThicknessValue #GasketThickness::StringValue#
Gasket Type tab

GasketTypeCodelistNumber #GasketType::CodelistValue#
GasketTypeChars #GasketType::Code#
GasketTypeValue #GasketType::ShortValue#
392
Geometric Industry Practice tab

GeometricIndustryPracticeCodelistNumber #GeometricIndustryPractice::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryPracticeChars #GeometricIndustryPractice::Code#
GeometricIndustryPracticeValue #GeometricIndustryPractice::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodelistNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodeListNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_US::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::ShortValue#
Lining Material tab

LiningMaterialCodelistNumber #LiningMaterial::CodelistValue#
LiningMaterialChars #LiningMaterial::Code#
LiningMaterialValue #LiningMaterial::ShortValue#
Manufacturing Method tab

ManufacturingMethodCodelistNumber #ManufacturingMethod::CodelistValue#
ManufacturingMethodChars #ManufacturingMethod::Code#
ManufacturingMethodValue #ManufacturingMethod::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_BS tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_BS::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_BS::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_BS::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_US tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_US::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_US::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_US::ShortValue#
393
Nipple or Purchase Length tab

NippleorPurchaseLengthChars #NippleorPurchaseLength::Code#
NippleorPurchaseLengthValue #NippleorPurchaseLength::StringValue#
Nut Type tab

NutTypeCodelistNumber #NutType::CodelistValue#
NutTypeChars #NutType::Code#
NutTypeValue #NutType::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_DN tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_DN::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_DN::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_DN::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_US tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_US::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_US::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_US::ShortValue#
Piping Commodity Type tab

PipingCommodityTypeCodelistNumber #PCT::CodelistValue#
PipingCommodityTypeChars #PCT::Code#
PipingCommodityTypeValue #PCT::ShortValue#
Requisition Classification tab

RequisitionClassificationCodelistNumber #RequisitionClassification::CodelistValue#
RequisitionClassificationChars #RequisitionClassification::Code#
RequisitionClassificationValue #RequisitionClassification::ShortValue#
Surface Preparation tab

SurfacePreparationCodelistNumber #SurfacePreparation::CodelistValue#
SurfacePreparationChars #SurfacePreparation::Code#
SurfacePreparationValue #SurfacePreparation::ShortValue#
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab

ValveManufcaturerandModelNumberCodelistNumber
#ValveManufacturerandModelNo::CodelistValue#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberChars #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::Code#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberValue #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::ShortValue#
394
Valve Trim tab

ValveTrimCodelistNumber #ValveTrim::ValveTrimCodelistNumber#
ValveTrimChars #ValveTrim::Code#
Valve Trim Value #ValveTrim::ShortValue#
Washer Thickness tab

WasherThicknessChars #WasherThickness::Code#
WasherThicknessValue #WasherThickness::StringValue#
Washer Type tab

WasherTypeCodelistNumber #WasherType::CodelistValue#
WasherTypeChars #WasherType::Code#
WasherTypeValue #WasherType::ShortValue#
Inline Silencer Type1 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Inline Silencers Type1 to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Inline Silencer Type1 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
395

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Inline Silencer Type1 tab

Symbol Icon
396

Instrument Class Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of instrument class data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Instrument Class Data folder.
397
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Instrument Class Data tab

Tag Number #MCD::TagNumber#
Generic Tag Number #MCD::GenericTagNumber#
Spec Name #MCD::SpecName#
First Size From #MCD::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #MCD::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #MCD::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #MCD::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #MCD::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #MCD::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi Size Option #MCD::MultiSizeOption#
Requisition Type #MCD::RequisitionType#
Contractor Commodity Code #MCD::ContractorCommodityCode#
Instrument Type #MCD::InstrumentType#
Geometry Type #MCD::GeometryType#
First Size Schedule #MCD::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #MCD::SecondSizeSchedule#
Part Data Basis #MCD::PartDataBasis#
Is Graphical Representation #MCD::IsGraphicalRepresentation#
Maximum Temperature #MCD::[lbl_MaximumTemperature]#
Material Grade #MCD::MaterialGrade#
Lining Material #MCD::LiningMaterial#
Corrosion Allowance #MCD::CorrosionAllowance#
Short Material Description #MCD::ShortMaterialDescription#
Localized Short Material Description #MCD::LocalizedShortMaterialDesc#
Long Material Description #MCD::LongMaterialDescription#
Vendor #MCD::Vendor#
Manufacturer #MCD::Manufacturer#
Fabrication Type #MCD::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility #MCD::SupplyResponsibility#
Reporting Type #MCD::ReportingType#
398

Gasket Requirements #MCD::GasketRequirements#
Bolting Requirements #MCD::BoltingRequirements#
Welding Requirements #MCD::WeldingRequirement#
Loose Material Requirements #MCD::LooseMaterialRequirements#
Substitution Cap Screws Quantity #MCD::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Substitution Cap Screw Contractor Commodity Code #MCD::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Substitution Cap Screw Diamater #MCD::[lbl_SubstCapScrewDiameter]#
Tapped Hole Depth #MCD::[lbl_TappedHoleDepth]#
Valve Operator Type #MCD::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Geometry Industry Standard #MCD::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Valve Operator Catalog Part Number #MCD::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Hyperlink To Electronic Manuals #MCD::HyperlinkToElectronicManuals#
Hyperlink To Electronic Vendor #MCD::HyperlinkToElectronicVendor#
Reportable Commodity Code #MCD::ReportableCommodityCode#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #MCD::AltReportableCommodityCode#
Mirror Behavior Option #MCD::MirrorBehaviorOption#
Maximum Pressure #MCD::MaximumPressure#
Quantity Of Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Piping Note 1 #MCD::PipingNote1#
First Size UOM Basis In Catalog #MCD::FirstSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
Second Size UOM Basis In Catalog #MCD::SecondSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
Instrumentation Control Valves Sorted by Name

(Instrumentation)
Control valves are listed with primary/secondary sizes, supply responsibility, and approval
status.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Instrumentation\Control
Valves Sorted by Name\Control Valves Sorted by Name.rtp
Item Name #ControlValves::ItemName#
Size #ControlValves::[outInstrumentation Control Valves NPD with Unit Primary]#
Size #ControlValves::[outInstrumentation Control Valves NPD with Unit Secondary]#
399

Description #ControlValves::[Description]#
Supply Responsibility #ControlValves::SupplyResponsibility#
Approval Status #ControlValves::Status_LongString#
Instruments (Verification of Consistency)

Creates a report of instruments to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Verification
of Consistency\Instruments folder.
StockInstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISCapScrewsBoltPartdata::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code Of The Substitution Cap Screw
#PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
Contractor Commodity Code Of The Piping Specialty
#PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::contractorcommoditycode#
CusEngInstrBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom
First Size To #PICEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEBoltedGenericData::multisizeoption#
400

Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PICEBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PICEBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PICEBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
PICESubstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Substitution Cap Screw
#PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::ShortMaterialDescription#
First Size From #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstrFemaleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEFemailGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PICEFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PICEFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PICEFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PICEFemaleGenericData::schedule#
401

CusEngInstLinearThkDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard
#PICELinearThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#
CusEngInstLocalizdDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PICELocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICELocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICELocalizedDesc:;firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICELocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICELocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICELocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICELocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICELocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstLongDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PICELongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICELongDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICELongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICELongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICELongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICELongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICELongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICELongDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngIntMatlClasBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
402

Piping Materials Class #PICEMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PICEMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
CusEngInstMechDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PICEMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PICEMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PICEMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
CusEngInstPartDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEPartData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEPartData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEPartData::multisizeoptions#
403

CusEngInstPlainPipeDatUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEPlainGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEPlainGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEPlainGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEPlainGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEPlainGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEPlainGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEPlainGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEPlainGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEPlainGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEPlainGenericData::npdunits#
End Standard #PICEPlainGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PICEPlainGenericData::schedule#
CusEngInstReportOfSymbols
Description of the Error #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
ReportOfCustEngInstruments
Tag Number #PICEReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEReport::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEReport::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PICEReport::partnumber#
404

Primary Size #PICEReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PICReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PICReport::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PICEReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PICEReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PICEReport::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngRptblCmdtyNotInMatCtlData
Description of the Error #PICEReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Reportable Piping Commodity
#PICEReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Instrument
#PICEReportableCmdty::contractorcommoditycode#
CusEngInstruShortDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEShortDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstSubtCapScrewUndefined
Description of the Error #PICESubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
#PICESubstCapScrew::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Tag Number #PICESubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICESubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
405

First Size To #PICESubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICESubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
SummaryOfCusEngInstrumentParts
Tag Number #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngInstrumentFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PICESymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICESymbolPlacement::TagNumber#
First Size From #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICESymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Primary Size #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PICESymbolPlacement::secondarysize#
406

Secondary Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PICESymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PICESymbolPlacement::symbolname#
CusEngInstrumentSymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PICESymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICESymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICESymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICESymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PICESymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CusEngInstValOpNotInOpMatClData
Description of the Error #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstValOpNotInOpPartData
Description of the Error #PICEValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PICEValveOpPart::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PICEValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
407

Second Size To #PICEValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PICEWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PICEWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PICEWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PICEWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
StockInstBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISBoltedGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PISBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PISBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PISBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
StockInstWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PISWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PISWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PISWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PISWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
StockInstNotInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PISCmdtyClass::TypeOfError#
408

Tag Number #PISCmdtyClass::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISCmdtyClass::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISCmdtyClass::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISCmdtyClass::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISCmdtyClass::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISCmdtyClass::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISCmdtyClass::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISCmdtyClass::industrycommoditycode#
StockInstNotInCmdtySerLimitData
Description of the Error #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npdunittype#
StockInstFemaleEndDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISFemaleGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISFemaleGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PISFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
409

Pressure Rating #PISFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PISFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PISFemaleGenericData::schedule#
StockInstLinerThkDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#
StockInstLocalizedDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PISLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISLocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISLocalizedDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISLocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISLocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISLocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISLocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISLocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code #PISLocalizedDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstLongDescUndefined
Description of Error #PISLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISLongDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISLongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISLongDesc::firstsizeto#
410

First Size Units #PISLongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISLongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISLongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISLongDesc::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code #PISLongDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstMatlClasBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PISMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PISMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PISMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
StockInstNotInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PISMatlCtlData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISMatlCtlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISMatlCtlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISMatlCtlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISMatlCtlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISMatlCtlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISMatlCtlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISMatlCtlData::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity #PISMatlCtlData::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstMechEndDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
411

Second Size To #PISMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISMechanicalGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PISMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PISMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PISMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
StkInstrMultpileMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PISMultipleMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISMultipleMatlCtlData::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Piping Instrument
#PISMultipleMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PISMultipleMatlCtlData::ShortMaterialDescription#
StockInstrumentPartsUndefined
Description of the Error #PISPartValidation::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISPartValidation::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISPartValidation::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISPartValidation::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISPartValidation::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISPartValidation::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISPartValidation::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISPartValidation::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISPartValidation::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISPartValidation::industrycommoditycode#
StockInstPlainPipeDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISPlainGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISPlainGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISPlainGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISPlainGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISPlainGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISPlainGenericData::secondsizeto#
412

Second Size Units #PISPlainGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISPlainGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISPlainGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISPlainGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISPlainGenericData::npdunits#
End Standard #PISPlainGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PISPlainGenericData::schedule#
ReportOfStockInstruments
Tag Number #PISReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISReport::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISReport::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISReport::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PISReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PISReport::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PISReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PISReport::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PISReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PISReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PISReport::secondsizeschedule#
StockInstRptbCmtyNotInMatCtData
Description of the Error #PISReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
413

The Contractor Commodity Code of the Reportable Piping Commodity
#PISReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Stock Instrument
#PISReportableCmdty::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstSymbolsReport
Description of the Error #PISReportOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISReportOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISReportOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISReportOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISReportOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISReportOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISReportOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISReportOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISReportOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PISReportOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockInstShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of Error #PISShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISShortDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code #PISShortDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstSubCapScwNotInMatCtDat
Description of the Error #PISSubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISSubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISSubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
414

#PISSubstCapScrew::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
SummaryOfStockInstrumentParts
Tag Number #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
StockInstrumentFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PISSymbolPlacement::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISSymbolPlacement::Tag Number#
First Size From #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISSymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISSymbolPlacement::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::primarysizeuints#
Secondary Size #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
415

First Size Schedule #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PISSymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PISSymbolPlacement::symbolname#
StockInstrumentSymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PISSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PISSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockInstValOpNotInOpMatCtlData
Description of the Error #PISValveOpMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PISValveOpMatlctlData::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PISValveOpMatlctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeunits#
StockInstValOpNotInOpPartData
Description of the Error #PISValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PISValveOpPart::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PISValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
416

Second Size To #PISValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
Insulation Material (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Insulation Data)
Creates a report of Insulation Material to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Insulation Material folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Insulation Material tab

Material Type #PGDB::MaterialType#
Density #PGDB::[lbl_Density]#
Allowable Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_AllowableThickness]#
Insulation Specification (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Insulation Specification to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Insulation Specification folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
417
Insulation Specification tab

Spec Name #PGDB::SpecName#
Material #PGDB::Material#
Purpose #PGDB::Purpose#
Thickness Rule #PGDB::ThicknessRule#
Temperature Rule #PGDB::TemperatureRule#
Insulation Thickness Table (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Insulation Thickness Table to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Insulation Thickness Table folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Insulation Thickness Table tab

Spec Name #PGDB::SpecName#
Npd_Low #PGDB::Npd_Lo#
Npd_High #PGDB::Npd_Hi#
Npd Unit Type #PGDB::NpdUnitType#
Temperature_Low #PGDB::[lbl_Temperature_Lo]#
Temperature_High #PGDB::[lbl_Temperature_Hi]#
Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_Thickness]#
418
Knife Gate Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Knife Gate Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Knife Gate Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Knife Gate Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:InsulationThickness
OA:Rotation
419

420

Valve Height #PartData::[lbl_ValveHeight]#
Ladder Splice Plate (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray ladder splice plates to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\LadderSplicePlate folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
421
Cable Tray Ladder Splice Plate tab

Symbol Icon
Quantity of Associated Parts #PartData::QuantityOfAssociatedParts#
422

Linear Valves (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Linear
Valves\Linear Valves.rtp
Spec Name #Valves::Spec Name#
Commodity Code #Valves::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Valves::Material cl#
Material
#Valves::Material#
Material Category #Valves::Material Category#

GIS cl #Valves::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std
#Valves::Geo Ind Std#

Operator Part Number
Operator cl
Operator
#Valves::Short Material Description#
#Valves::Operator Part No#
#Valves::Operator cl#
#Valves::Operator#
Port 1
End Prep cl #Valves::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #Valves::End Prep 1#
Schedule #Valves::Schedule 1#
Pressure #Valves::Pressure 1#
Flow cl #Valves::Flow 1 cl#
Flow #Valves::Flow 1#
End Std cl #Valves::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #Valves::End Std 1#
NPD #Valves::NPD 1#
Unit #Valves::Unit 1#
Port 2
End Prep cl #Valves::End Prep 2 cl#
End Prep #Valves::End Prep 2#
Schedule #Valves::Schedule 2#
Pressure #Valves::Pressure 2#
Flow cl #Valves::Flow 2 cl#
Flow #Valves::Flow 2#
End Std cl #Valves::End Std 2 cl#
End Std #Valves::End Std 2#
NPD #Valves::NPD 2#
Unit #Valves::Unit 2#
Face to Face
#Valves::[lbl_FacetoFace]#
423
Liner Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of liner thickness data to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Lines Thickness Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Liner Thickness Data tab

Lining Material #LTD::LiningMaterial#
Geometry Industry Standard #LTD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Nominal Piping Diameter #LTD::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #LTD::NominalDiameterUnits#
Liner Thickness At Inside Diameter #LTD::[lbl_LinerThicknessAtInsideDiameter]#
Liner Thickness At Face Of Flange #LTD::[lbl_LinerThicknessAtFaceOfFlange]#
Optional Liner Thickness At Face Of Flange #LTD::[lbl_OptionalLinerThkAtFaceOfFlange]#
Load Combination Relations (Compartmentation)

Creates a load combination overview report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\LoadCombination folder.
424
Sheet1 tab
Load Combination #Compartment::LoadCombination#
Spatial Load #Compartment::SpatialLoad#
Connected Compartment #Compartment::ConnectedCompartment#
Connected Compartment Part Description
#Compartment::ConnectedCompartmentPartDescription#
Unit Load #Compartment::UnitLoad#
Load Folder #Compartment::LoadFolder#
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab

425
Manufacturing Material List Summary

(StructManufacturing)
Creates a material list summary report for a specified block plus its nested parts.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Material List folder.
Report tab
Entered Block/Assy Name #QWP::{ItemName}#
Lot Number #QWP::Lot number#
Part #QWP::Part Name#
Dimensions #QWP::Dimensions#
Quantity #QWP::Quantity#
Weight #QWP::Total weight#
Quantity
in block #QWP::Count of parts in Block#
other block #QWP::Count of parts in other Blocks#
Manufacturing Parts List (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing parts list report for a specified block plus its nested parts.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Parts List folder.
Sheet1 tab
User Name #FormattingField::{UserName}#
Block #QWP::{ItemName}#
426

Sketch #QWP::Sketch#
Sheet Number #QWP::Sheet number#
Material #QWP::MaterialType#
Quantity
port #QWP::Quantity on Port#
CL #QWP::Quantity on Centerline#
stdb #QWP::Quantity on Stbd#
Weight
unit #QWP::Unit weight#
total #QWP::Total weight#
Workshop #QWP::Workshop#
Revision #QWP::Scantling Drawing Revision#
Manufacturing Weight and CG (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of weight and CG for manufacturing parts selected by a filter.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Weight and CG folder.
Sheet1 tab
Block #WeightAndCG::Block#
Part Name #WeightAndCG::PartName#
Weight #WeightAndCG::Weight#
Center of Gravity
x #WeightAndCG::COGx#
y #WeightAndCG::COGy#
z #WeightAndCG::COGz#
Quantity #WeightAndCG::Quantity#
Location #WeightAndCG::Location#
Total is generated for the Weight column.
427
Marian Export (StructManufacturing)

Creates a structural manufacturing report to be used in exporting data.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Marian Export folder.
Sheet1 tab
Date/Time #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Lot Number #Nesting::LotNumber#
Order Number #Nesting::OrderNumber#
Lot Material Type #Nesting::LotMaterialType#
Lot Material Grade #Nesting::LotMaterialGrade#
Lot Size #Nesting::LotSize#
Mass Flow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Mass Flow to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Mass Flow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
428
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Mass Flow tab

Symbol Icon
429

430
Master Instrument Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master instrument part data to be used for review and approval of the
Piping Instruments Part Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running
this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Instrument Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Custom Interfaces tab

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
431
SheetName tab
End Standard [1] #PartData::EndStandard1#
432

Major Body Diameter #PartData::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#
Operator Height #PartData::[lbl_OperatorHeight]#
Operator Length #PartData::[lbl_OperatorLength]#
Master Piping Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master piping part data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Piping Part Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running this delivered
report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Piping Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
433

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
SheetName tab
Part Class Type PipeComponentClass
Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
434

435

Master Piping Specialty Part Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master piping specialty part data to be used for review and approval of the
Piping Part Specialty Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running this
delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Piping Specialty Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
436
SheetName tab
Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
437

Collar Thickness #PartData::[lbl_CollarThickness]#
Basket Length #PartData::[lbl_BasketLength]#
Basket End Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BasketEndDiameter]#
Collar End to Center #PartData::[lbl_CollarEndtoCenter]#
438
Master Valve Operator Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master valve operator part data to be used for review and approval of the
Valve Operator Class Part Name and Unit of Measure are required when running this
delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Valve Operator Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
439
SheetName tab
Part Class Type ValveOperatorClass
Symbol Icon
Valve Operator Number #PartData::ValveOperatorNumber#
Valve Size #PartData::ValveSize#
Valve Size Units #PartData::ValveSizeUnits#
Valve Operator Is Rotatable #PartData::ValveOperatorIsRotatable#
Dry Cog X #PartData::[lbl_DryCogX]#
Dry Cog Y #PartData::[lbl_DryCogY]#
Operator Diameter #PartData::[lbl_OperatorDiameter]#
Materials Data (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Materials Data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Materials Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
440
Materials Data tab

Design Standard #PGDB::DesignStandard#
Material Grade #PGDB::MaterialsGrade#
Temperature #PGDB::[lbl_Temperature]#
Wall Thickness From #PGDB::[lbl_WallThicknessFrom]#
Wall Thickness To #PGDB::[lbl_WallThicknessTo]#
Coefficient Y #PGDB::CoefficientY#
Allowable Stress #PGDB::[lbl_AllowableStress]#
Mill Tolerance Percentage #PGDB::MillTolerancePercentage#
Mill Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_MillTolerance]#
Mating Ports (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Mating Ports to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Mating Ports folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Mating Ports tab

End Preparation 1 #PGDB::EndPrep1#
End Preparation 2 #PGDB::EndPrep2#
441
Mfg Profile Data Output by Block or Assy

Creates a manufacturing profile data report based on output by block or assembly.
Reports\StructManufacturing\MFGPROFILE folder. The report files for this report are named
StrMfgProfile.
Mfg Profile Report tab

Comments #FormattingField::{Comments}#
Entered #StrMfgProfile::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
BlockName #StrMfgProfile::BlockName#
AssemblyName #StrMfgProfile::AssemblyName#
MfgProfile Name #StrMfgProfile::ItemName#
MfgProfile Curvature Type #StrMfgProfile::CurvatureType#
Total Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesTotal]#
Web Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesWeb]#
TopFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesTopFlange]#
Total Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesTotal]#
Web Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesWeb]#
TopFlange Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesTopFlange]#
BtmFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesBottomFlange]#
BtmFlange Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesBottomFlange]#
oid #StrMfgProfile::Oid#
442
Mfg Profile Data Output for Whole Ship

Creates a manufacturing profile data report based on output by block or assembly.
Reports\StructManufacturing\MFGPROFILE folder. The report files for this report are named
StrMfgProfile2.

Name #StrMfgProfile::ItemName#
Curvature Type #StrMfgProfile::CurvatureType#
Web Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
TopFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
BtmFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
oid #StrMfgProfile::Oid#
443
MfgPinJig - Accuracy (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Mfg Pin Jig)
Creates a manufacturing PinJig report for intersection points for association with a Drawings by
Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create
Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\XptPinOffset folder.
Report tab
Intersection point #XptPinOffsetReport::m_IntxPtName#
Parent Remarking line - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_HorRemarkLineParent#
Nearest Pin's Row #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinRow#
Nearest Pin's Column #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinCol#
Offset on Jig floor - Hoizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_X#
Offset on Jig floor - Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_Y#
Nearest Pin's height #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinHeight#
Distance between Intersection point and its upper position
#XptPinOffsetReport::m_IntxPtHeight#
MfgPinJig - Girth Length (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig)
Creates a manufacturing PinJig report for girth offsets of intersection points for association with
a Drawings by Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule
component to create Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more
information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\GirthLength folder.
444
Report tab
#GirthLengthReport_Data::m_HorizontalRemarkingLine#
#GirthLengthReport_Header::m_VerticalRemarkLineName_1#
#GirthLengthReport_Data::m_HorizontalGirthLength_1#
445

MfgTemplate - Multi Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
Creates a manufacturing template set report with rows wrapped to fit for association with a
Drawings by Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component
to create Manufacturing Template Set drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template sets\MfgTemplate MultiRow folder.
Report tab
#DefaultReport_Header::TXT_TemplateName#
#DefaultReport_Header::TXT_Station_0# - #DefaultReport_Header::TXT_Step_19#
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateName#
Length of Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtStep_0#
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateLength#
Height at Length of Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtTemplateLength#
Heignt at Lower Seam
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtLowerSeam#
Girth along Lower Seam to Mid-Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_Grt_Btm_LS_MidTemplateBtmLS#
Height at Upper Seam
446

#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtUpperSeam#
Girth along Upper Seam to Mid-Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_Grt_Btm_US_MidTemplateBtmUS#
Height at Base Control Line
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtBCL#
Girth along BCL to Mid-Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_Grt_Btm_BCL_MidTemplateBtmBCL#
Template Angle
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateAngle#
S_Value
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_SValue#
MfgTemplate - Split Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
Overview
Creates a manufacturing template set report with rows split across tables for association with a
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template sets\MfgTemplate SplitRow folder.
447

Report tab
Template Front View
1 - Upper Seam Point

2 - Lower Seam Point
3 - Base Control Point
4 - Mid Section Number
5 - Template Upper End
6 - Template Lower End
7 - Height of Template at Upper Seam Point
8 - Height of Template at Lower Seam Point or Height at Offset 1
9 - Height at Offset 10
10 - Height at Offset 0
11 - Length of Template
12 - Height at Base Control Line
13 - Distance from Lower Seam to Next Section
14 - Distance from Upper Seam to Next Section
Numeric
Callouts
10
448
Header at
Report Column
Header at Design Runtime
time
Description
Design time values
Example of
values at
Runtime
#DefaultReport_H Template in
eader::TXT_Temp TB0-1_1.1
lateName1#
Name of the
specific template in
the templateset
#TXT_TemplateName1 vlcc_B_46f8rc.s
at-IJSeam or
#
#DefaultReport_Data::
T1
DAT_TemplateName1
#
#DefaultReport_H at 0 mm
eader::TXT_Step_
0#
228
Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data
::[outFormat_Local_DA
of the template at
T_HeightAtStep_0]#
Offset 0

Numeric
Callouts
Header at
Report Column
time
Description
Design time values
Example of
values at
Runtime
#DefaultReport_H at 250 mm
eader::TXT_Step_
1#
375
Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data
::[outFormat_Local_DA
of the template at
T_HeightAtStep_1]#
Offset 1
#DefaultReport_H
eader::TXT_Step_
i# where i is the
Offset number
at (i x Offset value Provides the height # #DefaultReport_Data

) mm. In this case, of the template for ::[outFormat_Local_DA
the Offset value is this Offset distance. T_HeightAtStep_i]#
250 mm.
where i is the Offset
number
670 (at offset

distance 750
mm for Offset
3)
11
Length of
Template
Length of
Template
Provides the length #DefaultReport_Data3:

of the template
:[outFormat_Local_DA
T_TemplateLength]#
7000
Height at Length
of Template
Height at Length
of Template
Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3: 596

at the end of the
T_HeightAtTemplateLe
template
ngth]#
Height at Lower
Seam
Height at Lower
Seam

at Lower Seam
T_HeightAtLowerSeam
]#
Girth along Lower

Seam to
Mid-Template
Girth along Lower

Seam to
Mid-Template
Provides the girth

length from Lower
Seam to Mid
Template
Height at Upper
Seam
Height at Upper
Seam

at Upper Seam
T_HeightAtUpperSeam
]#
Girth along Upper

Seam to
Mid-Template
Girth along Upper

Seam to
Mid-Template
Provides the girth

length from Upper
Seam to Mid
Template
#DefaultReport_Data3:
T_Grt_Btm_US_MidTe
mplateBtmUS]#
5006
Height at Base
Control Line
Height at Base
Control Line
Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3:

at Base Control
T_HeightAtBCL]#
Line (BCL)
1792
Girth along BCL

to Mid-Template
Girth along BCL

to Mid-Template
Provides the girth

length from BCL to
Mid Template
T_Grt_Btm_BCL_MidT
emplateBtmBCL]#
5032
Template Angle
Template Angle
The acute angle

measured between
template and plate
surface
T_TemplateAngle]#
85.2
Angle With
Respect to
Angle With
Respect to
The side from

which the acute
angle is measured
#DefaultReport_Data3: Aft
:DAT_TemplateAngleD
ir#
12
T_Grt_Btm_LS_MidTe
mplateBtmLS]#
4963
449

Header at
Report Column
time
Description
Design time values
Example of
values at
Runtime
S_Value
S_Value
Provides the
distance of each
template from the
first template along
the BCL
T_SValue]#
1004
Distance between
BCL and Lower
Seam
Distance between
BCL and Lower
Seam
Provides the
distance between
BCL and Lower
Seam
Distance between BCL

and Lower Seam
T_LM]#
3594
Distance between
BCL and Upper
Seam
Distance between
BCL and Upper
Seam
Provides the
distance between
BCL and Upper
Seam
T_UM]#
3450
13
Distance from
Lower Seam to
next Section
Distance from
Lower Seam to
next Section
Provides the
distance between
Lower Seam and
next Offset
T_L]#
42
14
Distance from
Upper seam to
next section
Distance from
Upper seam to
next section
Provides the
distance between
Upper Seam and
next Offset
T_U]#
36
Mid-section
number
Mid-section
number
The Offset number

counted at BCL
with respect to
Lower Seam
T_M]#
14
Distance from
BCL to the
Tangent location
Distance from
BCL to the
Tangent location
Provides the
distance between
BCL and Tangent
Location
T_RB]#
1295
Height of
Template at the
Tangent location
Height of
Template at the
Tangent location
Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3:

at Tangent
T_RH]#
Location
1540
Numeric
Callouts
Report Output Format

This report is available as a standalone embedded (in drawing document) report or as a Graphic
view dependent report.
450
Min Pipe Length Purchase (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Min Pipe Length Purchase to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Min Pipe Length Purchase folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Min Pipe Length Purchase tab

Purchase Length #PGDB::[lbl_PurchaseLength]#
Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumPipeLength]#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredMinimumPipeLength]#
Minimum Pipe Length Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Minimum Pipe Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Minimum Pipe Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
451
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab

Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumPipeLength]#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredMinimumPipeLength]#
Motor Operated Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Motor Operated Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Motor Operated Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
452
Motor Operated Valve tab

Symbol Icon
453

Multi Port Valve Operator Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of Multi Port Valve Operator Data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Multi Port Valve Operator Data folder.
454
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Multi Port Valve Operator Data tab

First Size From #PGDB::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #PGDB::FirstSizeTo#
Second Size From #PGDB::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #PGDB::SecondSizeTo#
Port Number #PGDB::PortNumber#
Valve Operator Type #PGDB::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Geo Ind Std #PGDB::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Valve Operator Number #PGDB::ValveOperatorNumber#
Multiple Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles)
Creates a multiple profile sketch report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can
use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile
Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Multiple
folder.
Report tab
Cross Section #PSDefault::CrossSection#
Grade #PSDefault::Grade#
Part Name #PSMultiple::PartName#
Weight (KG) #PSMultiple::Weight#
Symmetry
455

PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
Orientation DIR #PSMultiple::Orientation#
Parameters
A #PSMultiple::A# - AN #PSMultiple::AN#
Nesting (StructManufacturing)
Creates a manufacturing nesting report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Nesting folder.
Sheet1 tab
Part Name #Nesting::PartName#
Lot Number #Nesting::LotNumber#
Order Number #Nesting::OrderNumber#
Registration Timestamp #Nesting::RegistrationTimestamp#
Nesting Timestamp #Nesting::NestingTimestamp#
Lot Material Type #Nesting::LotMaterialType#
Lot Material Grade #Nesting::LotMaterialGrade#
Lot Length #Nesting::LotLength#
Lot Width #Nesting::LotWidth#
Lot Thickness #Nesting::LotThickness#
NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of NPD Equivalence Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\NPD Equivalence Rule folder.
456
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
NPD Equivalence Rule tab

NPD In Primary Units Of Measure #PGDB::NPDInPrimaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Primary Units Of Measure #PGDB::PrimaryUnitsOfMeasure#
NPD In Secondary Units Of Measure #PGDB::NPDInSecondaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Secondary Units of Measure #PGDB::SecondaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Nut Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)

Creates a report of nut part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Nut Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Nut Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #NPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Nut Type #NPD::NutType#
Geometry Industry Standard #NPD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Materials Grade #NPD::MaterialsGrade#
Nut Height #NPD::[lbl_NutHeight]#
Objects Inside Compartments (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of objects inside compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartInsideObjects folder.
457
Sheet1 tab
Compartments #Compartment::Name#
PartDescription #Compartment::PartDesc#
Inside Objects #Compartment::InsideObject#
Olet-type Branches (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Olet-type
Branches\Olet-type Branches.rtp
Commodity Code #Olets::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Olets::Material cl#
Material
#Olets::Material#
Material Category #Olets::Material Category#

GIS cl #Olets::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Olets::Geo Ind Std#
#Olets::Short Material Description#
Commodity Type #Olets::Commodity Type#

Piping Component Type
#Olets::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
Pressure #Olets::Pressure 1#
End Prep cl #Olets::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #Olets::End Prep 1#
End Std cl #Olets::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #Olets::End Std 1#
Schedule #Olets::Schedule 1#
NPD #Olets::NPD 1#
Unit #Olets::Unit 1#
Port 2
Pressure #Olets::Pressure 2#
End Prep cl #Olets::End Prep 2 cl#
End Prep #Olets::End Prep 2#
End Std cl #Olets::End Std 2 cl#
End Std #Olets::End Std 2#
Schedule #Olets::Schedule 2#
NPD #Olets::NPD 2#
Unit #Olets::Unit 2#
Face to Header Surface
458
#Olets::[lbl_FacetoHeaderSurface]#

Hole in Heater
#Olets::[lbl_HoleinHeader]#
Major Body Diameter
#Olets::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#
Orifice Plates (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Orifice Plates to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Orifice Plates folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Orifice Plates tab

Symbol Icon
459

460

Orthographic Drawing Revision History (Deliverables)

Creates a report of drawing revision history, including status and update information.
Reports\Deliverables\Orthographic Drawing Revision History folder.
Sheet tab
Path #OrthoSheet::Path#
Name #OrthoSheet::Name#
Date Created #OrthoSheet::Date Created#
Last Updated #OrthoSheet::Date Last Modified#
Last Updated By #OrthoSheet::Last Modified by#
Approval #OrthoSheet::Approval Status#
In To Do List #OrthoSheet::[outSheetInToDoList]#
In DB Integrity #OrthoSheet::SheetError#
Version #OrthoSheet::Version#
Revision Mark #OrthoSheet::Revision Mark#
Date Modified #OrthoSheet::Revision Date Last Modified#
Revision Date #OrthoSheet::Revision Date#
Revised By #OrthoSheet::Revised By#
461

Modified By #OrthoSheet::Revision Last Modified by#
Origin #OrthoSheet::[outRevisionType]#
Permission Group - First Class BO (ShipStructure)

Creates a permission group report for first class BOs.
Reports\ShipStructure\Permission Group-First Class BO folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Object Name #PGofFirstClassBO::ObjectName#
Object Type #PGofFirstClassBO::ObjectType#
Permission Group #PGofFirstClassBO::PermissionGroup#
Approval Status #PGofFirstClassBO::ApprovalStatus#
OID #PGofFirstClassBO::OID#
Permission Group - Root Plate And Profile Sys

(ShipStructure)
Creates a permission group report for root plate and profile system.
Reports\ShipStructure\Permission Group-Root PlateAndProfile Sys folder.
462
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Object Name #RootPlateAndProfileSys::ObjectName#
Object Type #RootPlateAndProfileSys::ObjectType#
Permission Group #RootPlateAndProfileSys::PermissionGroup#
Approval Status #RootPlateAndProfileSys::ApprovalStatus#
OID #RootPlateAndProfileSys::OID#
Physical Conns WO PlannJoints (ShipStructure)

Creates a report of physical connections without planning joints.
Reports\ShipStructure\Physical Conns WO PlannJoints folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Connection Oid #PhyConns::PhyConnOid#
Connection Name #PhyConns::PhyConnName#
Connected Part1 #PhyConns::Part1#
Assembly/Block for Part1 #PhyConns::Assembly1#
Connected Part2 #PhyConns::Part2#
Assembly/Block for Part2 #PhyConns::Assembly2#
Pin Height (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Creates a manufacturing PinJig report for default Pin height for association with a Drawings by
Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create
Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
463

Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin folder.
Report tab
Company Name
Jig Tables
Project #Plant::Name#
Block #DefaultPinReport::m_Block#
Curved Panel ID #DefaultPinReport::m_CurvedPanelId#
Jig Row No #PinHeightReport::m_Row#
A through BI #PinHeightReport::m_PinHeight0# through
#PinHeightReport::m_PinHeight60#
Total Number Of Pins #PinCountReport::m_PinCount#
Pin Jig (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing PinJig report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Pin Jig folder.
Sheet1 tab
Pin Height #FormattingUOM::{Height}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinHeight#
Row Number #StrMfgPinJig::RowNumber#
Column Number #StrMfgPinJig::ColumnNumber#
Pin Position X #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinPositionX#
Pin Position Y #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinPositionY#
Pin Position Z #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinPositionZ#
464
Pipe Bending Configuration Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Configuration Data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Configuration Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Configuration Data tab

Is Bend Planar #PGDB::IsBendPlanar#
Nominal Bend Angle From 1 #PGDB::[lbl_[NominalBendAngleFrom1]#
Nominal Bend Angle To 1 #PGDB::[lbl_NominalBendAngleTo1]#
Non Planar Rotation Angle From 2 #PGDB::[lbl_NonPlanarRotationAngleFrom2]#
Non Planar Rotation Angle To 2 #PGDB::[lbl_NonPlanarRotationAngleTo2]#
Nominal Bend Angle From 2 #PGDB::[lbl_NominalBendAngleFrom2]#
465

Pipe Bend Type #PGDB::PipeBendType#
Bend To Bend Tangent Basis #PGDB::BendToBendTangentBasis#
Pipe Bending Die Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Die Data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Die Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Die Data tab

Piping Bending Machine Name #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineName#
Nominial Piping Diameter UOM #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterUOM#
Piping Bend Radius Multiplier #PGDB::PipeBendRadiusMultiplier#
Abolute Pipe Bend Radius #PGDB::[lbl_AbsolutePipeBendRadius]#
Minimum Grip Length #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumGripLength]#
Default Min Tan Len Between Bends #PGDB::[lbl_DefaultMinTanLenBetweenBends]#
466
Pipe Bending Elongation (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pipe Bending Elongation to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Pipe Bending Elongation folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Elongation tab

Pipe Bend Radius #PGDB::[lbl_PipeBendRadius]#
Pipe Elongation Unit Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_PipeElongationUnitBendAngle]#
Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_BendAngle]#
Pipe Elongation #PGDB::[lbl_PipeElongation]#
Pipe Bending Machine Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Machine Data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Machine Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
467
Pipe Bending Machine Data tab

Piping Bending Machine Name #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineName#
Piping Bending Machine Description #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineDescription#
Piping Bending Machine Type #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineType#
Height Above Shop Floor #PGDB::[lbl_HeightAboveShopFloor]#
Maximum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumPipeLength]#
Maximum Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumBendAngle]#
Minimum Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumBendAngle]#
Maximum Capacity #PGDB::MaximumCapacity#
Maximum Section Modulus #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumSectionModulus]#
Maximum Centerline Radius #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumCenterlineRadius]#
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data to be used for review and
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data tab

Pipe Bending Machine Name #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineName#
Pipe Bend Type #PGDB::PipeBendType#
Minimum Bend To Bend Tangent Length Option #PGDB::MinBendToBendTanLenOption#
Nominal Piping Diameter UOM #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterUOM#
Piping Bend Radius Multiplier #PGDB::PipeBendRadiusMultiplier#
Minimum Tangent Length Between Turn 12 #PGDB::[lbl_MinTanLenBetweenTurn12]#
Minimum Tangent Length Between Turn23 #PGDB::[lbl_MinTanLenBetweenTurn23]#
468

Optional Minimum Grip Length #PGDB::[lbl_OptionalMinimumGripLength]#
Optional Minimum Pull Length #PGDB::[lbl_OptionalMinimumPullLength]#
Pipe Stock (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data)
Creates a report of pipe stock to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Piping Instruments Part Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running
this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Pipe Stock folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomClassInterfaceList tab
Class Name
Interface Name
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
469

ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Pipe Stock tab

Density #PartData::[lbl_Density]#
Purchase Length #PartData::[lbl_PurchaseLength]#
Minimum Pipe Length #PartData::[lbl_MinimumPipeLength]#
Maximum Pipe Length #PartData::[lbl_MaximumPipeLength]#
Npd[1]:Primary #PartData::Npd1#
Npd[2]:Secondary #PartData::Npd2#
Weight Per Unit Length #PartData::[lbl_WeightPerUnitLength]#
470
PipeRuns by Drawing (Deliverables\PipeRuns by

Drawing)
Creates a report of PipeRuns and the drawings that contain them, which can be used for review
and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Reports\Deliverables\PipeRuns by Drawing folder.
Sheet1
Drawing #DrawingPipeRuns::DrawingName#
Drawing Revision #DrawingPipeRuns::DrawingRevision#
Pipeline #DrawingPipeRuns::Pipeline#
PipeRun #DrawingPipeRuns::Run#
Piping Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog

Creates a report of piping commodity material control data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Commodity Material Control Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Commodify Mt ControlData tab

Contractor Commodify Code #MCD::ContractorCommodityCode#
First Size Units #MCD::FirstSizeTo#
Second Size To #MCD::SecondSizeTo#
471

Multi size Option #MCD::MultisizeOption#
Industry Commodity Code #MCD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Client Commodify Code #MCD::ClientCommodityCode#
CIMIS Commodity Code #MCD::CIMISCommodityCode#
Welding Requirement #MCD::WeldingRequirement#
Substution Cap Screws Quantity #MCD::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Substitution Cap Screw Contractor Commodity Code
#MCD::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Substitution Cap Screw Diameter #MCD::SubstCapScrewDiameter#
Tapped Hole Depth #MCD::TappedHoleDepth#
Multi port Valve Operator Requirement #MCD::MultiportValveOpReq#
Valve Operator Geometric Industry Standard #MCD::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Part Data Source #MCD::PartDataSource#
Alternate Orientation Commodity Code #MCD::AltOrientationCommodityCode#
Vendor Part Number #MCD::VendorPartNumber#
Manufacturer Part Number #MCD::ManufacturerPartNumber#
472

Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Legacy Commodity Code #MCD::LegacyCommodityCode#
Piping Commodity Procurement Data (Catalog

Creates a report of Piping Commodity Procurement Data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Commodity Procurement Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Commodity Procurement Data tab

Commodity Code #PGDB::CommodityCode#
First Size #PGDB::FirstSize#
Second Size #PGDB::SecondSize#
First Size Schedule #PGDB::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PGDB::SecondSizeSchedule#
Client Commodity Code #PGDB::ClientCommodityCode#
CIMIS Commodity Code #PGDB::CIMISCommodityCode#
Vendor Part Number #PGDB::VendorPartNumber#
Manufacturer Part Number #PGDB::ManufacturerPartNumber#
Unit Cost #PGDB::UnitCost#
Requisition Number #PGDB::RequisitionNumber#
Installation Man Hours #PGDB::InstallationManHours#
Maintenance Man Hours #PGDB::MaintenanceManHours#
473
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data (Catalog

Creates a report of Piping Commodity Service Limits Data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Commodity Service Limits Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #PGDB::IndustryCommodityCode#
First Size Schedule #PGDB::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PGDB::SecondSizeSchedule#
Industry Commodity Code Gasket #PGDB::IndustryCommodityCodeGasket#
Maximum Temperature #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumTemperature]#
Maximum Pressure #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumPressure]#
Piping Fittings - Export to Icarus

Fittings are listed with many properties such as area, fitting type, and pipe flange class.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Fittings - Export to
Icarus\Fittings - Export to Icarus.rtp
Internal Name (Blank)
Units (Blank)
AreaName #PipeComp::AreaName#
CpItemDescription #PipeComp::RunOID#
SpFittingType #PipeComp::CommodityType#
474

SpFittingCount #PipeComp::FittingCount#
CpPipeFlangeClass #PipeComp::Rating#
CpControlValveReduction (Blank)
CpControlValveMinimumClass (Blank)
CpValvePackingSeal (Blank)
Piping Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Fittings are listed with size, type, approval status, and quantity information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Fittings and Welds
Sorted by NPD\Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size
#Fitting::[outPiping Fittings NPD with Unit Primary]#
#Weld::[outPiping Weld NPD with Unit Primary]#
Type
#Fitting::Type#
#Weld::Type#
Description
#Fitting::[outPipe Part Commodity and Description_Local1]#
#Weld::Description#
Approval Status
#Fitting::Status#
#Weld::Status#
Quantity
#Fitting::Total#
#Weld::Total#
Piping Fittings Material Take-Off in WBS Project

Fittings are listed in material take-off form with NPD's, quantities and supply responsibilities.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Fittings Material
Take-Off in WBS Project\Fittings MTO in WBS Project.rtp
Project #Fittings::ProjectName#
475

Nominal Size
1 #Fittings::[outPiping Fittings NPD with Unit Primary]#
2 #Fittings::[outPiping Fittings NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Specification #Fittings::[outSpecName]#
Item Code #Fittings::ContractorCommodityCode#
Fabrication Requirement #Fittings::[outFabricationRequirement]#
Description #Fittings::ShortMaterialDescription#
Quantity #Fittings::Total#
OFM / CFM #Fittings::[outSupplyResponsibility]#
Piping Generic Data Bolted (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping generic data bolted to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Generic Data Bolted folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Generic Data Bolted tab

Nominal Diameter Units #PGDB::NominalDiameterUnits#
Flange Outside Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeOutsideDiameter]#
Flange Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeThickness]#
Flange Thickness Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeThicknessTolerance]#
Flange Face Projection #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeFaceProjection]#
Raised Face Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_RaisedFaceDiameter]#
Flange Groove Width #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeGrooveWidth]#
Seating Depth #PGDB::[lbl_SeatingDepth]#
Bolt Circle Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_BoltCircleDiameter]#
476

Quantity Of Bolts Required #PGDB::QuantityOfBoltsRequired#
Bolt Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
Body Outside Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_BodyOutsideDiameter]#
Drilling Template Pattern #PGDB::DrillingTemplatePattern#
Bolt Pattern Length Bolt Pattern Length
Bolt Pattern Width #PGDB::[lbl_BoltPatternWidth]#
Bolt Pattern Offset #PGDB::[lbl_BoltPatternOffset]#
Piping Generic Data Female (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping generic data female to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Generic Data Female folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Generic Data Female tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PGDF::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PGDF::NominalDiameterUnits#
Pressure Rating #PGDF::PressureRating#
Schedule #PGDF::Schedule#
End Preparation #PGDF::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PGDF::EndStandard#
Socket Diameter #PGDF::[lbl_SocketDiameter]#
Socket Depth #PGDF::[lbl_SocketDepth]#
Socket Offset #PGDF::[lbl_SocketOffset]#
Thread Depth #PGDF::[lbl_ThreadDepth]#
Hub Outside Diameter #PGDF::[lbl_HubOutsideDiameter]#
Hub Thickness #PGDF::[lbl_HubThickness]#
Body Outside Diameter #PGDF::[lbl_BodyOutsideDiameter]#
477
Piping Generic Data Mechanical (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping generic data mechanical to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Generic Data Mechanical folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Generic Data Mechanical tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PGDM::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PGDM::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PGDM::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PGDM::EndStandard#
Pressure Rating #PGDM::PressureRating#
Groove Depth #PGDM::[lbl_GrooveDepth]#
Groove Width #PGDM::[lbl_GrooveWidth]#
Groove Set back #PGDM::[lbl_GrooveWidth]#
Piping Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Class

(Piping)
Pipe is listed with insulation properties such as class, material, purpose, temperature, and NPD.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Insulated Pipe Sorted
by Insulation Class\Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Class.rtp
Insulation Class #Pipe::[outPipeInsulation]#
Material #Pipe::InsulationMaterial#
Purpose #Pipe::InsulationPurpose#
Temperature #Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Temperature]#
Thickness #Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Thickness]#
478

NPD #Pipe::NPD#
Unit #Pipe::NPDUnitType#
Length #Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Length]#
Piping Material Class (Verification of Consistency)

Creates a report of piping material classes to be used for review and approval of the reference
of Consistency\Piping Material Class folder.
BoltExtensionRuleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCBoltExtensionRule::Typeoferror#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCBoltExtensionRule::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCBoltExtensionRule::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PMCBoltExtensionRule::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PMCBoltExtensionRule::EndStandard#
CapscrewToleranceDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalcsCapscrewTol::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsCapscrewTol::[lbl_boltdiameter]#
Bolt Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsCapscrewTol::[lbl_boltlength]#
MachboltToleranceDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalcsMachBoltTol::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsMachBoltTol::[lbl_boltdiameter]#
Bolt Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsMachBoltTol::[lbl_boltlength]#
BoltLengthCalculationsReport
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::RevisionNumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NpdUnitType#
End Preparation #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1EndStandard#
479

Bolting Requirement #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1BoltingRequirement#
Bolt Extension #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_BoltExtension1]#
Flange Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThickness1]#
Flange Thickness Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThicknessTolerance1]#
Flange Face Projection #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lb_FlangeFaceProjection1]#
Seating Depth #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_SeatingDepth1]#
Liner Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LinerThickness1]#
Lap Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LapThickness1]#
End Preparation #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2EndStandard#
Bolting Requirement #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2BoltingRequirement#
Bolt Extension #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_BoltExtension2]#
Flange Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThickness2]#
Flange Thickness Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThicknessTolerance2]#
Flange Face Projection #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lb_FlangeFaceProjection2]#
Seating Depth #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_SeatingDepth2]#
Liner Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LinerThickness2]#
Lap Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LapThickness2]#
Gasket Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_GasketThickness]#
Number of Nuts #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfNuts#
Nut Height #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_NutHeight]#
SupplNumber of Nuts #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::SupplNumberOfNuts#
Number of Washers #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfWashers#
Washer Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
CapScrew Hole Depth #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapScrewHoleDepth]#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
Number of Bolts #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfBolts#
RoundOffBasis #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::RoundOffBasis#
Bolt Calculated Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CalculatedLength]#
Bolt Rounded Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_RoundedLength]#
Bolt Length Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_Boltlengthtolerance]#
CapScrew Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapScrewLength]#
CapScrew Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapScrewDiameter]#
Number of CapScrews #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfCapScrews#
480

CapScrew Length Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_Capscrewlengthtolerance]#
CapScrew Rounded Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapscrewRoundedLength]#
StudBoltToleranceDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalcsStudBoltTol::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsStudBoltTol::boltdiameter#
Bolt Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsStudBoltTol::boltlength#
PreferredCapScrewDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredCapScrew::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredCapScrew::boltdiameter#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredCapScrew::MaterialsGrade#
PreferredMachBoltDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredMachBolt::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredMachBolt::boltdiameter#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredMachBolt::MaterialsGrade#
PreferredStudBoltDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredStudBolt::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredStudBolt::boltdiameter#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredStudBolt::MaterialsGrade#
ReportOfBoltParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Bolt Type #PMCBoltPartDataReport::bolttype#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltPartDataReport::materialsgrade#
Coating Type #PMCBoltPartDataReport::coatingtype#
BoltsUndefinedInBoltPartData
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::industrycommoditycode#
BolttypeUndefinedInBoltPartData
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::specname#
481

Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::contractorcommoditycode#
BoltSelFltr End Consistency

Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From
#PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To
#PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::NpdUnitTypes#
Bolt Option #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::BoltOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndStandard#
BoltsUndefinedInMatlControlData
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
BoltSelFltrNpDRangeOverlap
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PMCBoltSelectionfltUniqueNominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::NpdUnitType#
Bolt Option #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::BoltOption#
482

Maximum Temperature #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndStandard#
BoltForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::NominalDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::pressurerating#
End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::endstandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Altendpreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Altpressurerating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Altendstandard#
SubstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::revisionnumber#
#PMCCapScrewBoltPart::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Piping Commodity
#PMCCapScrewBoltPart::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::ShortMaterialDescription#
SummaryOfCatalogParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ShortCode#
First Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeTo#
483

First Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi-size Option #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::mutlisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::PrimarySizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondarySizeSchedule#
Commodity Option #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::CommodityOption#
Selection Basis #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SelectionBasis#
Maximum Temperature #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MaximumTemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MinimumTemperature#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ContractorCommodityCode#
Engineering Tag #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::EngineeringTag#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::IndustryCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ShortMaterialDescription#
First Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeFromMCD#
First Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeToMCD#
First Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeUnitsMCD#
Second Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeFromMCD#
Second Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeToMCD#
Second Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeUnitsMCD#
Geometric Industry Standard #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Valve Operator Type #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Number #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveOperatorNumber#
Materials Grade #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MaterialsGrade#
Piping Component Type #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::PipingComponentType#
Valve Model Number #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveModelNumber#
Valve Trim #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveTrim#
Flange Surface Finish #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish#
Surface Preparation #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SurfacePreparation#
Manufacturing Method #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ManufacturingMethod#
Miscellaneous Requisition Classification
#PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MiscRequisistionClassification#
Npd[1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::Npd1#
NpdUnitType[1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::Npd1Units#
484

Pressure Rating [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::pressurerating1#
Schedule Thickness [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::schedule1#
End Preparation [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::endpreparation1#
End Standard [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::endstandard1#
ClampsUndefinedInMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
485

SummaryOfClampSymbols
Description of the Error #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code
#PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
ClampSymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::symboldefinitionname#
ClampNotInCmdtyServiceLimitData
Description of the Error #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::revisionnumber#
#PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::industrycommoditycode#
Normal Piping Diameter #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::npdunittype#
ClampNotInGasketSlnFltrData
Description of the Error #PMCClampGasketSelectionfltData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampGAsketSelectionfltData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampGAsketSelectionfltData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCClampGAsketSelectionfltData::contractorcommoditycode#
ReportOfClampParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampPartDataReport::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampPartDataReport::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PMCClampPartDataReport::partnumber#
486

Primary Size #PMCClampPartDataReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Npd Units #PMCClampPartDataReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PMCClampPartDataReport::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Npd Units #PMCClampPartDataReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PMCClampPartDataReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCClampPartDataReport::secondsizeschedule#
ClampsUndefinedInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::industrycommoditycode#
ClampsUndefinedInCmdtyPartData
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::npdunittype#
ClampSelFltrNpDRangeOverlap
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::NpdUnitType#
Clamp Option #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::ClampOption#
Clamp Selection Basis #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::ClampSelectionBasis#
End Preparation #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate End Standard #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndStandard#
487

BoltedEndGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::revisionnumber#
#PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Preparation #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
FemaleGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::npdunits#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::pressurerating#
End Preparation #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::endpreparation#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::schedule#
LinerThicknessDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::commoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::npd#
488

Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::npdunittype#
Lining Material #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard
#PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::geometricindustrystandard#
MechanicalGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::revisionnumber#
#PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::npdunits#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::pressurerating#
End Preparation #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndDataendpreparation#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::endstandard#
PlainPipingGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::contractorcommoditycode#
IndustryCommodityCode #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::npdunits#
Schedule (Thickness) #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::schedule#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::endstandard#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::pressurerating#
SummaryOfCmdtyClassSymbols
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::revisionnumber#
489

#PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
SymbolUndefinedInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CmdtyFltrSizesNotInNpdRule
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::shortcode#
Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::commoditycode#
Option Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::optioncode#
Maximum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::maximumtemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::minimumtemperature#
First Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::multisizeoption#
DuplicateRecordsAndOverlaps
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::shortcode#
Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::commoditycode#
Option Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::optioncode#
490

Maximum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::maximumtemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::minimumtemperature#
First Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::multisizeoption#
(Overlapping with) First Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizefrom1#
(Overlapping with) First Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizeto1#
(Overlapping with) Second Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizefrom1#
(Overlapping with) Second Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizeto1#
LabelForMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::SpecName#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::RevisionNumber#
Label Name #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::Name#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::CommodityCode#
Material Description Type #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::MatlDescType#
ComponentTypeUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCComponentTypeVerification::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCComponentTypeVerification::specname#
Revision Number #PMCComponentTypeVerification::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCComponentTypeVerification::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCComponentTypeVerification::industrycommoditycode#
PipingCmdtyNotInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::shortmaterialdescription#
491

PipingCmdtyNotInServicelimits
Description of the Error #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::specname#
Revision Number #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::industrycommoditycode#
First Size #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::[lbl_npd1]#
Second Size #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::[lbl_npd2]#
PipingCmdtyNotInMatlControlData
Description of the Error #PMCFilterMatlctlData::Typeoferror#
Piping Material Class #PMCFilterMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCFilterMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCFilterMatlctlData::commoditycode#
Primary Npd #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd1#
Primary Npd Units #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd1units#
Secondary Npd #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd2#
Secondary Npd Units #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd2units#
Multi-size Option #PMCFilterMatlctlData::multisizeoption#
FlangeSetbkDistanceRuleUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::Typeoferror#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Materials Grade #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::materialsgrade#
Pressure Rating #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::pressurerating#
ReportOfGasketParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGasketPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Diameter From #PMCGasketPartDataReport::nominaldiameterfrom#
Nominal Diameter To #PMCGasketPartDataReport::nominaldiameterto#
Nominal Diameter #PMCGasketPartDataReport::nominaldiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCGasketPartDataReport::npdunittype#
Gasket Type #PMCGasketPartDataReport::gaskettype#
Ring Number #PMCGasketPartDataReport::ringnumber#
Gasket Industry Standard #PMCGasketPartDataReport::gasketindustrystandard#
Thickness for 3D Model #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_ThicknessFor3DModel]#
492

Procurement Thickness #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_]ProcurementThickness]#
Materials Grade #PMCGasketPartDataReport::MaterialsGrade#
Gasket Outside Diameter #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_GasketOutsideDiameter]#
Gasket Inside Diameter #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_GasketInsideDiameter]#
Gasket Outside Diameter Basis #PMCGasketPartDataReport::GasketOutsideDiameterBasis#
Gasket Inside Diameter Basis #PMCGasketPartDataReport::GasketInsideDiameterBasis#
GasketsUndefinedInGasketParData
Description of the Error #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::industrycommoditycode#
Ring Number #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::ringnumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::npdunittype#
GasketUndefinedInMatlCntrlData
Description of the Error #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
GasketForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::NominalDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::pressurerating#
End Standard #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::endstandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Altendpreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Altpressurerating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Altendstandard#
GasketThicknessUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::TypeOfError#
493

Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::industrycommoditycode#
Gasket Thickness #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::[lbl_ThicknessFor3DModel]#
GasketProcurementThkUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::industrycommoditycode#
Procurement Thickness #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::[lbl_ProcurementThickness]#
GasketSelFltr End Consistency

Description of the Error #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::industrycommoditycode#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::NpdUnitTypes#
Gasket Option #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::GasketOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndStandard#
Fluid Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::ScheduleThickness#
GsktSelFltrFluidCodeConsistency
Description of the Error #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::revisionnumber#
494

Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::industrycommoditycode#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::NpdUnitTypes#
Gasket Option #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::GasketOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::AlternateEndStandard#
Fluid Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::ScheduleThickness#
GsktSelFltrNpDRangeOverlap
Description of the Error #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::NpdUnitType#
Gasket Option #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::GasketOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndStandard#
Fluid Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::ScheduleThickness#
495

SubstCapScrewNotInMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::revisionnumber#
#PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::ShortMaterialDescription#
LocalizedShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::commoditycode#
LongMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::commoditycode#
MultiPortValveOpDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::CommodityCode#
Primary Size #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd1#
Primary Size Units #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd1units#
Secondary Size #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd2#
Secondary Size Units #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd2units#
Mutli-size Option #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::multisizeoption#
ReportableCmdtyNotInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::revisionnumber#
#PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::reportablecommoditycode#
496

#PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::commoditycode#
ShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::commoditycode#
ValveOpNotInValveOpMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number
#PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::valveoperatorcatalogpartnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
ValveOpNotInValveOpPartData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number
#PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::valveoperatorcatalogpartnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartDatacommoditycode#
Valve Size #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::valvesize#
Valve Size Units #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::valvesizeunits#
MultipleMatlCtlDataWithoutSizes
Description of the Error #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::revisionnumber#
#PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::ShortMaterialDescription#
ReportOfNutParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Type #PMCNutPartDataReport::nuttype#
Materials Grade #PMCNutPartDataReport::materialsgrade#
497

Nut Height #PMCNutPartDataReport::[lbl_nutheight]#
NutHeightUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCNutPartNutHeight::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutPartNutHeight::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutPartNutHeight::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutPartNutHeight::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Height #PMCNutPartNutHeight::[lbl_nutheight]#
SupplNutHeightUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Height #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::[lbl_nutheight]#
Supplementary Nut Requirement #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::supplementarynutoption#
Supplementary Nut Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::supplnutcntrcommoditycode#
NutsUndefinedInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
NutsUndefinedInNuttPartData
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::industrycommoditycode#
PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::RevisionNumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::contractorcommoditycode#
Supplementary Nut Requirement #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::SupplementaryNutOption#
498

Supplementary Nut Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::SupplNutCntrCommodityCode#
DuplicateEntriesInNutSelFltr
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::SpecName#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Option #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::NutOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
Bolt Type #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::BoltType#
Bolt Diameter #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
NutForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Bolt Type #PMCNutSelectionFtr::BoltType#
Bolt Diameter #PMCNutSelectionFtr::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
PipingCmdtyNotInPartData
Description of the Error #PMCPartData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCPartData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCPartData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCPartData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCPartData::shortmaterialdescription#
Primary Size #PMCPartData::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PMCPartData::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PMCPartData::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PMCPartData::secondarysizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCPartData::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCPartData::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCPartData::secondsizeschedule#
ReportOfPartsInCatalog
Piping Materials Class #PMCPartReport::specname#
Revision Number #PMCPartReport::revisionnumber#
499

Industry Commodity Code #PMCPartReport::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PMCPartReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Units of Measure #PMCPartReport::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PMCPartReport::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units of Measure #PMCPartReport::secondarysizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCPartReport::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCPartReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCPartReport::secondsizeschedule#
RulesDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCRules::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCRules::specname#
Revision Number #PMCRule::revisionnumber#
Rule Name #PMCRules::Rulename#
SummaryOfClampParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::specname#
Revision Number #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::primarysize#
Primary Size Npd Units #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Npd Units #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::secondsizeschedule#
SummaryOfBoltParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryofBoltParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryofBoltParts::industrycommoditycode#
SummaryOfGasketParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryOfGasketParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryOfGasketParts::industrycommoditycode#
SummaryOfNutParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryofNutParts::specname#
500

Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryofNutParts::industrycommoditycode#
SummaryOfWasherParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryOfWasherParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSSummaryOfWasherParts::industrycommoditycode#
SymbolPlacementFailed
Description of the Error #PMCSymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCSymbolPlacement::specname#
Revision Number #PMCSymbolPlacement::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSymbolPlacement::IndustryCommodityCode#
Short Code #PMCSymbolPlacement::ShortCode#
Primary Size #PMCSymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PMCSymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Secondary Size #PMCSymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PMCSymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCSymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCSymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCSymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Option Code #PMCSymbolPlacement::optioncode#
Maximum Temperature #PMCSymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCSymbolPlacement::minimumtemperature#
Selection Basis #PMCSymbolPlacement::selectionbasis#
Symbol Name #PMCSymbolPlacement::symbolname#
TapUndefinedInTapPropertyData
Description of the Error #PMCTaps::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCTaps::specname#
Revision Number #PMCTaps::revisionnumber#
Tap Number #PMCTaps::permissibletapnumber#
ValveOpShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
Valve Operator Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::operatorpartnumber#
501

ValveOpLongMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::operatorpartnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
ReportOfWasherParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Washer Type #PMCWasherPartDataReport::washertype#
Materials Grade #PMCWasherPartDataReport::materialsgrade#
Washer Thickness #PMCWasherPartDataReport::[lbl_washerthickness]#
SupplWasherThicknessUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::revisionnumber#
#PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::IndustryCommodityCode#
Washer Thickness #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
Supplementary Washer Requirement
#PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::SupplementaryWasherReqmt#
Supplementary Washer Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::SupplWasherCntrCommodityCode#
WasherThicknessUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::IndustryCommodityCode#
Washer Thickness #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
WashersUndefinedInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
502

DuplicateEntriesInWasherSelFltr
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Washer Option #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::WasherOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
Bolt Diameter #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
WasherUndefinedInWasherPartData
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::industrycommoditycode#
WasherForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Bolt Diameter #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
ClampPartsWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::[lbl_waterweight]#
WeightDataUndefinedForParts
Description of the Error #PMCWtAndCG::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWtAndCG::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWtAndCG::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWtAndCG::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PMCWtAndCG::PrimarySize#
Primary Size Units of Measure #PMCWtAndCG::PrimarySizeUnits#
503

Secondary Size #PMCWtAndCG::SecondarySize#
Secondary Size Units of Measure #PMCWtAndCG::SecondarySizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCWtAndCG::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCWtAndCG::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCWtAndCG::SecondSizeSchedule#
Dry Weight #PMCWtAndCG::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PMCWtAndCG::[lbl_waterweight]#
WeldTypeValueUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::Typeoferror#
Fabrication Type1 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::FabricationTypeEnd1#
Construction Requirement1 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::ConstructionRequirementEnd1#
Fabrication Type2 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::FabricationTypeEnd2#
Construction Requirement2 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::ConstructionRequirementEnd2#
VlvOpLocalShortMatDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::operatorpartnumber#
#PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
BranchFittingNotInCmdtyFilter
Description of the Error #PipeBranch::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PipeBranch::specname#
Revision Number #PipeBranch::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PipeBranch::shortcode#
Header Size #PipeBranch::headersize#
Header Size NPD Unit Type #PipeBranch::hdrsizenpdunittype#
Branch Size #PipeBranch::branchsize#
Branch Size NPD Unit Type #PipeBranch::brsizenpdunittype#
IncorrectSlctnBasisInCmdtyFltr
Description of the Error #Reinforcingweldsandpads::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #Reinforcingweldsandpads::specname#
Revision Number #Reinforcingweldsandpads::revisionnumber#
504

Short Code #Reinforcingweldsandpads::shortcode#
Selection Basis #Reinforcingweldsandpads::selectionbasis#
Header Size #Reinforcingweldsandpads::headersize#
Header Size Units of Measure #Reinforcingweldsandpads::hdrsizenpdunittype#
Branch Size #Reinforcingweldsandpads::branchsize#
Branch Size Units of Measure #Reinforcingweldsandpads::brsizenpdunittype#
ServiceLimitsUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCServiceLimits::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCServiceLimits::specname#
Revision Number #PMCServiceLimits::RevisionNumber#
Npd From #PMCServiceLimits::NpdFrom#
Npd Units #PMCServiceLimits::NpdUnits#
Npd To #PMCServiceLimits::NpdTo#
Temperature #PMCServiceLimits::Temperature#
Pressure #PMCServiceLimits::Pressure#
Piping Material Take-Off (Piping)

Piping components are listed with category, NPD, and commodity code along with
quantities. This may be embedded into a drawing.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Material
Item Number #Component::ItemNum#
Category #Component::Category#
Description #Component::[Description with Length]#
NPD #Component::[NPD]#
Code #Component::CommodityCode#
Client Commodity Code #PartData::ClientCommodityCode#
#Component::CategorySort#
#Component::QuantityTotal#
#Component::Diff#
Quantity #Component::[Quantity]#
505
Piping Materials Class (Piping Specifications)

Report of piping materials class with related selection filters and rules
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping Specifications\Piping
Materials Class\Piping Materials Class.rtp
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bend Angles tab

Spec Name #Bend Angles::SpecName#
Npd #Bend Angles::npd#
Npd Unit Type #Bend Angles::NpdUnitType#
Bend Angle #Bend Angles::BendAngle#
Bolt Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Bolt Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Bolt Selection Filter::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #Bolt Selection Filter::NominalDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Type #Bolt Selection Filter::NpdUnitType#
Priority #Bolt Selection Filter::Priority#
Bolt Option #Bolt Selection Filter::BoltOption#
Bolt Extension Option #Bolt Selection Filter::BoltExtensionOption#
Contractor Commodity Code #Bolt Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
End Preparation #Bolt Selection Filter::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #Bolt Selection Filter::PressureRating#
End Standard #Bolt Selection Filter::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #Bolt Selection Filter::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #Bolt Selection Filter::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #Bolt Selection Filter::AlternateEndStandard#
Fabrication Category Override #Bolt Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Bolt Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Lubrication Requirements #Bolt Selection Filter::LubricationRequirements#
Max Temperature #Bolt Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Comments #Bolt Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Bolt Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
506

Clamp Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Clamp Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Clamp Selection Filter::NOMINALDIAMETERFROM#
Nominal Diameter To #Clamp Selection Filter::NOMINALDIAMETERTO#
Npd Unit Type #Clamp Selection Filter::NPDUNITTYPE#
Clamp Option #Clamp Selection Filter::CLAMPOPTION#
Clamp Selection Basis #Clamp Selection Filter::CLAMPSELECTIONBASIS#
Contractor Commodity Code #Clamp Selection Filter::CONTRACTORCOMMODITYCODE#
Priority #Clamp Selection Filter::PRIORITY#
Reportable Commodity Code #Clamp Selection Filter::REPORTABLECOMMODITYCODE#
Quantity Of Reportable Parts #Clamp Selection ilter::QUANTITYOFREPORTABLEPARTS#
End Preparation #Clamp Selection Filter::EndPreparation#
End Standard #Clamp Selection Filter::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #Clamp Selection Filter::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate End Standard #Clamp Selection Filter::AlternateEndStandard#
Fabrication Category Override #Clamp Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Clamp Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Max Temperature #Clamp Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #Clamp Selection
Filter::ALTREPORTABLECOMMODITYCODE#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #Clamp Selection
Filter::NOOFALTERNATEREPORTABLEPARTS#
Pressure Rating #Clamp Selection Filter::PressureRating#
Alternate Pressure Rating #Clamp Selection Filter::AlternatePressureRating#
Comments #Clamp Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Clamp Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
507

Corrosion Allowance tab

Spec Name #Corrosion Allowance::SpecName#
Materials Category #Corrosion Allowance::MaterialsCategory#
Fluid Code #Corrosion Allowance::FluidCode#
Corrosion Allowance #Corrosion Allowance::CorrosionAllowance#
Default Change Of Direction tab

Spec Name #Default Change Of Direction::SpecName#
Bend Angle From #Default Change Of Direction::BendAngleFrom#
Bend Angle To #Default Change Of Direction::BendAngleTo#
Functional Short Code #Default Change Of Direction::FunctionalShortCode#
Field Lining Thickness tab

Spec Name #Field Lining Thickness::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Field Lining Thickness::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Field Lining Thickness::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Field Lining Thickness::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Liner Thickness Inside Diameter #Field Lining Thickness::LinerThicknessInsideDiameter#
Liner Thickness On Face Of Flange #Field Lining Thickness::LinerThicknessOnFaceOfFlange#
Gasket Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Gasket Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Gasket Selection Filter::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #Gasket Selection Filter::NominalDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Type #Gasket Selection Filter::NpdUnitType#
Priority #Gasket Selection Filter::Priority#
Gasket Option #Gasket Selection Filter::GasketOption#
508

Ring Number #Gasket Selection Filter::RingNumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #Gasket Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Minimum Temperature #Gasket Selection Filter::MinimumTemperature#
Max Temperature #Gasket Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
End Preparation #Gasket Selection Filter::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #Gasket Selection Filter::PressureRating#
End Standard #Gasket Selection Filter::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #Gasket Selection Filter::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #Gasket Selection Filter::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #Gasket Selection Filter::AlternateEndStandard#
Fabrication Type #Gasket Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Gasket Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Fluid Code #Gasket Selection Filter::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #Gasket Selection Filter::ScheduleThickness#
Comments #Gasket Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Gasket Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
Inside Surface Treatment tab

Coating Type #Inside Surface Treatment::CoatingType#
Interior Surface Treatment #Inside Surface Treatment::INTERIORSURFACETREATMENT#
#Inside Surface Treatment::SpecName#
#Inside Surface Treatment::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERFROM#
#Inside Surface Treatment::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERTO#
#Inside Surface Treatment::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERUNITS#
#Inside Surface Treatment::FluidCode#
509
Joint Quality Factor tab

Spec Name #Joint Quality Factor::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Joint Quality Factor::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #Joint Quality Factor::NominalDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Type #Joint Quality Factor::NpdUnitType#
Joint Quality Factor #Joint Quality Factor::JointQualityFactor#
Minimum Pipe Length Purchase tab

Spec Name #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Minimum Pipe Length
Purchase::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Purchase Length #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::PurchaseLength#
Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::MinimumPipeLength#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length
Purchase::PreferredMinimumPipeLength#
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab

Spec Name #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::NominalDiameter#
Unit Type #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::UnitType#
Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::MinimumPipeLength#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::PreferredMinimumPipeLength#
Nut Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Nut Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nut Option #Nut Selection Filter::NutOption#
Bolt Type #Nut Selection Filter::BoltType#
Bolt Diameter #Nut Selection Filter::BoltDiameter#
Contractor Commodity Code #Nut Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Supplementary Nut Requirement #Nut Selection Filter::SupplementaryNutRequirement#
Supplementary Nut Contractor Commodity Code #Nut Selection
Filter::SUPPLEMENTARYCOMMODITYCODE#
Max Temperature #Nut Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Fabrication Category Override #Nut Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Nut Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Comments #Nut Selection Filter::Comments#
510

Piping Note 1 #Nut Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
Outside Surface Treatment tab

Spec Name #Outside Surface Treatment::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Outside Surface Treatment::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Outside Surface Treatment::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Outside Surface Treatment::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
EnvironmentalZone #Outside Surface Treatment::EnvironmentalZone#
Coating Type #Outside Surface Treatment::CoatingType#
Exterior Surface Treatment #Outside Surface Treatment::ExteriorSurfaceTreatment#
AuxiliaryTreatment #Outside Surface Treatment::AuxiliaryTreatment#
Permissible PipeBending Machine tab

Spec Name #Permissible PipeBending Machine::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Permissible PipeBending
Machine::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Permissible PipeBending Machine::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units of Measure #Permissible Pipe Bending
Machine::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERUOM#
Pipe Bending Machine Name #Permissible PipeBending Machine::PipeBendingMachineName#
Permissible Taps tab

Spec Name #Permissible Taps::SpecName#
Permissible Tap Number #Permissible Taps::PermissibleTapNumber#
Is Preferred Tap #Permissible Taps::IsPreferredTap#
511
Pipe Bend Radii tab

Spec Name #Pipe Bend Radii::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Pipe Bend Radii::NominalDiameter#
Unit Type #Pipe Bend Radii::UnitType#
Bend Radius #Pipe Bend Radii::BendRadius#
Bend Radius Multiplier #Pipe Bend Radii::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Is Default #Pipe Bend Radii::IsDefault#
Pipe Bending Elongation tab

Spec Name #Pipe Bending Elongation::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter #Pipe Bending Elongation::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Pipe Bending Elongation::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Pipe Bend Radius #Pipe Bending Elongation::PipeBendRadius#
Pipe Elongation Unit Bend Angle #Pipe Bending Elongation::PipeElongationUnitBendAngle#
Bend Angle #Pipe Bending Elongation::BendAngle#
Pipe Elongation #Pipe Bending Elongation::PipeElongation#
Pipe Branch tab

Spec Name #Pipe Branch::SpecName#
Header Size #Pipe Branch::HeaderSize#
Header Size Unit Type #Pipe Branch::HeaderSizeUnitType#
Branch Size #Pipe Branch::BranchSize#
Branch Size Unit Type #Pipe Branch::BranchSizeUnitType#
Angle Low #Pipe Branch::AngleLow#
Angle High #Pipe Branch::AngleHigh#
Short Code #Pipe Branch::ShortCode#
Secondary Short Code #Pipe Branch::SecondaryShortCode#
Tertiary Short Code #Pipe Branch::TertiaryShortCode#
Pipe Nominal Diameters tab
Spec Name #Pipe Nominal Diameters::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Pipe Nominal Diameters::Npd#
Unit Type #Pipe Nominal Diameters::NpdUnitType#
512
Pipe Takedown Parts tab

Spec Name #Pipe Takedown Parts::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Pipe Takedown Parts::NominalDiameter#
Unit Type #Pipe Takedown Parts::UnitType#
Weld ShortCode #Pipe Takedown Parts::WeldShortCode#
Takedown Short Code #Pipe Takedown Parts::TakedownShortCode#
Pair Required #Pipe Takedown Parts::PairRequired#
Is Weld #Pipe Takedown Parts::IsWeld#
Piping Commodity Filter tab

Spec Name #Piping Commodity Filter::SpecName#
Short Code #Piping Commodity Filter::ShortCode#
First Size From #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeUnits#
Commodity Option #Piping Commodity Filter::CommodityOption#
Multi Size Option #Piping Commodity Filter::MultiSizeOption#
Minimum Temperature #Piping Commodity Filter::MinimumTemperature#
Maximum Temperature #Piping Commodity Filter::MaximumTemperature#
Engineering Tag #Piping Commodity Filter::EngineeringTag#
Selection Basis #Piping Commodity Filter::SelectionBasis#
Commodity Code #Piping Commodity Filter::CommodityCode#
Fabrication Category Override #Piping Commodity Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Piping Commodity Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
First Size Schedule #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeSchedule#
Reportable Commodity Code #Piping Commodity Filter::ReportableCommodityCode#
Bend Radius Multiplier Piping Commodity Filter::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Number Of Miter Cuts #Piping Commodity Filter::NumberOfMiterCuts#
Preferred Pipe Length #Piping Commodity Filter::PreferredPipeLength#
Quantity Of Reportable Parts #Piping Commodity Filter::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Jacketed Piping Basis #Piping Commodity Filter::JacketedPipingBasis#
513

Associated Commodity Code #Piping Commodity Filter::AssociatedCommodityCode#
PDS Modifier #Piping Commodity Filter::PDSModifier#
Bend Radius #Piping Commodity Filter::BendRadius#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #Piping Commodity
Filter::ALTREPORTABLECOMMODITYCODE#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #Piping Commodity
Filter::QUANTITYOFALTREPORTABLEPARTS#
First Size UOM Basis in Catalog #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeUOMBasisinCatalog#
Second Size UOM Basis in Catalog #Piping Commodity
Filter::SecondSizeUOMBasisinCatalog#
Comments #Piping Commodity Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Piping Commodity Filter::PipingNote1#
Piping Materials Class Data tab

Spec Name #Piping Materials Class Data::SpecName#
Fluid Service #Piping Materials Class Data::FluidService#
Materials of Construction Class #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsofConstructionClass#
Materials Description #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsDescription#
Design Standard #Piping Materials Class Data::DesignStandard#
Lining Material #Piping Materials Class Data::LiningMaterial#
Piping Spec Status #Piping Materials Class Data::PipingSpecStatus#
Responsibility #Piping Materials Class Data::Responsibility#
Last Modified On #Piping Materials Class Data::LastModifiedOn#
Revision Number #Piping Materials Class Data::RevisionNumber#
Approved By #Piping Materials Class Data::ApprovedBy#
Approval Date #Piping Materials Class Data::ApprovalDate#
Piping Commodity Override Option #Piping Materials Class
Data::PipingCommodityOverrideOption#
514

Automated Flange Selection Option #Piping Materials Class
Data::AutomatedFlangeSelectionOption#
Washer Creation Option #Piping Materials Class Data::WasherCreationOption#
Stress Relief #Piping Materials Class Data::StressRelief#
Examination #Piping Materials Class Data::Examination#
Hyperlink To Human Spec #Piping Materials Class Data::HyperlinkToHumanSpec#
Gasket Requirement Override #Piping Materials Class Data::GasketRequirementOverride#
Stress Relief Requirement #Piping Materials Class Data::StressReliefRequirement#
Materials Type #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsType#
Materials Group #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsGroup#
Jacket Material Of Construction Class #Piping Materials Class
Data::JACKETMATOFCONSTRUCTIONCLASS#
Jumper Materials Of Construction Class #Piping Materials Class
Data::JUMPERMATOFCONSTRUCTIONCLASS#
Jacket Materials Description #Piping Materials Class Data::JacketMaterialsDescription#
Jumper Materials Description #Piping Materials Class Data::JumperMaterialsDescription#
Jacket and Jumper Fluid Service #Piping Materials Class Data::JacketandJumperFluidService#
Comments #Piping Materials Class Data::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Piping Materials Class Data::PipingNote1#
515
Port Alignment tab

Spec Name #Port Alignment::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Port Alignment::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Port Alignment::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Port Alignment::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #Port Alignment::EndPreparation#
Method Of Trimming #Port Alignment::MethodOfTrimming#
Acceptable Alignment Tolerance #Port Alignment::AcceptableAlignmentTolerance#
Reinforcing Pad Data tab

Spec Name #Reinforcing Pad Data::SpecName#
Header Size #Reinforcing Pad Data::HeaderSize#
Header Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Pad Data::HeaderSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Branch Size #Reinforcing Pad Data::BranchSize#
Branch Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Pad Data::BranchSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Acute Branch Angle From #Reinforcing Pad Data::AcuteBranchAngleFrom#
Acute Branch Angle To #Reinforcing Pad Data::AcuteBranchAngleTo#
Minimum Reinforcing Pad Width #Reinforcing Pad Data::MinimumReinforcingPadWidth#
Reinforcing Weld Data tab

Spec Name #Reinforcing Weld Data::SpecName#
Header Size #Reinforcing Weld Data::HeaderSize#
Header Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Weld Data::HeaderSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Branch Size #Reinforcing Weld Data::BranchSize#
Branch Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Weld Data::BranchSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Acute Branch Angle From #Reinforcing Weld Data::AcuteBranchAngleFrom#
Acute Branch Angle To #Reinforcing Weld Data::AcuteBranchAngleTo#
Min. Reinforcing Weld Size #Reinforcing Weld Data::MinReinforcingWeldSize#
516
Root Gap tab

Spec Name #Root Gap::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Root Gap::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Root Gap::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Root Gap::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Root Gap #Root Gap::RootGap#
Service Limits tab

Spec Name #Service Limits::SpecName#
Temperature #Service Limits::Temperature#
Pressure #Service Limits::Pressure#
Size Reduction tab

Spec Name #Size Reduction::SpecName#
First Size #Size Reduction::FirstSize#
First Size Units #Size Reduction::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size #Size Reduction::SecondSize#
Second Size Units #Size Reduction::SecondSizeUnits#
Size Reduction Type #Size Reduction::SizeReductionType#
Size Reduction Preference #Size Reduction::SizeReductionPreference#
Fitting 2 First Size #Size Reduction::Fitting2FirstSize#
Fitting 2 First Size Units #Size Reduction::Fitting2FirstSizeUnits#
Thickness Data Rule tab

Spec Name #Thickness Data Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter #Thickness Data Rule::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Thickness Data Rule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Minimum Thickness #Thickness Data Rule::MinimumThickness#
Retirement Thickness #Thickness Data Rule::RetirementThickness#
Thread Thickness #Thickness Data Rule::ThreadThickness#
Preferred Schedule 1 #Thickness Data Rule::PreferredSchedule1#
517

Washer Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Washer Selection Filter::SpecName#
Washer Option #Washer Selection Filter::WasherOption#
Bolt Diameter #Washer Selection Filter::BoltDiameter#
Contractor Commodity Code #Washer Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Max Temperature #Washer Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Supplementary Washer Requirement #Washer Selection
Filter::SUPPLEMENTARYWASHERREQ#
Supplementary Washer Contractor Commodity Code #Washer Selection
Filter::SUPPLWASHERCNTRCOMMODITYCODE#
Fabrication Category Override #Washer Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Washer Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Comments #Washer Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Washer Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
518
Weld Clearance Rule tab

Spec Name #Weld Clearance Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Weld Clearance Rule::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Weld Clearance Rule::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Weld Clearance Rule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Weld Class #Weld Clearance Rule::WeldClass#
Weld Clearance Diameter Increase #Weld Clearance Rule::WeldClearanceDiameterIncrease#
Weld Clearance Length #Weld Clearance Rule::WeldClearanceLength#
Weld Gap Rule tab

Spec Name #Weld Gap Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Weld Gap Rule::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Weld Gap Rule::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Weld Gap Rule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Weld Class #Weld Gap Rule::WeldClass#
Weld Type #Weld Gap Rule::WeldType#
Weld Gap #Weld Gap Rule::WeldGap#
Piping Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Nipple spools are listed with size, type, approval status, and quantity information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Nipple Spools Sorted
by NPD\Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size #NippleSpool::[outPiping Nipple Spool NPD with Unit Primary]#
Type #NippleSpool::Type#
Description #NippleSpool::[outDescription]#
Approval Status #NippleSpool::Status#
Quantity #NippleSpool::Quantity#
519
Piping Part Data F001 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for blind flanges or caps to be used for review and approval
report. The following Flanges Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Part Class
Piping Commodity Type
BlindFlange
Blind flange
FBLD
Blind flange
BlindFlange_m
Blind flange
CAPTC
Cap

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data F001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
520

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data F001 tab

Symbol Icon
521


Creates a report of piping part data for plate flanges or slip-on flanges to be used for review and
report:
522
Part Class
PlateFlange
Plate flange
SlipOnReducingFlange
Slip-on reducing flange
SlipOnFlange_m
Slip-on flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
523

524


Creates a report of piping part data for reducing filler flanges to be used for review and approval
report:
Part Class
FRLILR
Reducing filler flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
525
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
526

527


Creates a report of piping part data for lap joint flanges to be used for review and approval of the
report:
Part Class
LapJointFlange
Lap joint flange with stub end
LapJointFlange_m
Lap joint flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
528
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Lap Thickness
OA:Is Pipe Flared
529

Stub Length #PartData::[lbl_StubLength]#
Lap Thickness #PartData::[lbl_LapThickness]#
530

Creates a report of piping part data for weld neck orifice flanges with one tap to be used for
report:
Part Class
OrificeFlange
Weld neck orifice flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
531
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
532

Face to Tap #PartData::[lbl_FacetoTap]#
533

Creates a report of piping part data for weld neck orifice flanges with two taps to be used for
report:
Part Class
OrificeFlangewithTwoTaps
Weld neck orifice flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
534
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
535

Face to Tap #PartData::[lbl_FacetoTap]#
Tap Orientation #PartData::TapOrientation#
536
Piping Part Data M001 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for caps or plugs based on Face to End dimensions to be
used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report. The following End Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Part Class
Cap
Cap
Plug
Plug

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data M001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
537
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data M001 tab

Symbol Icon
538


Creates a report of piping part data for fixed angle symmetrical elbows or non-radial weldolets or
180 degree returns based on Face to Center dimension to be used for review and approval of
report. The following Direction Change Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is
used for this report:
Part Class
11_25DegElbow
11.25 degree elbow
180DegReturn
180 degree long radius return
22_5DegElbow
22.5 degree elbow
45DegElbow
45 degree elbow
5_625DegElbow
5.625 degree elbow
60DegElbow
60 degree elbow
90DegElbow
90 degree elbow
539

E45
45 degree elbow
E90
90 degree elbow
VE90Elbow
90 degree elbow
VE45
45 degree elbow
VPSElbow90Deg
90 degree elbow
VPSElbow45Deg
45 degree elbow
E45TC
45 degree elbow
E90TC
90 degree elbow, Hygienic
WeldoletNonRadial
Non-radial weldolet

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
540
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
541

542

Creates a report of piping part data for variable angle symmetrical elbows based on Face to
Center dimension to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Part Class
45Deg3DElbow
45 degree elbow, 3D
45DegLRElbow
45 degree elbow, long radius
90Deg3DElbow
90 degree elbow, 3D
90DegLRElbow
90DegSRElbow
90 degree elbow, short radius
E45LRRJ
E90LRRJ
Elbow45Deg
45 degree elbow
Elbow90Deg
90 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
543

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
544

545

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 90 degree reducing elbows to be used for
Part Class
90DegRedElbow
90 degree reducing elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
546

Symbol Icon
547

Reducing Length #PartData::[lbl_ReducingLength]#
548

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 90 degree reducing elbows to be used for
Part Class
90DegReducingElbow
90 degree reducing elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
549

Symbol Icon
550

ParameterA2 #PartData::[lbl_ParameterA2]#
551

Creates a report of piping part data for symmetrical long tangent elbows based on Elbow Bend
Radius and Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
Part Class
45DegSymElbow
45 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent
90DegSymElbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
552
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
553

Elbow Bend Radius #PartData::[lbl_ElbowBendRadius]#
554

Creates a report of piping part data for fixed angle symmetrical long tangent elbows based on
Face to Center and Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
E45LT
E90LT
30DegSymElbow
30 degree elbow
60DegSymElbow
60 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
555
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
556

557


Creates a report of piping part data for elbows based on Face to Center and Tangent Length
dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Part Class
TrimSymElbowType1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
558
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
559

560


Creates a report of piping part data for variable angle symmetrical long tangent elbows based on
Elbow Bend Radius and Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
TrimSymElbowType2

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
561

ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
562

563

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical long tangent elbows based on one Face to
Center and two Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
45DegLtElbow
90DegLTElbow
90DebAsymElbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
564
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
565

Tangent Length1 #PartData::[lbl_TangentLength1]#
566

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 30 degree, long tangent elbows based on
Elbow Bend Radius and two Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval
Part Class
30DegAsymElbow
30 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
567
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
568

569

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 45 degree, long radius, long tangent
elbows based on Elbow Bend Radius, Face to Center, and Tangent Length dimensions to be
Part Class
45DegAsymElbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
570
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
571

572

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 60 degree, long tangent elbows based on
Elbow Bend Radius, two Face to Center, and two Tangent Length dimensions to be used for
Part Class
60DegAsymElbow
60 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
573
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
574

575

Creates a report of piping part data for mitered elbows to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
E225MiterNCut
22.5 degree elbow, 1-cut mitered
E30MiterNCut
30 degree elbow, 1-cut mitered
E45MiterNCut
E60MiterNCut
E90MiterNCut

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
576

ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
577

No Of Miter Cuts #PartData::NoOfMiterCuts#
578

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical street elbows to be used for review and
Part Class
45DegStreetElbow
45 degree elbow, street
90DegStreetElbow
90 degree elbow, street

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
579
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
580

581

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical union elbows to be used for review and
Part Class
45DegUnionElbow
45 degree elbow, union
90DegUnionElbow
90 degree elbow, union

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
582
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
583

584

Creates a report of piping part data for 90 degree reducing street elbows to be used for review
Part Class
90DegRedStreetElbow
90 degree reducing street elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
585
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
586

587

Creates a report of piping part data for 180 degree return with Use-Point to be used for review
Part Class
TRUBWWM
180 degree return with Use-Point

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
588
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
589

Face1 to Face3 #PartData::[lbl_Face1toFace3]#
590

Creates a report of piping part data for 180 degree return with Use-Point on side offset to be
Part Class
TRUSWWM
180 degree return with Use-Point on Side offset

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
591
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
592

593

Creates a report of piping part data for Tee or true wye type brand fittings based on two Face to
Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report. The following Branch Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for
this report:
Part Class
Reducing Tee
Reducing branch tee
TrueY
True Y
TRB
Reducing branch tee
Reducing Tee_m
Reducing branch tee
ReducingLateral
Reducing branch lateral
TMMMS
Reducing branch tee
TRMMMS
Reducing branch tee
TRWWM
Reducing branch tee
TRWWMS
Reducing branch tee
TWWM
Tee
TWWMS
Tee
TrueY2FC
True Y

594
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
595

596


Creates a report of piping part data for Tee type branch fittings based on Face to Center
dimension to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
this report:
Part Class
ReducingRunAndBranchTee
Reducing run and branch tee
Tee
Tee
Tee
Tee_m
Tee
VictaulicT
tee
VPSTee
Tee
TLT
Tee
TMMM
Tee
TRJ
Tee

597
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
598

599


Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical Tee or wye or lateral type branch fittings
based on three Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
this report:
Part Class
90DebReducingYBranch
90 degree reducing short Y-branch
90DegYBranch
90 degree short Y-branch
Lateral
Lateral
ReducingLateral
Reducing run and branch lateral
StreetTee
Street tee
TrueY3FC
True Y

600
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
601

602


Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical Tee type branch fittings based on Face to
Center and Face2 to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
this report:
Part Class
TMSWMS
Tee
TWMSW
Short Outlet Run Tee
TWMW
Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
603
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
604

605


Center and Face 3 to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
this report:
Part Class
Tee_PDB
Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
606

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
607

608

Face and Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
this report:
Part Class
DripRingTee
Drip ring tee
ReducingInstrumentTee
Reducing instrument tee
TFI
Full size instrument tee
TRI
Reducing instrument tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
609
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
610

611


Creates a report of piping part data for trimmable tee based on Face to Center dimension and
Trim Angle to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
this report:
Part Class
TrimmableTee
Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
612

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
613


Creates a report of piping part data for trimmable reducing tee based on two Face to Center
dimensions and Trim Angle to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
614

this report:
Part Class
TrimmableReducingTee
Reducing branch tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
615

OA:Angle
616


Creates a report of piping part data for Tee Wye type branch fittings to be used for review and
this report:
Part Class
TeeWye
Tee wye
ReducingTeeWye
Reducing run and branch tee

617
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
618

619

Face3 Offset1 #PartData::[lbl_Face3Offset1]#
Face3 Offset2 #PartData::[lbl_Face3Offset2]#

Creates a report of piping part data for union tee type fittings to be used for review and approval
this report:
Part Class
OnBranchUnionTee
On-branch union tee
OnRunUnionTee
On-run union tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
620

Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
621

622


Creates a report of piping part data for instrument tees to be used for review and approval of the
this report:
Part Class
InstrumentTee
Short Outlet Run Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
623
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
624


Creates a report of piping part data for lateral of true wye type branch fittings based on Face to
Face and Face to Branch dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
this report:
Part Class
625

LAT
Lateral
True Y

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
626

627

Face2 to Branch #PartData::[lbl_Face2toBranch]#

Creates a report of piping part data for olet type branch fittings based on Face to Header
Surface, Major Body Diameter, and Hole in Header dimensions to be used for review and
this report:
628
Part Class
Sockolet
Sockolet reducing
Thredolet
Thredolet reducing
Weldolet
Weldolet reducing
Sockolet_m
Sockolet reducing
Thredolet_m
Thredolet reducing
Weldolet_m
Weldolet reducing

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
629

630

Face to HeaderSurface #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderSurface]#
Hole in Header #PartData::[lbl_HoleinHeader]#
MajorBodyDiameter #PartData::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for sweepolets to be used for review and approval of the
this report:
Part Class
Sweepolet
Sweepolet

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
631

Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
632

Face to Header Center #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderCenter]#
Sweepolet Width #PartData::[lbl_SweepoletWidth]#
633

Creates a report of piping part data for flanged olets to be used for review and approval of the
this report:
Part Class
FlangeOlet
Nippolet

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
634

Symbol Icon
635

Face to Header Surface #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderSurface]#
Nipple Length #PartData::[lbl_NippleLength]#
Flange Length #PartData::[lbl_FlangeLength]#
636

Creates a report of piping part data for cross type branch fittings based on Face to Center
this report:
Part Class
BasinCross
Basin cross
Cross
Cross
ReducingBranchCross
Reducing branch cross
ReducingRunBrnchCross
Reducing run branch cross
XLT
Cross
XMMMM
Cross

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
637

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
638

639

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical reducing cross type branch fittings based
on two Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
this report:
Part Class
XRMMMM
Reducing branches cross
XLRT
Reducing branches cross

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
640
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
641

642

Creates a report of piping part data for reinforcing pads to be used for review and approval of
this report:
Part Class
ReinforcingPad
Stub-on reinforcing pad
ReinforcingPad_m
Stub-on reinforcing pad

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
643

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
OA:PadThickness
OA:PadWidth
644

RPad Width #PartData::[lbl_RPadWidth]#
RPad Thickness #PartData::[lbl_RPadThickness]#
Angle #PartData::[lbl_Angle]#

Creates a report of piping part data for non-radial reinforcing pads to be used for review and
this report:
645

Part Class
ReinforcingPadNonRadial
Non-radial reinforcing pad

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
646

647

RPad Width #PartData::[lbl_RPadWidth]#
RPad Thickness #PartData::[lbl_RPadThickness]#
Angle #PartData::[lbl_Angle]#

Creates a report of piping part data for elevated type fire monitors, type 1, to be used for review
report. The following Miscellaneous Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is
Part Class
ElevatedFireMonitorTy1
Elevated type fire monitor

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
648
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:FacetoCenter
649

650

BodyT to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyTtoCenter]#
BodyB to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyBtoCenter]#
BodyL to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyLtoCenter]#
BodyR to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyRtoCenter]#
Cannon Length #PartData::[lbl_CannonLength]#
Cannon Diameter #PartData::[lbl_CannonDiameter]#
Body Width #PartData::[lbl_BodyWidth]#

Creates a report of piping part data for fire hydrants to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
FireHydrant
Dry barrel type hydrant

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
651

CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
652

Bottom to Center #PartData::[lbl_BottomtoCenter]#
Grade to Center #PartData::[lbl_GradetoCenter]#
Water Outlet to Grade #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutlettoGrade]#
Water Outlet to Top #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutlettoTop]#
Hydrant Diameter #PartData::[lbl_HydrantDiameter]#
Water Outlet to Center #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutlettoCenter]#
Water Outlet Diameter #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutletDiameter]#
Rotation #PartData::[lbl_Rotation]#
653

Creates a report of piping part data for elevated type fire monitors, type 2, to be used for review
Part Class
ElevatedFireMonitorTy2
Elevated type fire monitor

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
654
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
655

ParameterB1 #PartData::[lbl_ParameterB1]#
656

Creates a report of piping part data for station type monitors to be used for review and approval
Part Class
Monitor
Station type monitor

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
657

Symbol Icon
658

BodyT to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyTtoCenter]#
BodyB to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyBtoCenter]#
BodyL to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyLtoCenter]#
BodyR to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyRtoCenter]#
Cannon Length #PartData::[lbl_CannonLength]#
Cannon Diameter #PartData::[lbl_CannonDiameter]#
659

Creates a report of piping part data for hose rack stations to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
HoseRackStation
Hose rack

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
660

Symbol Icon
661

Port V Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortVOffset]#
Port H Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortHOffset]#
Station Length #PartData::[lbl_StationLength]#
Station Height #PartData::[lbl_StationHeight]#
Station Width #PartData::[lbl_StationWidth]#
662

Creates a report of piping part data for spray sprinklers to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
Sprinkler
Spray sprinkler

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
663

Symbol Icon
664

Sprinkler Diameter #PartData::[lbl_SprinklerDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for spectacle blinds to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
SpectacleBlind
Spectacle blind

665
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Spectacle Position
666

667

Fig8InterAxis #PartData::[lbl_Fig8InterAxis]#

Creates a report of piping part data for stub end long parts to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
StubEnd
Stub end long

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
668

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
669

670

Creates a report of piping part data for couplings based on two Face to Center dimensions to
be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Part Class
Coupling_PDB
Coupling

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
671

Symbol Icon
OA:FacetoCenter
OA:Face1toCenter
672

673

Creates a report of piping part data for Victaulic couplings to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
RedCoupling
Coupling, Victaulic

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
674
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
675

Disc Width #PartData::[lbl_DiscWidth]#
Disc Diameter #PartData::[lbl_DiscDiameter]#
676

Creates a report of piping part data for half couplings to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
HalfCoupling
Half coupling

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
677

Symbol Icon
678

Face to Header Center #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderCenter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for clamps and tri-clamps to be used for review and approval
Part Class
ClampHDHWN_TriClover
Clamp, Tri-Clamp

679
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
680

681

Clamp Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for Techlok Clamps to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
TechlokClamp
Clamp, Techlok

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
682

CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
683

Clamp Inner Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampInnerDiameter]#
Clamp Outer Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampOuterDiameter]#
Clamp Length #PartData::[lbl_ClampLength]#
Clamp Width #PartData::[lbl_ClampWidth]#
Lug Separation #PartData::[lbl_LugSeparation]#
Bolt Lug Width #PartData::[lbl_BoltLugWidth]#
Bolt Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
684

Bolt Center Distance #PartData::[lbl_BoltCenterDistance]#
Bolt Length #PartData::[lbl_BoltLength]#
Bolt Pitch #PartData::[lbl_BoltPitch]#

Creates a report of piping part data for Victaulic Clamps to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
VictaulicClamp
Clamp, Victaulic

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
685
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
686

Clamp Outer Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampOuterDiameter]#
Clamp Length #PartData::[lbl_ClampLength]#
Clamp Width #PartData::[lbl_ClampWidth]#
687

Creates a report of piping part data for Unions to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
Union
Union

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
688

Symbol Icon
689

Union Diameter #PartData::[lbl_Union Diameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for spacers to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
SPACER
Ring spacer

690
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Face to Face
691

692


Creates a report of piping part data for paddle spacers to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
Paddle
Paddle spacer

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
693

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
694

Handle to Center #PartData::[lbl_HandletoCenter]#
695

Creates a report of piping part data for flanges or olets or other miscellaneous fittings based on
Face to Face dimension to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
696
Part Class
FlangeConnectionPiece
Flange connecting piece
LongWeldNeckFlange
Long weld neck flange
ReducingFlange
Threaded reducing flange
SlipOnFlange
Slip-on flange
SocketFlange
Socket flange
SocketweldFlange
Socket weld flange
ThreadedFlange
Threaded flange
WeldNeckFlange
Weld neck flange
WeldNeckExpanderFlange
Weld nect expander flange
Bushing
Bushing
ConcentricReducer
Concentric reducer
ConcentricSwage
Concentric swage
Coupling
Coupling
Nipple
Nipple
ReducingInsert
Reducing insert type 1
Elbolet
Elbolet for long radius elbow
Endolet
Endolet
Latrolet
Latrolet
BlankDisc
Blank disc

Part Class
REDC
Concentric reducer
Elbolet_m
Elbolet for long radius elbow
Endolet_m
Endolet
WeldNeckFlange_m
Weld neck flange
ConcentricReducer_m
Concentric reducer
Coupling_m
Coupling
VREDC
Concentric reducer
VPSCoupling
Coupling, Victaulic
Hub
Hub
FERR
Ferrule
REDCLT
Concentric reducer Extended Tangent
REDCMM
Concentric reducer
REDCRJ
Concentric reducer
REDELT
Eccentric reducer Extended Tangent
HoseConnection
Hose connection
UnionTail
Union tail
UnionHead
Union head

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
697
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
698

699


Creates a report of piping part data for eccentric reducing or eccentric swage fittings based on
Face to Face dimension and Eccentric Offset Basis to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
EccentricReducer
Eccentric reducer
EccentricSwage
Eccentric swage
REDE
Eccentric reducer
EccentricReducer_m
Eccentric reducer
VREDE
Eccentric reducer
REDEMM
Eccentric reducer
REDERJ
Eccentric reducer

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
700

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:EccentricOffsetBasis
701

702
Piping Part Data Op001 (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Valve Operator Part Data)
Creates a report of piping part data for hand wheel operators or solenoid operators based on
Operator Height and Operator Diameter to be used for review and approval of the reference
report. The following Operator Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Part Class
Operator3
Hand wheel
Operator251
Hand wheel, special
Operator3_b
Hand wheel
Operator691
Solenoid, single

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Valve Operator Part Data\Piping Part Data Op001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
703
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data Op001 tab

Valve Operator is Rotatable #PartData::ValveOperatorIsRotatable#
Dry Cog Z #PartData::[lbl_DryCogZ]#
704

Creates a report of piping part data for gear, top mounted hand wheel Type 1 operator to be
report:
Part Class
Operator291
Gear, top mounted hand wheel Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
705

Actuator Length #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorLength]#
Operator Depth #PartData::[lbl_OperatorDepth]#
Actuator Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorDiameter]#
Actuator Offset #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorOffset]#
Stem Extension #PartData::[lbl_StemExtension]#

Creates a report of piping part data for gear, side mounted hand wheel Type 1 operator to be
report:
Part Class
Operator331
Gear, side mounted hand wheel Type 1

706
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

707

Operator Cen From Top #PartData::[lbl_OperCenFromTop]#

report:
Part Class
Operator332

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
708

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Arm Length1 #PartData::[lbl_ArmLength1]#
Arm Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ArmDiameter]#
709

report:
Part Class
Operator333

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
710
GUIDS tab

Operator Height1 #PartData::[lbl_OperatorHeight1]#
711

report:
Part Class
Operator334

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
712

Arm Length1 #PartData::[lbl_ArmLength1]#

Creates a report of piping part data for inclined hand wheel to be used for review and approval
report:
Part Class
Operator 5
Inclined hand wheel

713
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

714

Stem Angle #PartData::[lbl_StemAngle]#

Creates a report of piping part data for gear, side mounted inclined hand wheel Type 1 operator
to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report:
Part Class
Operator351
Gear, side mounted inclined hand wheel Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
715
GUIDS tab

Stem Angle #PartData::[lbl_StemAngle]#
716

Creates a report of piping part data for wrench, special type operator to be used for review and
report:
Part Class
Operator271
Wrench, special

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
717

Lever Length #PartData::[lbl_LeverLength]#

Creates a report of piping part data for wrench or lever type operators to be used for review and
report:
Part Class
Operator9
Wrench, short
Operator17
Lever

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
718
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Lever Length #PartData::[lbl_LeverLength]#
Lever Length1 #PartData::[lbl_LeverLength1]#
719

Creates a report of piping part data for electro-pneumatic operators based on Actuator
report:
Part Class
OperatorElecAct
Electro-pneumatic

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
720

Actuator Height #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorHeight]#
Actuator Length #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorLength]#
Actuator Width #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorWidth]#

Creates a report of piping part data for electro-pneumatic operators to be used for review and
report:
Part Class
OperatorDL84
Electro-pneumatic operators
OpACVB
Electro-pneumatic operators

721
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

722


Creates a report of piping part data for motor, Type 1 operator based on Instrumental Height,
Instrumental Length, and Instrumental Width dimensions to be used for review and approval
report:
Part Class
OpRacKAndPinion
Motor, Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
723
GUIDS tab

Withdrawal Distance #PartData::[lbl_WithdrawalDistance]#

Creates a report of piping part data for motor, Type 1 operator based on Operator Height and
Operator Depth to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report:
Part Class
OPTravelingNutAct
Motore, Type 1

724
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

725


Creates a report of piping part data for indicator post to be used for review and approval of the
report:
Part Class
IndicatorPost
Indicator post

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
726
GUIDS tab

Post Base To Valve Center #PartData::[lbl_PostBaseToValveCenter]#
Post Base To Level #PartData::[lbl_PostBaseToLevel]#
Post Height #PartData::[lbl_PostHeight]#
Post Diameter #PartData::[lbl_PostDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for wall post to be used for review and approval of the
report:
Part Class
WallPost
Wall post

727
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Post Base To Valve Center #PartData::[lbl_PostBaseToValveCenter]#
Post Height #PartData::[lbl_PostHeight]#
728

Post Diameter #PartData::[lbl_PostDiameter]#
Wall Thickness #PartData::[lbl_WallThickness]#
Hand Wheel Diameter #PartData::[lbl_HandWheelDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for chain wheel based on Operator Height and Chain
Wheel Diameter to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report:
Part Class
ChainWheelRVC
Chain wheel

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
729
GUIDS tab

Chain Wheel Dia #PartData::[lbl_ChainWheelDia]#

Creates a report of piping part data for chain wheel based on Operator Length, Operator
Diameter, and Hand Wheel Diameter to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
report:
Part Class
ChainWheel
Chain wheel

730
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

731


Creates a report of piping part data for ________________________ to be used for review and
report:
Part Class
FloorBox
Floor box

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
732

Floor Thickness #PartData::[lbl_FloorThickness]#
Top Opending Diameter #PartData::[lbl_TopOpeningDiameter]#
Bottom Opening Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BottomOpeningDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for floor stand to be used for review and approval of the
report:
Part Class
FloorStand
Floor stand

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
733
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Base Plate Dia #PartData::[lbl_BasePlateDia]#
734

Creates a report of piping part data for extension stem to be used for review and approval of the
report:
Part Class
ExtensionStem
Extension stem

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
735

Piping Part Data P01 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for distance piece to be used for review and approval of the
report. The following Distance Pieces Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for
this report:
Part Class
DistancePiece
Distance piece

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data P01 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
736
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data P01 tab

737

738
Piping Part Data S01 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for steam trap with two ports to be used for review and
report. The following Steam Traps Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Part Class
WOStreamTrap
Steam trap

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data S01 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
739
Piping Part Data S01 tab

740

Base to Inlet #PartData::[lbl_BasetoInlet]#
Outlet Offset #PartData::[lbl_OutletOffset]#
ST Height #PartData::[lbl_STHeight]#

Creates a report of piping part data for steam trap with three ports to be used for review and
report. The following Steam Traps Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Part Class
WOSteamTrap3
Steam trap

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data S02 folder.
741
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data S02 tab

742

743

Base to Inlet #PartData::[lbl_BasetoInlet]#
Base to Outlet #PartData::[lbl_BasetoOutlet]#
Outlet Offset #PartData::[lbl_OutletOffset]#
Piping Part Data V001 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for valves based on Face to Face dimension to be used for
report. The following Valves Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this report:
744
Part Class
CheckValveSwing
Check value swing type
CheckValve
Check value reduced port
CheckValve_Fem
Check valve reduced port swing type
StopCheckValve
Stop check valve
WaferCheckValve
Wafer check valve

Part Class
BallValve
Ball valve long pattern
ButterflyValve
Butterfly valve low pressure
GateValve
Gate valve
GlobeValve
Globe valve
PlugValve
Plug valve short pattern
DIA
Diaphragm valve

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data V001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
745
Piping Part Data V001 tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation

746


Creates a report of piping part data for valves based on Face to Center dimension to be used
for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Part Class
AngleCheckValve
Angle check valve
AngleStopCheckValve
Angle stop check valve
747

AngleGlobeValve
Angle blowdown valve
TankDrainValve
Tank drain valve
AngleValve45Deg
Angle valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
748

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
749


Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical valves or knife gate values based on two
Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
750
Part Class
AngleGlobeValve_Asym
Angle blowdown valve
GateValve_Asym
Gate valve reduced port

GlobeValve_Asym
Globe valve reduced port
KnifeGateValve
Knife gate valve
It is located in the Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
751

752


Creates a report of piping part data for gate valves, globe valves, or diaphragm valves based on
Face to Face, Operator Height, and Operator Diameter dimensions to be used for review and
Part Class
GateValve_m
Gate valve
GlobeValve_m
GlobeValve_m
DIAMM
Diaphragm valve
DIALT
Diaphragm valve
DIAWM
Diaphragm valve

753
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
754

755


Creates a report of piping part data for automatic recirculation valves to be used for review and
Part Class
AutoRecirculationValve
Automatic recirculation valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
756

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
757

Cone Length #PartData::[lbl_Cone Length]#
758

Creates a report of piping part data for Gate values with through-conduits to be used for review
Part Class
ConduitGateValve
Gate valve, through-conduit

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
759

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
760

CylinderLength #PartData::[lbl_CylinderLength]#
761

Creates a report of piping part data for angle hose valve to be used for review and approval of
Part Class
AngleHoseValve
Angle hose valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
762
GUIDS tab

763

Hose Conn End to Center #PartData::[lbl_HoseConnEndtoCenter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for angle valve based on Face to Center, Operator Height,
and Operator Diameter dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Part Class
AngleValve
Angle valve

764
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

765

766


Creates a report of piping part data for high pressure butterfly valve to be used for review and
Part Class
ButterflyValve_m
Butterfly valve high pressure

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
767

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

768

Disc Width #PartData::[lbl_DiscWidth]#
Disc Diameter #PartData::[lbl_DiscDiameter]#
Stem Width #PartData::[lbl_StemWidth]#
Stem Diameter #PartData::[lbl_StemDiameter]#
Stem FI Width #PartData::[lbl_StemFlWidth]#
Stem FI Diameter #PartData::[lbl_StemFlDiameter]#
Act FI Width #PartData::[lbl_ActFlWidth]#
Act FI Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ActFlDiameter]#
Act Width #PartData::[lbl_ActWidth]#
Act Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ActDiameter]#
769

Creates a report of piping part data for low pressure butterfly valve based on Face to Face to be
Part Class
ButterflyValveArmLength

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
770
GUIDS tab

771


Creates a report of piping part data for low pressure butterfly valve based on Face to Face and
Operator Height dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Part Class
ButterflyValveOperHgt

772
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

773

774


Creates a report of piping part data for ball valve reduced port to be used for review and
Part Class
BallValve_m
Ball valve reduced port

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
775

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

776

777

Creates a report of piping part data for check valve based on Face to Face and Valve Height
Part Class
CKL
Check valve, horizontal lift

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
778
GUIDS tab

779

780

Creates a report of piping part data for gate valve based on Face to Face, Valve Height, and
Hand Wheel Diameter dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Part Class
GateValveAngleOp
Gate valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
781

782

Rotation #PartData::[lbl_Rotation]#

Creates a report of piping part data for olet gate valve to be used for review and approval of the
Part Class
OletGateValve
Extended body gate valve
783

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

784

785

Valve Center to Header Center #PartData::[lbl_ValveCentertoHeaderCenter]#
Olet Length #PartData::[lbl_OletLength]#

Creates a report of piping part data for 3-way ball valve based on three Face to Center
Part Class
3WayBallValve
3-way ball valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
786

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
787
GUIDS tab

788

789

Creates a report of piping part data for 3-way ball valve based on Face to Center, Major Body
Diameter, Operator Height, and Operator Length dimensions to be used for review and
Part Class
3WayBall
3-way ball valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
790
GUIDS tab

791

Major Body Diameter #PartData::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#
792

Creates a report of piping part data for 2-way diaphragm diverter valve to be used for review and
Part Class
MultiportDia2WayG
2-way diaphragm diverter valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
793
GUIDS tab

794

Valve Body Width #PartData::[lbl_ValveBodyWidth]#
Valve Body Depth #PartData::[lbl_ValveBodyDepth]#
795

Valve Body Height #PartData::[lbl_ValveBodyHeight]#

Part Class
MultiportDia3Way

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
796
GUIDS tab

797

798

Nozzle Center to Center #PartData::[lbl_NozzleCentertoCenter]#

Part Class
MultiportDia4WayG

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
799

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

800

801

802

Part Class
MultiportDia4Way

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
803
GUIDS tab

804

805


Part Class
MultiportDia7WayG

806
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

807

808

809

810
Piping Pipe Line List (Piping)

Pipelines are listed with several properties like nominal size, paint spec, insulation purpose.
Located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Piping
Pipe Line List\Piping Pipe Line List.rtp
PipeRun #PipeLine::PipeRun#
NPD #PipeLine::[Nominal Diameter]#
Piping Spec #PipeLine::PipingSpec#
Insul Spec #PipeLine::InsulationSpec#
Insul Matrl #PipeLine::InsulationMaterial#
Insul Temp #PipeLine::[outPipe Line List Insulation Temperature]#
Insul Purp #PipeLine::InsulationPurpose#
Paint Spec #PipeLine::PaintingSpecs#
Op. Temp #PipeLine::[outPipe Line List Operating Temperature]#
Op. Pressure #PipeLine::[outPipe Line List Operating Pressure]#
Piping Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project

Pipes are listed in material take-off form with quantity being calculated for total length and
supply responsibilities.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\<ReportsTemplatesFolder>\Reports\Types of
Reports\Piping\Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project\Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project.rtp
Project #Pipes::ProjectName#
Nominal Size #Pipes::[outPiping Pipes NPD with Unit]#
Specification #Pipes::[outSpecName]#
Item Code #Pipes::ContractorCommodityCode#
Fabrication Requirement #Pipes::FabricationRequirement#
Description #Pipes::[outDescription]#
Total Length #Pipes::[outPiping Pipes Length]#
OFM / CFM #Pipes::[outSupplyResponsibility]#
811
Piping Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus

Pipe runs are listed with many properties such as area, tag, and WBS information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipe Runs - Export to
Icarus\Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus.rtp
Internal Name (Blank)
Units (Blank)
AreaName #PipeRun::AreaName#
CpItemDescription #PipeRun::OID#
CpUserTag #PipeRun::Name#
CpComponentWBS #PipeRun::PLSName#
CpNumberItems #PipeRun::NumberItems#
CpPipeMaterial #PipeRun::Material#
CpCustomPipeSpec #PipeRun::SpecName#
CpPipeDiameter
MM DIAM #PipeRun::NPD#
CpPipeLength
M #PipeRun::Length#
CpPipeType (Blank)
CpPipeScheduleGage #PipeRun::Schedule#
CpPipeThickness #PipeRun::Schedule#
CpFluidPhase (Blank)
CpLiquidFlowrate
L/S (Blank)
CpGasFlowrate
M3/H (Blank)
CpFluidDensity
KG/M3 #PipeRun::[outPiping Icarus Fluid Density]#
CpFluidViscosity
MPA-S (Blank)
CpDesignGaugePressure
KPA #PipeRun::[outPiping Icarus Design Maximum Pressure]#
CpDesignTemperature
DEG C #PipeRun::[outPiping Icarus Design Maximum Temperature]#
CpOperatingTemperature
812

DEG C #PipeRun::[outPiping Pipe Run Operating Maximum Temperature]#
CpPipeInsulationType #PipeRun::InsulationMaterial#
CpPipeInsulationThickness
MM #PipeRun::[outPiping Pipe Run Insulation Thickness 2]#
CpPipeInsulationJacketType (Blank)
CpPersonnelProtectionPercent
PERCENT (Blank)
CpETraceCableType #PipeRun::TracingType#
CpHeatTraceFluid #PipeRun::TracingMedium#
CpETraceMaintenanceTemperature
DEG C #PipeRun::[outPiping Pipe Run Tracing Temperature]#
CpSteamGaugePressure
KPA (Blank)
CpSpecialPipeDescription
(Blank)
CpNumberWelds #PipeRun::WeldCount#
CpWeldXrayPercent
PERCENT #PipeRun::WeldXRayPercent#
CpStressRelief (Blank)
CpPipeNumberPrimeCoats
COATS (Blank)
CpPipeNumberFinishCoats
COATS (Blank)
CpPipeSandblastAreaPercent
PERCENT (Blank)
CpPipeInstallationOption (Blank)
CpDepthBuriedPipe
MM (Blank)
CpPipeRoutingType (Blank)
CpPipeBendForElbow (Blank)
CpPipeBranchForTee (Blank)
CpFittingRulesYN (Blank)
CpValveRulesYN (Blank)
CpHorizontalAllowancePercent (Blank)
CpVerticalAllowancePercent (Blank)
CpPrimaryEquipmentUserTag (Blank)
813

CpPrimaryEquipmentConnection (Blank)
CpSecondaryEquipmentUserTag (Blank)
CpSecondaryEquipmentConnection (Blank)
Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Pipe is listed with description, length, approval status, and weight.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipe Total Length
Sorted by NPD\Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size #Piping::[outPiping Piping NPD with Unit]#
Description
#Piping::IndustryCommodityCode#
#Piping::ShortMaterialDescription#
#Piping::[outPiping Piping Length]#
Approval Status #Piping::Status#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#Piping::[outPiping Weight]#
Piping Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted by Name

(Piping)
Pipelines are listed along with their respective pipe runs and user modification information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipeline and Revision
Data Sorted by Name\Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted by Name.rtp
Pipeline #Pipeline Revision Report::Pipeline#
Pipe Run #Pipeline Revision Report::PipeRun#
Modified
By #Pipeline Revision Report::UserLogin#
Date #Pipeline Revision Report::DateLastModified#
814
Piping Pipelines Sorted by Name (Piping)

Pipelines are listed with several properties like nominal size, paint spec, insulation purpose, and
approval status.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipelines Sorted by
Name\Pipelines Sorted by Name.rtp
Line Number
#Pipe::LineNumber#
Nominal Size
#Pipe::NPD#
#Pipe::NPDUnitType#
Pipe Spec
Paint Spec
#Pipe::PipeSpec#
#Pipe::Coating Type#
Insulation
Insulation Temperature #FormattingUOM::{Temperature}#
#Pipe::[Pipe Insulation]#
#Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Temperature]#
Insulation Purpose
Insulation Material
#Pipe::Insulation Purpose#
#Pipe::Insulation Purpose_LongString#
#Pipe::Insulation Material#
#Pipe::Insulation Material_LongString#
Insulation Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Thickness]#
Approval Status #Pipe::Status#
815
Piping Specialty Class Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping specialty class data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Specialty Class Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Specialty Class Data tab

Tag Number #MCD::TagNumber#
Generic Tag Number #MCD::GenericTagNumber#
Spec Name #MCD::SpecName#
First Size Units #MCD::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size To#MCD::SecondSizeTo#
Multi Size Option #MCD::MultiSizeOption#
Requisition Type #MCD::RequisitionType#
Contractor Commodity Code #MCD::ContractorCommodityCode#
Specialty Type #MCD::SpecialtyType#
Geometry Type #MCD::SpecialtyType#
First Size Schedule #MCD::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #MCD::SecondSizeSchedule#
Part Data Basis #MCD::PartDataBasis#
Is Graphical Representation #MCD::IsGraphicalRepresentation#
Maximum Temperature #MCD::[lbl_MaximumTemperature]#
Material Grade #MCD::MaterialGrade#
Lining Material #MCD::LiningMaterial#
Corrosion Allowance #MCD::CorrosionAllowance#
816

Welding Requirements #MCD::WeldingRequirement#
Substitution Cap Screws Quantity #MCD::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Substitution Cap Screw Contractor Commodity Code
#MCD::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Substitution Cap Screw Diameter #MCD::[lbl_SubstCapScrewDiameter]#
Tapped Hole Depth #MCD::[lbl_TappedHoleDepth]#
Valve Operator Geometry Industry Standard #MCD::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Quantity of Alternate Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Mirror Behavior Option #MCD::MirrorBehaviorOption#
Maximum Pressure #MCD::MaximumPressure#
First Size UOM Basis in Catalog #MCD::FirstSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
Second Size UOM Basis in Catalog #MCD::SecondSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
817
Piping Specifications Sorted by Spec Name

Specifications are listed per plant with material and fluid references.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Specifications Sorted
by Spec Name\Specifications Sorted by Spec Name.rtp
Specification #Piping Specifications Per Plant::SpecName#
Description #Piping Specifications Per Plant::Description#
Material Reference #Piping Specifications Per Plant::MaterialReference#
Fluid Reference #Piping Specifications Per Plant::FluidReference#
Piping Tie Points in WBS Project

Tie Points (which are actually Control Points) are listed with corresponding Pipeline/Run
information and location coordinates.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Tie Points in WBS
Project\Tie Points in WBS Project.rtp
Tie Point #Tie Point::ControlPointName#
Ownership
Pipeline #Tie Point::PipelineName#
Pipe Run #Tie Point::PipeRunName#
Coordinates
W #Tie Point::[outPiping Tie Point Occurrence Location X]#
N #Tie Point::[outPiping Tie Point Occurrence Location Y]#
U #Tie Point::[outPiping Tie Point Occurrence Location Z]#
Notes #Tie Point::Note#
818
Piping Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Project

Valves are listed in material take-off form with NPD's, quantities and supply responsibilities.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Valves Material
Take-Off in WBS Project\Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Project.rtp
Project #Valves::ProjectName#
Nominal Size
1 #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Primary]#
2 #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Specification #Valves::[Specification]#
Item Code #Valves::ContractorCommodityCode#
Description #Valves::[Description]#
Quantity #Valves::TotalQuantity#
OFM / CFM #Valves::[SupplyResponsibility]#
Piping Valves Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Valves are listed with primary/secondary sizes, approval status, and quantity information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Valves Sorted by
NPD\Valves Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Primary]#
Size #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Description #Valves::[Description]#
Approval Status #Valves::Status_LongString#
Quantity #Valves::TotalQuantity#
819
Plain Piping Generic Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of plain piping generic data to be used for review and approval of the reference
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Plain Piping Generic Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Plain Piping Generic Data tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PPGD::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PPGD::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Standard #PPGD::EndStandard#
Schedule #PPGD::Schedule#
Pressure Rating #PPGD::PressureRating#
Piping Outside Diameter #PPGD::[lbl_PipingOutsideDiameter]#
Wall Thickness #PPGD::[lbl_WallThickness]#
Planning Joints (ShipStructure)

Creates a planning joint report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Planning Joint folder.
820
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
PlanningJointID #PlanningJoint::PlanningJointID#
joint.
The unique key for a particular planning
PlanningJointName #PlanningJoint::PlanningJointName#
PhysicalConnectionID #PlanningJoint::PhysicalConnectionID#
particular physical connection.
AssemblyID #PlanningJoint::AssemblyID#
assigned.
The unique key for a
The Assembly ID to which the planning joint is
Assembly Name #PlanningJoint::AssemblyName#

Connected Part1 #PlanningJoint::Part1#
Connected Part2 #PlanningJoint::Part2#
Weld Type #PlanningJoint::WeldType#
Tee, Weld, ButtWeld, or LapWeld.
Weld Dimension (Leg) m #PlanningJoint::WeldDimension#

WeldEquipment #PlanningJoint::WeldEquipment#
WeldPosition #PlanningJoint::WeldPosition#
Type of welding machine/equipment.
Flat, Vertical, Horizonal, or Overhead.
WeldDirection #PlanningJoint::WeldDirection#
Length(m) #PlanningJoint::Length#
Leg length of the welding.
Up, Down, N/A (not-applicable), Unknown.
Length of the planning joint.
Groove Type #PlanningJoint::GrooveType#

V, Y, and so on.
Accessibility #PlanningJoint::Accessibility#
Type of groove (edge preparation) used - X, I,

Open space or Closed space.
WeldInclination(rad) #PlanningJoint::WeldInclination# Inclination of the planning joint is

calculated based on the Manufacturing Orientation of the assembly.
WeldRotation(rad) #PlanningJoint::WeldRotation# Rotation of the planning joint is
calculated based on the Manufacturing Orientation of the assembly.
Root Gap m #PlanningJoint::RootGap#
Gap between the weld part and the joint part.
WeldSide #PlanningJoint::WeldSide# Determines the side of the welding. For plates:

Molded and Anti-Molded. For profiles: the defined naming sides (Web-Left, Web, Right, and so
on).
WeldShape #PlanningJoint::WeldShape#
Curved or Straight.
Land Length(Nose) m #PlanningJoint::LandLength#
The length of the land, if relevant.
821
Plate Flange Setback Distance (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Plate Flange Setback Distance to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Plate Flange Setback Distance folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Plate Flange Setback Distance tab

Setback Distance #PGDB::[lbl_SetbackDistance]#
Plate Part (ShipStructure)

Creates a plate part report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Plate Part folder.
Sheet1 tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Top System Name #PlatePart::{System Parent Name (can be the Plant Name)}#
Plate Part #PlatePart::ItemName#
Plate Type #PlatePart::PlateType#
Tightness #PlatePart::Tightness#
822

Description (General Notes) #PlatePart::Description#
Material Type #PlatePart::MaterialType#
Material Grade #PlatePart::MaterialGrade#
Plate System (ShipStructure)

Creates a plate system report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Plate System folder.
Sheet1 tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Top System Name #PlatePart::{System Parent Name (can be the Plant Name)}#
Plate System #PlateSystem::ItemName#
Plate Type #PlateSystem::PlateType#
Tightness #PlateSystem::Tightness#
Description (General Notes) #PlateSystem::Description#
Material Type #PlateSystem::MaterialType#
Material Grade #PlateSystem::MaterialGrade#
Port Alignment Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Port Alignment Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Port Alignment Rule folder.
823
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Port Alignment Rule tab

Method Of Trimming #PGDB::MethodOfTrimming#
Acceptable Alignment Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_AcceptableAlignmentTolerance]#
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule tab

Bolt Diameter Increment #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameterIncrement]#
Materials Grade #PGDB::MaterialsGrade#
Perferred Bolt Length From #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredBoltLengthFrom]#
Perferred Bolt Length To #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredBoltLengthTo]#
Preferred Bolt Length Increment #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredBoltLengthIncrement]#
824
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule tab

Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
825
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule tab

Pressure Gauge (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Gauges to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Gauge folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
826
Pressure Gauge tab

Symbol Icon
827

Instument Height #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight]#
Instrument Width1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentWidth1]#
Pressure Regulator (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Regulators to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Regulator folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
828
Pressure Regulator tab

Symbol Icon
829

Pressure Relief Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Relief Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Relief Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
830

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Relief Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation
831

Face 1 to Center #PartData::[lbl_Face1toCenter]#
Pressure Switch (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Switches to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Switch folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
832
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Switch tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Height1
833

834
Pressure Transmitter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Transmitters to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Transmitter folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Transmitter tab

Symbol Icon
835

Instrument Nut Width #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentNutWidth]#
836
Profile Sketch - Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent

Creates a report for a single profile sketch for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing
Profile Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles folder.
SP3DReport Definition
Report tab
Part Name #PSDefault::PartName#
Weight (KG) #PSDefault::Weight#
Location PORT #PSDefault::Symmetry_PORT#
Location CL #PSDefault::Symmetry_CL#
Location STBD #PSDefault::Symmetry_STBD#
Profile Sketch - Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent

Creates a report for multiple profile sketches for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing
Profile Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles folder.
SP3DReport Definition
Report tab
837

Location PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
Location CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
Location STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
Profile Stock Length (ShipStructure)

Creates a profile stock length report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Profile Stock Length folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
ID #Profiles::ID#
Length#FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Profiles::[Length]#
X #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Profiles::[X]#
Y #Profiles::Y#
Z #Profiles::[Z]#
Reducer (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray reducer parts--straight, left, and right--to be used for review and
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Reducers folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The following part class names (PartClassName) are associated with this report definition:
CTStraightReducer, CTLeftReducer, and CTRightReducer.
838
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Cable Tray_Reducers tab

Symbol Icon
839

Load Width[2] #PartData::[lbl_LoadDepth2]#
Reinforcing Pads (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Reinforcing
Pads\Reinforcing Pads.rtp
Commodity Code #Branch Fittings with RPads::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Branch Fittings with RPads::Material cl#
Material
#Branch Fittings with RPads::Material#
Material Category #Branch Fittings with RPads::Material Category#

#Branch Fittings with RPads::Short Material Description#
Header Schedule #Branch Fittings with RPads::Header Schedule#

Header NPD
#Branch Fittings with RPads::Header NPD#
H Unit #Branch Fittings with RPads::H Unit#

Branch NPD
840
#Branch Fittings with RPads::Branch NPD#

B Unit #Branch Fittings with RPads::B Unit#
RPad Width #Branch Fittings with RPads::[lbl_RPadWidth]#
RPad Thickness
#Branch Fittings with RPads::[lbl_RPadThickness]#
Root Gap (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant

Rules)
Creates a report of Root Gap to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Root Gap folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Root Gap tab

Root Gap #PGDB::[lbl_RootGap]#
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Cableway)

Creates a report of cableway specification rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Cableway\Rules folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
841
Cableway Nominal Sizes tab

Spec Name #Nominal Sizes::SpecName#
Section Name #Nominal Sizes::SectionName#
CableWay Bend Radius tab

Spec Name #Bend Radius::SpecName#
Bend Radius #Bend Radius::[lbl_BendRadius]#
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit)

Creates a report of conduit specification rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Rules folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Conduit Filter tab

Spec Name #Conduit Filter::SpecName#
Short Code #Conduit Filter::ShortCode#
Comments #Conduit Filter::Comments#
First Size From #Conduit Filter::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #Conduit Filter::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #Conduit Filter::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #Conduit Filter::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #Conduit Filter::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #Conduit Filter::SecondSizeunits#
Commodity Option #Conduit Filter::CommodityOption#
Contractor Commodity Code #Conduit Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Bend Radius #Conduit Filter::[lbl_BendRadius]#
Bend Radius Multiplier #Conduit Filter::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Selection Basis #Conduit Filter::SelectionBasis#
842
Conduit Nominal Diameters tab

Spec Name #Conduit Nominal Diameters::SpecName#
Npd #Conduit Nominal Diameters::Npd#
Npd Unit Type #Conduit Nominal Diameters::NpdUnitType#
Shell Expansion (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports)
Creates a shell expansion profile parts report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create shell expansion
drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Shell Expansion folder.
Report tab
Name #ShellExpansion::ProfileName#
Type #ShellExpansion::ProfileType#
Material Type #ShellExpansion::ProfileMaterialType#
Material Grade #ShellExpansion::ProfileMaterialGrade#
Short Code Hierarchy Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Short Code Hierarchy Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Short Code Hierarchy Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
843
Short Code Hierarchy Rule tab

Short Code Hierarchy Type #PGDB::ShortCodeHierarchyType#
Short Code #PGDB::ShortCode#
Short Stroke Rotameter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Short Stroke Rotameters to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Short Stroke Rotameter
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Short Stroke Rotameter tab

844

Symbol Icon
845

Single Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Manufacturing Profiles)
Creates a single profile sketch report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can use
this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile Sketch
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Single
folder.
846
Report tab
Symmetry
PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
#PSDefault::CurvedPosition#
0 - 60
#PSCurved::Location#
#PSCurved::0# - #PSCurved::60#
Size Reduction Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Size Reduction Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Size Reduction Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Size Reduction Rule tab

Size Reduction Type #PGDB::SizeReductionType#
Size Reduction Preference #PGDB::SizeReductionPreference#
Fitting 2 First Size #PGDB::Fitting2FirstSize#
Fitting 2 First Size Units #PGDB::Fitting2FirstSizeUnits#
847

Firting 3 First Size #PGDB::Fitting3FirstSize#
Fitting 4 First Size #PGDB::Fitting4FirstSize#
Slip On Flange Setback Distance (Catalog

Creates a report of Slip On Flange Setback Distance to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Slip On Flange Setback Distance folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Slip On Flange Setback Distance tab

Company Practice Gap #PGDB::[lbl_CompanyPracticeGap]#
Company Practice Round Off Factor #PGDB::[lbl_CompanyPracticeRoundOffFactor]#
Maximum Weld Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumWeldThickness]#
Slot (ShipStructure)
Creates a slot report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Slot folder.
848
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Assembly #Slot::Assembly#
Penetrated Plate #Slot::Penetrated Plate#
Slot #Slot::Slot#
Slot Type #Slot::Slot Type#
Profile ID #Slot::Stiffener Part#
Stiffened Plate System #Slot::Stiffened Plate System#
SmartPlant Review
Generates the graphics (VUE) and attribute data (MDB2) files. These files can be opened in the
SmartPlant Review application. The S3DToSPRDirect.xls file does not require editing and is not
customizable.
Accuracy Data (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing PinJig Accuracy Data report.
Report tab
Parent Remarking line - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_HorRemarkLineParent
Parent Remarking line - Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_VerRemarkLineParent#
Offset on Jig floor - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_X#
Offset on Jig floor Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_Y#
Nearest Pin's height #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinHeight#
Distance between Intersection point and its upper position #XptPinOffsetReport::m_IntxPtHeight
849
Embedded Standalone Reports

Most reports are dependent upon a related view. The following reports can be added to a
Drawings by Rule component without a related view.
MfgTemplate - Split Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template
Sets) (on page 447)
For more information, see "General Tab (Setup Dialog Box - Drawings by Rule)" in the
Material List (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of Materials to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Reports\StructManufacturing folder.
Sheet1 tab
Enter Block/Assy Name #QWP::{ItemName}#
Lot number #QWP::Lot number#
Dimensions #QWP::Dimensions#
Quantity #QWP::Quantity#
Weight #QWP::Total weight#
Quantity in block #QWP::Count of parts in Block#
Quantity other block #QWP::Count of parts in other Blocks#
850
MFGPROFILE (StructManufacturing)
Creates a manufacturing profile report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\MFGPROFILE folder.

User #Formatting Field::{User Name}#
BlockName #StrMfgProfile::BlockName#
AssemblyName #StrMfgProfile::AssemblyName#
MfgProfile Name #StrMfgProfile::ItemName#
MfgProfile Curvature Type #StrMfgProfile::CurvatureType#
Web Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Lenght}#
TopFlange Length Before #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
BtmFlange Length Before #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
851
MfgTemplate - Common Report

(ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
Drawings by Rule view. You can use this report when up a Drawing by Rule component to
create Manufacturing Template Set drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template sets\MfgTemplate CommonReport folder.
Report tab
Date\Time #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Plate #DefaultTemplateReport::PlateName#
Template #DefaultTemplateReport::TemplateName#
Positions #CommonReport_Data::DAT_TemplateName#
Sight Line Marking #CommonReport_Data::DAT_SightLineDist#
Upper Angle Mark #CommonReport_Data::DAT_UpperAngleMark#
Lower Angle Mark #CommonReport_Data::DAT_LowerAngleMark#
Template Angle (Fore) #CommonReport_Data::DAT_ForeTemplateAngle#
Template Angle (AFT) #CommonReport_Data::DAT_AftTemplateAngle#
Length of Template #CommonReport_Data::DAT_TemplateLength#
Height at Length of Template #CommonReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtTemplateLength#
852
MfgTemplate - Offset Report

Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template sets\MfgTemplate OffsetReport folder.
Report tab
Date\Time #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Plate #DefaultTemplateReport::PlateName#
Template #DefaultTemplateReport::TemplateName#
Offset Spacing #DefaultTemplateReport::TemplateOffset#
DISTANCE
Offset
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateName
#
#DefaultReport_Header::TXT_Step_0#
10
853
DISTANCE
Offset
#DefaultReport_Data2::DAT_TemplateNam
e#
#DefaultReport_Header2::TXT_Step_1
0#
11
#DefaultReport_Data2::DAT_HeightAtStep_1
0#
1#
12
1#
2#
13
2#
3#
14
3#
4#
15
4#
5#
16
5#
6#
17
6#
7#
18
7#
8#
19
8#
9#
20
9#
Panel Data Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin)
Creates a report for manufacturing PinJig for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can
use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing PinJig
854

Report tab
<Company Name>
Jig Tables
Jig Dimensions #DefaultPinReport::m_JigDimension#
Required Area #DefaultPinReport::m_RqArea#
Angle between frame plane and assembly plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_FrameNAssemblyAngle#
Angle between waterline plane and assembly plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_WaterLineNAssemblyAngle#
Panel Data Table
Heights of Panel Edges for Jig Column
Distance From the Sightline to

Edges of Panel
Type
#PanelDataReport::m_EdgeType#
#SightLineToEdge::m_EdgeTypeD
ist#
#PanelDataReport::m_Height0#
#SightLineToEdge::m_Distance0#
855

856

Edges of Panel
Type
ist#
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AI
AJ


Edges of Panel
Type
ist#
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AP
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AV
AW
AX
AY
AZ
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
BG
857

Edges of Panel

Type
ist#
BH
BI
Corners of the Panels

Corner #CornerReport::ItemNum#
Dist(X) #CornerReport::m_X#
Dist(Y) #CornerReport::m_Y#
Dist(Z) #CornerReport::m_Z#
Parts List (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of parts to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Parts List folder.
Sheet1 tab
Block #QWP::{ItemName}#
Part #QWP::PartName#
Sketch #QWP::Sketch#
Sheet Number #QWP::Sheet number#
Material #QWP::MaterialType#
Quantity port #QWP::Quantity on Port#
Quantity CL #QWP::Quantity on Centerline#
Quantity stbd #QWP::Quantity on Stbd#
Weight unit #QWP::Unit weight#
858

Weight total #QWP::Total weight#
Workshop #QWP::Workshop#
Revision #QWP::Scantling Drawing Revision#
Pin Jig (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg

Pin Jig)
Creates a report for manufacturing Pin Jig for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Pin
Jig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Report tab
Company Name
Jig Tables
Jig Dimensions #DefaultPinReport::m_JigDimension#
859

Required Area #DefaultPinReport::m_RqArea#
1, 2 - Diagonal Lengths
3 - Aft Butt
4 - Upper Seam
5 - Fore Butt
6 - Lower Seam
7 - Horizontal Interval
8 - Vertical Interval
9 - Vertical Distance Between Nearest Pin and Jig Corner
10 - Horizontal Distance Between Nearest Pin and Jig Corner
11 -14 - Corner Pins
15 - Assembly Panel
16 - Pin Height
17 - Plate Seams
18 - Base Plane
860
Numeric
Callouts
1,2
Report Column
Header at
Design Time
Description
Diagonal Length Diagonal lengths

on the pin jig 3D
Design Time
Values
Example of
Values at
Runtime
#DefaultPinReport::
[outFormat_local_
m_Diagonal_ALFU]
#
14779
10,11,12,1 Ground
3
Information
Names of the
corner pins
#GroundInfoReport
::m_PinName#
(H3, V12)
Ground
Information
Vertical distance
between nearest
pin and corner of
jig floor
#GroundINfoReport
::[outFormat_Loca_
m_DY]#
-175
10
Ground
Information
Horizontal
#GroundInfoReport
distance between ::[outFormat_Local
nearest pin and
_m_DX]#
corner of jig floor
63
16
Ground
Information
Actual pin height
#GroundInfoReport
::[outFormat_Local
_m_PinHeight]#
937
Pin Interval
Horizontal
interval for pin jig
spacing
#DefaultPinReport::
[outFormat_Local_
m_HorizInterval]#
600
Pin Interval
Vertical interval
#DefaultPinReport::
for pin jig spacing [outFormat_Local_
m_VertInterval]#
500
Seam Girth
Length
Aft butt remarking #DefaultPinReport::

line of pin jig
[outFormat_Local_
m_Girth_A_BUTT]#
5953
Seam Girth
Length
Upper seam
remarking line of
pin jig
#DefaultPinReport::
[outFormat_Local_
m_Girth_U_SEAM]
#
12084
Seam Girth
Length
Fore butt
remarking line of
pin jig
#DefaultPinReport::
[outFormat_Local_
m_Girth_F_BUTT]#
6778
861

6
Seam Girth
Length
Lower seam
remarking line of
pin jig
11378
#DefaultPinReport::
[outFormat_Local_
m_Girth_L_SEAM]
#
Ground Info:
No. #GroundInfoReport::m_ItemNum#
Pin Name #GroundInfoReport::m_PinName#
dX #GroundInfoReport::m_DX#
dY #GroundInfoReport:: m_DY#
Pin Height #GroundInfoReport:: m_PinHeight#
Pin Height Summary:
Range
Design Time Values
Example of
Values at
Runtime
Height <= 800
#PinSummaryReport::m_Range1#
317
800 < Height <= 1300
19
1300 < Height <= 1800
1800 < Height
Assembly Angle:
Axis
862
Design Time Values
Example of
Values at
Runtime
X-Plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_FrameNAsse 65.1
mblyAngle#
Y-Plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_ButtockLine
NAssemblyAngle#
138.1
X-Plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_WaterLineN
AssemblyAngle#
58.7
Profile Sketch Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent

Creates a multiple profile sketch report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can
use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile
Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Multiple
folder.
Report tab
Symmetry PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
Symmetry CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
Symmetry STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
Parameters A #PSMultiple::A#
Parameters B #PSMultiple::B#
Parameters C #PSMultiple::C#
Parameters D #PSMultiple::D#
Parameters E #PSMultiple::E#
Parameters F #PSMultiple::F#
Parameters G #PSMultiple::G#
Parameters H #PSMultiple::H#
Parameters I #PSMultiple::I#
Parameters J #PSMultiple::J#
Parameters K #PSMultiple::K#
Parameters L #PSMultiple::L#
Parameters M #PSMultiple::M#
Parameters N #PSMultiple::N#
863

Parameters O #PSMultiple::O#
Parameters P #PSMultiple::P#
Parameters Q #PSMultiple::Q#
Parameters R #PSMultiple::R#
Parameters S #PSMultiple::S#
Parameters T #PSMultiple::T#
Parameters U #PSMultiple::U#
Parameters V #PSMultiple::V#
Parameters W #PSMultiple::W#
Parameters X #PSMultiple::X#
Parameters Y #PSMultiple::Y#
Parameters Z #PSMultiple::Z#
Parameters AA #PSMultiple::AA#
Parameters AB #PSMultiple::AB#
Parameters AC #PSMultiple::AC#
Parameters AD #PSMultiple::AD#
Parameters AE #PSMultiple::AE#
Parameters AF #PSMultiple::AF#
Parameters AG #PSMultiple::GA#
Parameters AH #PSMultiple::AH#
Parameters AI #PSMultiple::AI#
Parameters AJ #PSMultiple::AJ#
Parameters AK #PSMultiple::AK#
Parameters AL #PSMultiple::AL#
Parameters AM #PSMultiple::AM#
Parameters AN #PSMultiple::AN#
Profile Sketch Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch Single)
Creates a single profile sketch for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can use this
report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile Sketch
864

Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Single
folder.
Report tab
Part Name #PSDefault::PartName#
Weight (KG) #PSDefault::Weight#
PORT #PSDefault::Symmetry_PORT#
Symmetry CL #PSDefault::Symmetry_CL#
#PSDefault::Curve #PSCurved::Location
dPosition#
#
0
#PSCurved::0#
#PSCurved::1#
#PSCurved::2#
#PSCurved::3#
#PSCurved::4#
#PSCurved::5#
#PSCurved::6#
#PSCurved::7#
#PSCurved::8#
#PSCurved::9#
10
#PSCurved::10#
11
#PSCurved::11#
12
#PSCurved::12#
13
#PSCurved::13#
14
#PSCurved::14#
865

dPosition#
#
866
15
#PSCurved::15#
16
#PSCurved::16#
17
#PSCurved::17#
18
#PSCurved::18#
19
#PSCurved::19#
20
#PSCurved::20#
21
#PSCurved::21#
22
#PSCurved::22#
23
#PSCurved::23#
24
#PSCurved::24#
25
#PSCurved::25#
26
#PSCurved::26#
27
#PSCurved::27#
28
#PSCurved::28#
29
#PSCurved::29#
30
#PSCurved::30#
31
#PSCurved::31#
32
#PSCurved::32#
33
#PSCurved::33#
34
#PSCurved::34#
35
#PSCurved::35#
36
#PSCurved::36#
37
#PSCurved::37#
38
#PSCurved::38#

dPosition#
#
39
#PSCurved::39#
40
#PSCurved::40#
41
#PSCurved::41#
42
#PSCurved::42#
43
#PSCurved::43#
44
#PSCurved::44#
45
#PSCurved::45#
46
#PSCurved::46#
47
#PSCurved::47#
48
#PSCurved::48#
49
#PSCurved::49#
50
#PSCurved::50#
51
#PSCurved::51#
52
#PSCurved::52#
53
#PSCurved::53#
54
#PSCurved::54#
55
#PSCurved::55#
56
#PSCurved::56#
57
#PSCurved::57#
58
#PSCurved::58#
59
#PSCurved::59#
60
#PSCurved::60#
867
Shell Expansion Accuracy Check

(ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell Expansion)
Creates a shell expansion accuracy report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create shell expansion
Reports\ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell Expansion\Shell Expansion Accuracy Check
folder.
Report1 tab
x #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Location X#
Shell Expansion Accuracy Results - Hull Lines (G & T)
Offset1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Offset1#
Girth1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Girth1#
Offset2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Offset2#
Girth2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Girth2#
Girths #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Girth Total#
Offsets #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Offset Total#
Y = f(x) #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Total#
Shell Expansion Accuracy Results - Expansion Drawing (Core Math)
Offset1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Offset1#
Girth1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Girth1#
Offset2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Offset2#
Girth2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Girth2#
Girths #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Girth Total#
Offsets #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Offset Total#
Y = f(x) #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Total#
Error (meters)
Girths #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ErrorGirth#
Offsets #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ErrorOffset#
Y #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Error#
868
STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO (ShipStructure)

Creates a report for Structural Plate Material Take-Offs to be used for review and approval of
Reports\ShipStructure\STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO folder.
Report tab
Reporting on Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOMParam::BlockID#
Reporting on Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyID#
Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyName#
Part ID #StructuralBOM::PartID#
Part Name #StructuralBOM::PartName#
ShipSide #StructuralBOM::Symmetry#
Object #StructuralBOM::Object#
Object Type #StructuralBOM::ObjectType#
Status #StructuralBOM::Status#
Stage #StructuralBOM::Stage#
Material Type #StructuralBOM::MaterialType#
Grade #StructuralBOM::Grade#
Plate Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateLength]#
Plate Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateWidth]#
Curved #StructuralBOM::Curved#
Part Drawing Number #StructuralBOM::PartDwgNumber#
Arrangement Drawing Number #StructuralBOM::ArrgDwgNumber#
Mfg Part Id #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part ID#
Mfg Part Name #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part Name#
Nest ID #StructuralBOM::NestID#
Nesting Stage #StructuralBOM::Nesting Stage#
869

Center of Gravity X #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGX]#
Center of Gravity Y #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGY]#
Center of Gravity Z #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGZ]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedWeight]#
Area #FormattingUOM::{Area}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedArea]#
STRUCTURAL PROFILE (ShipStructure)

Creates a report of Structural Profile Material Take-Offs to be used for review and approval of
Reports\ShipStructure\STRUCTURAL PROFILE MTO folder.
Report tab
Reporting on Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOMParam::BlockID#
Reporting on Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyID#
Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyName#
Ship Side #StructuralBOM::Symmetry#
Profile Type #StructuralBOM::ProfileType#
Profile Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_ProfileLength]#
Web Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebWidth]#
Flange Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeWidth]#
870

Web Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebThickness]#
Flange Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeThickness]#
IsTwisted #StructuralBOM::IsTwisted#
Mfg Part Id #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part ID#
Mfg Part Name #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part Name#
Nesting Stage #StructuralBOM::NestingStage#
Center of Gravity X #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFomattedCoGX]#
Center of Gravity Y #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGY]#
Center of Gravity Z #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGZ]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedWeight]#
Area #FormattingUOM::{Area}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedArea]#
Weight and CG (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of Weights and CGs to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Weight and CG folder.
Sheet1 tab
Filter #WeightandCG::{FilterName}#
Block #WeightAndCG::Block#
Part Name #WeightAndCG::PartName#
Weight #WeightAndCG::Weight#
Center of Gravity x #WeightAndCG::COGx#
Center of Gravity y #WeightAndCG::COGy#
871

Center of Gravity z #WeightAndCG::COGz#
Quantity #WeightAndCG::Quantity#
Location #WeightAndCG::Location#
Total =SUM(D11:D12)
Xpt Pin Offset (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Creates a report for the intersection point of a PinJig. You can use this report when setting up a
Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and
Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Report tab
Parent Remarking line - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_HorRemarkLineParent#
Parent Remarking line - Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_VerRemarkLineParent#
Offset on Jig floor - Horizontal #XptOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_RelOffset_X#
Offset on Jig floor - Vertical #XptOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_RelOffset_Y#
Nearest Pin's height #XptPinOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_NearestPinHeight]#
Distance between Intersection point and its upper position
#XptPinOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_IntxPtHeight]#
Spatial Load Relations (Compartmentation)

Creates a spatial load overview report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\SpatialLoadRelations folder.
872
Sheet1 tab
Spatial Load #Compartment::Name#
Load Combination #Compartment::Parent#
Compartment #Compartment::ConnectedCompartment#
Specialties (Verification of Constistency)

Creates a report of specialty objects to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
of Consistency\Specialties folder.
StockSpltyWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSSWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PSSWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PSSWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
CusEngSpltyBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEBoltedGenericData::multisizeoption#
873

Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSCEBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSCEBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSCEBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
PSCESubstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
#PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::ShortMaterialDescription#
First Size From #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyFemaleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEFemaleGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First SIze To #PSCEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSCEFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSCEFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSCEFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSCEFemaleGenericData::schedule#
874

CusEngSpltyLinerthkDatUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#
CusEngSpltyLocalizeDesUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCELocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCELocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCELocalizedDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCELocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCELocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCELocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCELocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCELocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyLongDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCELongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCELongDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCELongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCELongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCELongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCELongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCELongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCELongDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngMatlClassBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
875

Piping Materials Class #PSCEMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PSCEMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
CusEngSpltyMechEndDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diamter Units #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
CusEngSpltyUndefinedInPartData
Description of the Error #PSCEPartData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCEPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCEPartData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEPartData::multisizeoption#
876

CusEngSptyPlainPipeDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEPartData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEPartData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEPartData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEPartData::npdunits#
End Standard #PSCEPartData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSCEPartData::schedule#
CusEngPipingSpltyReport
Description of the Error #PSCEReport::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCEReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEReport::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCEReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEReport::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PSCEReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSCEReport::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCEReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSCEReport::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCEReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSCEReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSCEReport::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngRptblCmdtyNotInMatCtlData
Description of the Error #PSCEReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
877

#PSCEReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Tag Number #PSCEReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
ReportOfCusEngSpltySymbols
Description of the Error #PSCEReportOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCEReportOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEReportOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEReportOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEReportOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEReportOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PSCEReportOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CusEngSpltyShortDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCEShortDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSubtCapScwNotInMatlCtlDat
Description of the Error #PSCESubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCESubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
#PSCESubstCapScrew::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
First Size From #PSCESubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
878

First Size To #PSCESubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCESubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCESubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
SummaryOfCusEngSpltyParts
Description of the Error #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngSpltyFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PSCESymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCESymbolPlacement::TagNumber#
First Size From #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCESymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Primary Size #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::primarysizeunits#
879

Secondary Size #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PSCESymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PSCESymbolPlacement::symbolname#
CusEngSpltySymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCESymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCESymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCESymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCESymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCESymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PSCESymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CusEngSpValveOpNotInMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyValveOpNotInPartData
Description of the Error #PSCEValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSCEValveOpPart::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSCEValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
880

Second Size From #PSCEValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCEWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PSCEWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSCEWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PSCEWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PSCEWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
StockSpltyBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSBoltedGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSBoltedGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSSBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSSBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSSBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
StockSpltyCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
881

Second Size To #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
#PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Piping Specialty
#PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::contractorcommoditycode#
StockSpltyUndefinedInCmdtyClass
Description of the Error #PSSCmdtyClass::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSCmdtyClass::tagnumber#
#PSSCmdtyClass::industrycommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSCmdtyClass::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSCmdtyClass::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtyClass::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSCmdtyClass::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSCmdtyClass::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtyClass::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyNotInServiceLimitsDat
Description of the Error #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::industrycommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeunits#
Nominal Piping Diameters #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npdunittype#
StockSpltyFemaleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSFemaleGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
882

First Size Units #PSSFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSFemaleGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSSFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSSFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSSFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSSFemaleGenericData::schedule#
StockSpltyLinerThkDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#
StockSpltyLocalizeDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSLocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSLocalizedDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSLocalizedDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSLocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSLocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
883

Second Size From #PSSLocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSLocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSLocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyLongDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSLongDesc::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSLongDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSLongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSLongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSLongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSLongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSLongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSLongDesc::secondsizeunits#
StockMatlClassBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PSSMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PSSMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
StockySpltyNotInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PSSMatlCtlData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSMatlCtlData::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSMatlCtlData::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSMatlCtlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSMatlCtlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSMatlCtlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSMatlCtlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSMatlCtlData::secondsizeto#
884

Second Size Units of Measure #PSSMatlCtlData::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyMechDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSMechanicalGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSSMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSSMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSSMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
StkSpltyMultipleMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::tagnumber#
#PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::ShortMaterialDescription#
StockSpltyPartDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSPartValidation::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSPartValidation::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSPartValidation::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSPartValidation::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSPartValidation::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSPartValidation::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSPartValidation::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSPartValidation::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSPartValidation::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSPartValidation::industrycommoditycode#
885

StockSptyPlainPipeDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSPlainGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSPlainGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSPlainGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSPlainGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSPlainGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSPlainGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSPlainGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSPlainGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSPlainGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSPlainGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSPlainGenericData::npdunits#
End Standard #PSSPlainGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSSPlainGenericData::schedule#
StockSpltyPartReport
Description of the Error #PSSReport::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSReport::secondsizeunits#
Second Size To #PSSReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSReport::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSReport::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSSReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSSReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PSSReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSSReport::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PSSReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSSReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSSReport::secondsizeschedule#
886

StockSpltyRptbleCmdtyUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
#PSSReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSReportableCmdty::contractorcommoditycode#
ReportOfStockSpltySymbols
Description of the Error #PSSReportOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSReportOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSReportOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSReportOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSReportOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSReportOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSReportOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSReportOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSReportOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PSSReportOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockSpltyShortDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSShortDesc::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSShortDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
887

StockSpltySubtCapScrewUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSSubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSSubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSSubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
#PSSSubstCapScrew::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
#PSSSubstCapScrew::contractorcommoditycode#
SummaryOfStockSpltyParts
Description of the Error #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
StockSpltyFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PSSSymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSSymbolPlacement::TagNumber#
888

First Size From #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSSymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSSymbolPlacement::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PSSSymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PSSSymbolPlacement::symbolname#
StockSpltySymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PSSSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockSpltyValOpNotInOpMatCtData
Description of the Error #PSSValveOpMatlctlDataTypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeunits#
889

Second Size From #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyValOpNotInPartData
Description of the Error #PSSValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSSValveOpPart::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSSValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
Specifications (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Cableway)
Creates a report of cableway specifications to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Cableway\Specifications folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Cableway Spec tab

Spec Name #Spec::SpecName#
Description #Spec::Description#
Is Tray Specification #Spec::IsTraySpecification#
Material #Spec::Material#
Tray Type #Spec::TrayType#
Manufacturer #Spec::Manufacturer#
Default Bend Radius #Spec::[lbl_DefaultBendRadius]#
890
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit)

Creates a report of conduit specifications to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Specifications folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Conduit Spec tab

Spec Name #Conduit Spec::SpecName#
Material #Conduit Spec::Material#
Service #Conduit Spec::Service#
Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray vertical adjustable splice plates to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\SplicePlaVerAdjustable folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUse
Type
891

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate tab

Symbol Icon
Quantity of Associated Parts #PartData::QuantityOfAssociatedParts#
892

SPMAT Cable Tray MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Cable Tray Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT CableTray MTO folder.
Plant Name: #Plant::Name#
Date: #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
User: #FormattingField::{UserName}#
SP Material Cable Tray MTO

GUID #Cable Tray::OID#
Discipline #Cable Tray::Discipline#
Area #Cable Tray::Area#
unit #Cable Tray::Unit#
WBS #Cable Tray::WBS#
cableway name #Cable Tray::Cableway Name#
PartNumber #Cable Tray::Part Number#
PartDescription #Cable Tray::Part Description#
Nominal Width #Cable Tray::Nominal Width#
NominalDepth #Cable Tray::[outNominalDepth]#
Reducing Size #Cable Tray::[outReducingSize]#
Rung Spacing #Cable Tray::[outRungSpacing]#
TrayType #Cable Tray::Tray Type_LongString#
Component Type #Cable Tray::Component Type_LongString#
Material #Cable Tray::Material_LongString#
Manufacturer #Cable Tray::Manufacturer#
893

LoadSpanClassification #Cable Tray::Load Span Classification_LongString#
Length #Cable Tray::[outLength]#
Approval status #Cable Tray::Approval Status_LongString#
Weight #Cable Tray::[outWeight]#
Weight Unit
Quantity #Cable Tray::[outLength]#
Quantity Unit
SPMAT Handrail MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Handrails Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT Handrail MTO folder.
SP Material Handrail MTO

GUID #Handrails::OID#
Discipline #Handrails::Discipline#
Area #Handrails::Area#
unit #Handrails::Unit#
WBS #Handrails::WBS#
Name #Handrails::Name#
System #Handrails::System#
Length #Handrails::[outLength]#
Length Unit
Height #Handrails::[outHeight]#
Height Unit
Weight #Handrails::[outWeight]#
Weight Unit
Material #Handrails::Material#
Grade #Handrails::Grade#
894
SPMAT Pipe MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Piping Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT Pipe MTO folder.
SP Material Pipe MTO

GUID #SPMATPipeMTO::OID#
Discipline #SPMATPipeMTO::Discipline#
Area #SPMATPipeMTO::AreaSystem#
unit #SPMATPipeMTO::UnitSystem#
Pipeline #SPMATPipeMTO::LineId#
Iso Sheet #SPMATPipeMTO::IsoSheet#
Pipe Run #SPMATPipeMTO::PipeRun#
WBS #SPMATPipeMTO::WBS#
Component Type #SPMATPipeMTO::Category#
Name #SPMATPipeMTO::ComponentName#
PartNumer #MemberParts::Member Part Number#
TAG #SPMATPipeMTO::Tag#
Commodity Code #SPMATPipeMTO::CommodityCode#
Size1 #SPMATPipeMTO::NPD1#
Size1 Unit #SPMATPipeMTO::NPDUnitType1#
Spec #SPMATPipeMTO::Spec#
Material #SPMATPipeMTO::Material#
Fabrication Type #SPMATPipeMTO::FabricationType#
Approval Status #SPMATPipeMTO::ApprovalStatus#
Quantity #SPMATPipeMTO::QuantityTotal#
Quantity Unit
895
SPMAT Steel MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Steel Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT Pipe MTO folder.
SP Material Steel MTO

GUID #MemberParts::OID#
Discipline #MemberParts::Discipline#
Area #MemberParts::Area#
unit #MemberParts::Unit#
WBS #MemberParts::WBS#
Structural System Name #MemberParts::Structural System Name#
Section #MemberParts::Structural System Name#
Material Type #MemberParts::Material Type#
Material Grade #MemberParts::Material Grade#
Length Quantity #MemberParts::[outLength]#
Weight #MemberParts::[outWeight]#
Surface Area #MemberParts::[outSurface]#
PartNumber #MemberParts::Member Part Number#
Standard Notes Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\StandardNotesData)
Creates a report of Standard Notes Data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\StandardNotesData folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
896

Remarks
Standard Notes Data tab

Name #PartData::Name#
Purpose #PartData::Purpose#
Description #PartData::Description#
Steam Trap Type4 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Steam Traps Type4 to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Steam Trap Type4 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Steam Trap Type4 tab

897

Symbol Icon
898

Trap Body Diameter #PartData::[lbl_TrapBodyDiameter]#
Trap Length1 #PartData::[lbl_TrapLength1]#

in your catalog.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
899
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Symbol Icon
900

901

Piping Specialty Length #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyLength]#
Nozzle Offset #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset]#
Nozzle Offset1 #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset1]#
Nozzle1 to Nozzle2 #PartData::[lbl_Nozzle1toNozzle2]#
Nozzle Offset2 #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset2]#

in your catalog.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
902

Symbol Icon
903

Piping Specialty Length #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyLength]#

in your catalog.
904
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Symbol Icon
905

906

Trap Diameter #PartData::[lbl_TrapDiameter]#

in your catalog.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

907

Symbol Icon
908

Trap Height Top to Cen #PartData::[lbl_TrapHeightToptoCen]#
With drawal Distance #PartData::[lbl_WithdrawalDistance]#
Trap Height Bot to Cen #PartData::[lbl_TrapHeightBottoCen]#
With drawal Distance1 #PartData::[lbl_WithdrawalDistance1]#
Straight (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray straight parts to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Straight folder.
909
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
CableTray Straight tab

Symbol Icon
910

STRMFG Profile Bending Line (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing profile bending line report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\STRMFGProfileBendingLine folder.
Default Report tab

911

#STRMFGProfileBendingLine::PositionNo#
#STRMFGProfileBendingLine::0# - #STRMFGProfileBendingLine::40#
STRMFG Profile Sketch Support

Creates a manufacturing profile sketch support report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\STRMFGProfileSketchSupport folder.
Default Report tab

#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Part Name#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::ShrinkageAndMarginApplied#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Web Length#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::TopFlange Length#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::BtmFlange Length#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Feature1Distance# #STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Feature80Distance#
Structural BOM (ShipStructure)

Creates a structural bill of materials report. This may be embedded into a drawing.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\\Reports\Types of
Reports\ShipStructure\Structural BOM folder.
912
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
ShipSide #StructuralBOM::Symmetry#
Profile Type #StructuralBOM::ProfileType#
Plate Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateLength]#
Plate Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateWidth]#
Plate Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateThickness]#
Profile Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_ProfileLength]#
Web Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebWidth]#
Flange Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeWidth]#
Web Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebThickness]#
Flange Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeThickness]#
IsTwisted #StructuralBOM::IsTwisted#
COGx #StructuralBOM::COGx#
COGy #StructuralBOM::COGy#
COGz #StructuralBOM::COGz#
Weight #StructuralBOM::Weight#
Area #StructuralBOM::Area#
913
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off

(Structure)
Itemized list of Curve members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed from the member solid.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Curve Member
Itemized Material Take-Off\Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off.rtp
Item #MemberCurve::ItemNum#
Name #MemberCurve::Name#
Priority #MemberCurve::Priority#
Type Category #MemberCurve::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberCurve::Type#
Section #MemberCurve::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberCurve::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberCurve::MaterialGrade#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Cut Length]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Dry Weight]#
Surface Area #FormattingUOM::{SurfaceArea}#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off

by Unit Weight (Structure)
Itemized list of Curve members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed as Area x CutLength x Density.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Curve Member
Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight\Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit
Weight.rtp
914

Item #MemberCurve::ItemNum#
Name #MemberCurve::Name#
Priority #MemberCurve::Priority#
Type Category #MemberCurve::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberCurve::Type#
Section #MemberCurve::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberCurve::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberCurve::MaterialGrade#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Cut Length]#
Weight (Catalog Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#MemberCurve::[Computed DryWeight]#
#MemberCurve::[Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Designed Handrails Details Properties

Creates a Designed Handrail report that contains handrail name, length, and total weight. A
second sheet reports data about the individual members that comprise the handrail (posts, rails,
and so forth.)
This report is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Structure folder.
Designed Handrail Summary tab

Filter Name: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterDescription}#
Designed Handrail Name #Summary::Name#
Estimated Length* #FormattingUOM::{Cut Length}#
Designed Handrail
915

Filter Name: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterDescription}#
Designed Handrail Name #DesignedHandrails::Name#
Part Name #DesignedHandrails::MemberPartName#
Type #DesignedHandrails::Type#
Cross Section #DesignedHandrails::CrossSection#
Material #DesignedHandrails::MaterialType#
Grade #DesignedHandrails::MaterialGrade#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Cut Length}# #DesignedHandrails::[CutLengthFormat]#
Plate Dimensions
Length #FormattingUOM::{Plate Length}#
#DesignedHandrails::[PlateLengthFormat]#
Plate Dimensions
Width #FormattingUOM::{Plate Width}#
#DesignedHandrails::[PlateWidthFormat]#
Plate Dimensions
Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Plate Thickness}#
#DesignedHandrails::[PlateThicknessFormat]#
#DesignedHandrails::[WeightFormat]#
Structure Handrails Detailed Properties (Structure)

Detailed report listing section sizes and end treatments.
Reports\Structure\Handrails Detailed Properties\Handrails Detailed Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Handrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Handrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Handrails::{FilterDescription}#
Top Rail Section #Handrails::Top Rail Section#
Height to Top Rail #Handrails::[outHeighttoTopRail]#
Mid-rail Section #Handrails::Mid-rail Section#
Height toMid-rail #Handrails::[outHeighttoMidRail]#
916

Post Section #Handrails::Post Section#
Toe Plate Section #Handrails::Toe Plate Section#
Height to Toe Plate #Handrails::[outHeightToToePlate]#
Begin Treatment #Handrails::Begin Treatment#
Begin Extension Length #Handrails::[outBeginLength]#
End Treatement #Handrails::End Treatment#
End Extension Length #Handrails::[outEndLength]#
Structure Handrails General Properties (Structure)

General report listing length, height, weight and material.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Handrails General
Properties\Handrails General Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Handrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Handrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Handrails::{FilterDescription}#
System #Handrails::Parent System#
Length ft. #Handrails::[outLength]#
Height ft. #Handrails::[outHeight]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #Handrails::[outWeight]#
Material #Handrails::Material#
Grade #Handrails::Grade#
Structure Ladders Detailed Properties (Structure)

Detailed report listing component dimensions and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Ladders Detailed
Properties\Ladders Detailed Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Ladders::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Ladders::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Ladders::{FilterDescription}#
917

Name #Ladders::Name#
Location #Ladders::[outLocation]#
Number of Steps #Ladders::NumSteps#
Stringer Width #Ladders::[outStringerWidth]#
Stringer Thickness #Ladders::[outStringerThickness]#
Step Diameter #Ladders::[outStepDiameter]#
Step Pitch #Ladders::[outStepPitch]#
Hoop Bottom Level #Ladders::[outBottomLevel]#
Hoop Pitch #Ladders::[outHoopPitch]#
Hoop Radius #Ladders::[outHoopRadius]#
Flare Radius #Ladders::[outFlareRadius]#
Strap Count #Ladders::Strap Count#
Strap Width #Ladders::[outStrapWidth]#
Strap Thickness #Ladders::[outStrapThickness]#
Wall Offset #Ladders::[outWallOffset]#
Ladder Extension #Ladders::[outExtension]#
Structure Ladders General Properties (Structure)

General report listing length, width, height, material and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Ladders General
Properties\Ladders General Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Ladders::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Ladders::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Ladders::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Ladders::Name#
Location #Ladders::[outLocation]#
System #Ladders::SystemName#
Length #Ladders::[outLength]#
Width #Ladders::[outWidth]#
Height #Ladders::[outHeight]#
Angle #Ladders::[outAngle]#
918

Weight (3D Geometry Method) #Ladders::[outWeight]#
Material #Ladders::Primary_SPSMaterial#
Grade #Ladders::Primary_SPSGrade#
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off

(Structure)
Itemized list of Linear members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed from the member solid.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Linear Member
Itemized Material Take-Off\Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off.rtp
Item #MemberLinear::ItemNum#
Name #MemberLinear::Name#
Priority #MemberLinear::Priority#
Type Category #MemberLinear::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberLinear::Type#
Section #MemberLinear::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberLinear::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberLinear::MaterialGrade#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Cut Length]#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Dry Weight]#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off

by Unit Weight (Structure)
Itemized list of Linear members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed as Area x CutLength x Density.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Linear Member
Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight\Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit
Weight.rtp
919

Item #MemberLinear::ItemNum#
Name #MemberLinear::Name#
Priority #MemberLinear::Priority#
Type Category #MemberLinear::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberLinear::Type#
Section #MemberLinear::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberLinear::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberLinear::MaterialGrade#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Cut Length]#
Weight (Catalog Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#MemberLinear::[Computed DryWeight]#
#MemberLinear::[Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Member Summarized Material Take-Off by

Unit Weight (Structure)
Summary Member Weight (by Unit Weight) & Length MTO by System are provided.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Member
Summarized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight\Member Summarized Material Take-Off by Unit
Weight.rtp
Item Count #Members::ItemCount#
Section #Members::SectionName#
Material Type #Members::MaterialType#
Material Grade #Members::MaterialGrade#
Total Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#Members::[outStructure Member Length]#
Total Weight (Catalog Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
920

#Members::TotalWeight#
Total Surface Area #FormattingUOM::{SurfaceArea}#
#Members::TotalSurfaceArea#
Totals
Structure Open Steel Sorted by Name - Export to

Icarus (Structure)
Open steel objects are listed with many properties such as area, tag, and WBS information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Open Steel Sorted
by Name - Export to Icarus\Open Steel Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus.rtp
Internal Name
Units (BLANK)
AreaName #OpenSteel::SpaceFolder#
CpItemDescription #OpenSteel::Name#
CpUserTag
(BLANK)
CpComponentWBS
(BLANK)
CpNumberItems #OpenSteel::NumberItems#
CpLength
M
#OpenSteel::Length#
CpWidth
M
#OpenSteel::Width#
CpHeight
M
#OpenSteel::Height#
CpNumberFloors
#OpenSteel::NumberFloors#
CpDistributedLoadPerLevel
KPA
#OpenSteel::[outStructure Icarus Open Steel Distributed Load per Level]#
CpBaySpan
M
#OpenSteel::BaySpan#
CpBayWidth
M
#OpenSteel::BayWidth#
CpNumberStairways #OpenSteel::NumberStairways#
921

CpStructuralSteelAnalysisType #OpenSteel::SteelAnalysis#
CpColumnBaseOption #OpenSteel::ColumnBaseOption#
CpFloorGratePercentArea
PERCENT
#OpenSteel::FloorGratePercentArea#
CpGratingType #OpenSteel::GratingType#
CpSidingPercentWallArea
PERCENT
#OpenSteel::SidingPercentArea#
CpSidingType #OpenSteel::SidingType#
CpSlabThickness
MM
#OpenSteel::[outStructure Icarus Open Steel Slab Thickness]#
CpFloorSlabPercentArea
PERCENT
#OpenSteel::FloorSlabPercentArea#
CpWindForceAdjustment #OpenSteel::WindForceAdjustment#
CpSeismicForceAdjustment #OpenSteel::SeismicForceAdjustment#
Structure Slab Material Take-Off (Structure)

Slabs are listed by priority with properties such as name, layer type, and material
information. Totals are calculated for thickness, weight and net surface area.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Slab Material
Take-Off\Slab Material Take-Off.rtp
Item #Slab::ItemNum#
Name #Slab::Name#
Priority #Slab::Priority#
Slab Type #Slab::SlabType#
Slab Composition #Slab::SlabComposition#
Layer Type #Slab::LayerType#
Material Type #Slab::MaterialType#
Material Grade #Slab::MaterialGrade#
Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#Slab::[outStructure Slab Thickness]#
922

Net Volume #FormattingUOM::{NetVolume}#
#Slab::[outStructure Slab Volume]#
#Slab::[outStructure Slab Dry Weight]#
Net Surface Area #FormattingUOM::{NetSurfaceArea}#
#Slab::[outStructure Linear Member Net Surface Area]#
Net Projected Area #FormattingUOM::{NetProjectedArea}#
#Slab::[outStructure Linear Member Net Projected Surface Area]#
Total Projected Area #FormattingUOM::{TotalProjectedArea}#
#Slab::[outStructure Linear Member Total Projected Surface Area]#
Totals
Structure Stairs Detailed Properties (Structure)

Detailed report listing component dimensions and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Stairs Detailed
Properties\Stairs Detailed Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Stairs::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Stairs::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Stairs::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Stairs::Name#
Location #Stairs::[outLocation]#
Number of Steps #Stairs::NumSteps#
Top Landing Length #Stairs::[outLandingLength]#
Platform Thickness #Stairs::[outPlatformThickness]#
Stringer Section #Stairs::String Section#
Step Section #Stairs::StepSectionName#
Step Pitch #Stairs::[outStepPitch]#
Handrail Section #Stairs::HandRail Section#
Post Height #Stairs::[outPostHeight]#
Post Spacing #Stairs::[outPostSpacing]#
Number of Midrails #Stairs::Number of Midrails#
Envelope Height #Stairs::[outEnvelopeHeight]#
923
Structure Stairs General Properties (Structure)

General report listing length, width, height, material and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Stairs General
Properties\Stairs General Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Stairs::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Stairs::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Stairs::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Stairs::Name#
Location #Stairs::[outLocation]#
System #Stairs::SystemName#
Length #Stairs::[outLength]#
Width #Stairs::[outWidth]#
Height #Stairs::[outHeight]#
Angle #Stairs::[outAngle]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #Stairs::[outWeight]#
Material #Stairs::Primary_SPSMaterial#
Grade #Stairs::Primary_SPSGrade#
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
924
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab

T Strainer (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of T Strainers to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\T Strainer folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
925
T Strainer tab
Symbol Icon
Bend Angle #PartData::BendAngle#
926

Tap Properties Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of Tap Properties Data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Tap Properties Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
927
Tap Properties Data tab

End Preparation #PGDB::EndPrep#
Schedule Thickness #PGDB::ScheduleThickness#
Flow Direction #PGDB::FlowDirection#
Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray tees, reducing tees, and expanding tees to be used for review and
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Tees folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CTTee, CTReducingTee, CTExpandingTee, CTTeeVD, and CTTeeVU.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
928
CableTray_Tee tab
Symbol Icon
929

Temperature Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Temperature Control Valves to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Temperature Control Valve
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
930

CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Temperature Control Valve tab

Symbol Icon
931

Temperature Switch (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Temperature Switches to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Temperature Switch folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
932
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Temperature Switch tab

Symbol Icon
933

Instrument Diameter1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentDiameter1]#
Temperature Transmitter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Temperature Transmitters to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Temperature Transmitter
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
934
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Temperature Transmitter tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Length1
935

ToDoListStrMfgObjects (StructManufacturing)
Creates a to-do list report for structural manufacturing objects.
Reports\StructManufacturing\ToDoListStrMfgObjects folder.
936
Sheet1 tab
Unit Load Attributes (Compartmentation)

Creates a unit load attributes report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\UnitLoadAttributes folder.
Sheet1 tab
Unit Load #Compartment::Name#
Load Magnitude #Compartment::LoadMagnitude#
Vector X #Compartment::VectorX#
Vector Y #Compartment::VectorY#
Vector Z #Compartment::Vector Z#
937
Unit Load Relations (Compartmentation)

Creates a unit load overview report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\UnitLoadRelations folder.
Sheet1 tab
Unit Load #Compartment::Name#
Valve Operator Material Control Data (Catalog

Creates a report of valve operator material control data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Valve Operator material Control Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Valve Operator Mt ControlData tab

Operator Part Number #VMCD::OperatorPartNumber#
Short Material Description #VMCD::ShortMatlDescription#
Localized Short Material Description #VMCD::LocShortMaterialDescription#
Long Material Description #VMCD::LongMaterialDescription#
Vendor #VMCD::Vendor#
Manufacturer #VMCD::Manufacturer#
Valve Operator Type #VMCD::ValveOperatorType#
Reportable Commodity Code #VMCD::ReportableCommodityCode#
938

Quantity of Reportable Part #VMCD::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #VMCD::AltReportableCommodityCode#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #VMCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Hyperlink To Electronic Vendor #VMCD::HyperlinkToElectronicVendor#
Hyperlink To Electronic Manuals #VMCD::HyperlinkToElectronicManuals#
Valve Tags by Spec (Catalog Parts)

Valve tags retrieved based on specification.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Valve Tags by
Spec\Valve Tags by Spec.rtp
Spec Name #ValveTag::Spec Name#
From S
#ValveTag::From S#
To S #ValveTag::To S#
Value Tag #ValveTag::Valve Tag#
Max Temp
#ValveTag::[outMaxTemp]#
Commodity Code
#ValveTag::Commodity Code#
From M #ValveTag::From M#
To M #ValveTag::To M#
Operator Part Number
Operator cl
Operator
#ValveTag::Short Material Description#
#ValveTag::Operator Part ##
#ValveTag::Operator cl#
#ValveTag::Operator#
Vent Silencer2 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Vent Silencer2 to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Vent Silencer2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
939
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Vent Silencer2 tab

Symbol Icon
940

Vent Silencer Body #PartData::[lbl_VentSilencerBodyDiameter]#
View Default (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports)

Creates a view default report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can use this
report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component in the Drawings and Reports task. For
more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Default folder.
941
Report1 tab
View Name #ViewDefault::ViewName#
Document Name #ViewDefault::DocumentName#
Volumes and Parents (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of volume and parent folders for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartRelations folder.
Sheet1 tab
Vortex Flow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Vortex Flow to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Vortex Flow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
942
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Vortex Flow tab

Symbol Icon
943

944
Washer Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of washer part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Washer Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Washer Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #WPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Washer Type #WPD::WasherType#
Geometric Industry Standard #WPD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Materials Grade #WPD::MaterialsGrade#
WasherThickness #WPD::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
Weld Model Representation Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Weld Model Representation Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Weld Model Representation Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Weld Model Representation Rule tab

945

Weld Class #PGDB::WeldClass#
Weld Radius Increase #PGDB::[lbl_WeldRadiusIncrease]#
Weld Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_WeldThickness]#
Weld Type Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Weld Type Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Weld Type Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Weld Type Rule tab

Fabrication Type Of End1 #PGDB::FabricationTypeOfEnd1#
Construction Requirement Of End1 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementOfEnd1#
Fabrication Type of End2 #PGDB::FabricationTypeOfEnd2#
Construction Requirement Of End2 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementOfEnd2#
Weld Type #PGDB::WeldType#
946
Wye (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray wye parts--left, right, horizontal, and TJ Cope--to be used for
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Wyes folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CTHWyeLeft, CTHWyeRight, CTHWyeLeftTJC, and CTHWyeRightTJC.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
CableTray_Wye tab
Symbol Icon
947

948

Face to Tangent #PartData::[lbl_FacetoTangent]#
Y Strainer2 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Y Strainer2 to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Y Strainer2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
949
Y Strainer2 tab
Symbol Icon
Bend Angle #PartData::BendAngle#
950

951
952
Index
3
3Way Diverter Valve (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Instrument Part Data) 247
A
Accuracy Data (StructManufacturing) 849
Add a component 69
Add a filter-based query to a report
template 161
Add a folder 68
Add a package of components 69
Add Baseline (Tools Menu) 164
Add Component Dialog Box 69
Add Custom Command Dialog Box 216
Add custom commands 214
Add Display (Tools Menu) 164
Add Formatting (Tools Menu) 163
Add Query (Tools Menu) 161
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box 164
Add Report Query Dialog Box 163
Add Sheets to a Report Template 129
Angle Control Valve (Catalog Engineering
Appendix
Report Descriptions 247
Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports
243
Assembly and Block (Assembly) 252
Assembly Network (Assembly) 253
Attributes Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
144
Auto Material Description Rule (Catalog
253
Auto WBS Creation Rule (Catalog
254
B
Baseline Tab (Report Template Editor
Dialog Box) 137
Basket Strainer 2 (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) 254
Batch Local Update 197

Batch Management 191
Batch Management Dialog Box (Batch
Management Command) 193
Batch Print 196
Batch Print Schedule Wizard Common
Tasks 208
Batch Processing 190
Batch Processing - SmartPlant Batch
Services 185
Batch Refresh 198
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks
199
Batch Update 196
Batch Update Document(s) 197
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule (Catalog
258
Bends (Catalog Engineering
Checks\CableTray\Parts) 258
Blind End Plate (Catalog Engineering
Block Assembly Dimensions 262
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule (Catalog
263
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule (Catalog
263
Bolt Extension (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) 264
Bolt Part Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping) 265
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles (Catalog
265
Bonding Jumper (Catalog Engineering
Box Connector (Catalog Engineering
Browse for Folder Dialog Box 183
Bubble Detector (Catalog Engineering
Bulkload the SPRDirect Catalog (Upgrade
Only) 168
Butterfly Valve Elec (Catalog Engineering
953
Index
Butterfly Valve On Off V (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Instrument Part Data) 274
C
Cable Tray Specifications (Catalog
Engineering Checks\CableTray) 277
Calculation ProgIDs (Catalog Engineering
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule
(Catalog Engineering
Choose Label Dialog Box 97
Collapse All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft
Excel) 154
Column Settings Dialog Box 64
Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Conduit) 279
Compare Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
149
Compartment Attributes
(Compartmentation) 280
Compartmentation Weight and CG
Compartments and Tightness
Compartments and Zones
Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule
Wizard) 208
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule
Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) 283
Components Overview 107
Conditional Drawing Update 104
Conductivity Sensor (Catalog Engineering
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) 286
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow (Catalog
Conduit Coupling (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Conduit\Parts) 290
Conduit Plug (Catalog Engineering
Conduit Pullbox (Catalog Engineering
Conduit Reducer (Catalog Engineering
Conduit Reducing Tee (Catalog
954
Conduit Stock (Catalog Engineering

Conduit Tangent Elbow (Catalog
Conduit Tee (Catalog Engineering
Conduit Union (Catalog Engineering
Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box)
97
Configuration Tab (Surface Style Rule
Properties Dialog Box) 92
Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for
Windows 78
Connected Compartments
Conservation Vent (Catalog Engineering
Contractor Commodity Code Rules
Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules)
313
Copy a report template to the catalog 156
Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut
Menu) 155
Copy Report Types, Labels, and the
Configuration File 167
Create a backup to use for restoration 105
Create a filter-based report 123
Create a new report template from an
existing template 120
Create a search folder 176
Create a Template 188
Create an imported folder 182
Create an SPRDirect Report 171
Create and update a delivered report 122
Create custom commands 214
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu)
120
Cross (Catalog Engineering
Custom Commands 211
Custom Commands Dialog Box 215
Custom Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 92
D
Default Change Of Direction (Catalog
319
Default Commodity Selection Rule (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Conduit) 320
Index
Default Project Options (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping) 320
Define User Item Dialog Box 152
Delete a custom command 215
Delete an item 76
Delete Command 76
Delivered Custom Commands 216
Design Layout 137
Detail View (View Menu) 62
Diagnostic 3D Grouped by Description and
Discipline (Diagnostic) 322
Diagnostic 3D To Do List Entries 322
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues
(Diagnostic) 323
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped
by Problem Description (Diagnostic)
324
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped
by Status (Diagnostic) 324
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues with
Column Filters (Diagnostic) 326
Diagnostic General Statistics on Modeling
Activity (Diagnostic) 326
Diagnostic Interference Checking
(Diagnostic) 327
Diagnostic Interference Checking with
System Names (Diagnostic) 328
Diagnostic P&ID Correlated 3D Objects
(Diagnostic) 329
Diagnostic P&ID Non-Correlated Objects
(Diagnostic) 329
Diagnostic Piping Commodity Specifications
(Diagnostic) 330
Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List
(Diagnostic) 331
Diagnostic ToDoList Include Second Class
Objects (Diagnostic) 331
Diagnostic User Access Rights (Diagnostic)
332
Diagnostic WorkShare Management
(Diagnostic) 332
DIN Wall Thickness Data (Catalog
Direction Change Fittings (Catalog Parts)
334
Display Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog
Box) 137
Document Properties Dialog Box 238
Documentation Comments 49
Documentation Set 45
Drawings and Reports 55
E
Edit a custom command 215
Edit a Report Template 128
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box 216
Edit document properties 80
Edit or delete batch jobs 192
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu) 128
Edit the ReportSettings.txt Configuration
File 169
Electrical CableTray Material Take-Off
(Electrical) 334
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger
Name (Electrical) 335, 336
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key
Hanger Name (Electrical) 337
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway
Element (Electrical) 338, 339
Electrical Cabling Material Take-Off
(Electrical) 340
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type
(Electrical) 340, 341
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway
Element (Electrical) 342
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical
System Name (Electrical) 343
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name
(Electrical) 344, 345
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker
Embed Labels in a Report 131
Embedded Standalone Reports 850
Equipment Finishing Sorted by Equipment
Name (Equipment) 347
Equipment Location in WBS Project 348
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment
Name Style 1 (Equipment) 349
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment
Name Style 2 (Equipment) 349
Equipment Material Take-Off (Equipment)
350
Equipment Nozzle Sorted by Equipment
350
Equipment Piping Trim (Piping) 351
Exhaust Head (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 352
Expand All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft
Excel) 153
955
Index
Expansion Joint (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 355
Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog
Piping Specialty Part Data) 357
F
Field Fit Length (Catalog Engineering
Filter (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 361
Find documents to publish 240
Find Documents to Publish 239
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box
240
Flame Arrestor (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 363
Flared Pipe (Catalog Engineering
Flow Magnetic (Catalog Engineering
Flow Switch (Catalog Engineering
Flow Transmitter (Catalog Engineering
Fluid Density Rule (Catalog Engineering
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor
Dialog Box) 136
Free Vent2 (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 374
Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees (Catalog
Parts) 376
G
Gasket Part Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping) 377
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles (Catalog
378
General Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
143
General Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 82
956
Globe Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Group Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
146
H
Hangers and Supports All Sorted by Name
(Hangers and Supports) 381
Hangers and Supports Combined Sorted by
Name (Hangers and Supports) 381
Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing
Hangers and Supports for Cableways
Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports)
383
Hangers and Supports for Components Drawings (Hangers and Supports) 383
Hangers and Supports for Components
Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports)
384
Hangers and Supports for Conduit Sorted
by Name (Hangers and Supports) 384
Hangers and Supports for Ducts Sorted by
Hangers and Supports for Pipe Sorted by
Hangers and Supports for Supported Route
- Drawing (Hangers and Supports) 386
Hangers and Supports for Supporting
Structure - Drawing (Hangers and
Supports) 386
Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing
Hangers and Supports Pipe Rack Sorted by
Name - Export to Icarus (Hangers and
Supports) 387
Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing
Hierarchy Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
151
Holes on Penetrating Spool (Hole
Management) 388
HVAC Material Take-Off (HVAC) 389
I
Icons for Components and Drawings 58
Imported Folders 181
Industry Commodity Code Rules (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity
Code Rules) 391
Index
In-Line Fittings (Catalog Parts) 390
Inline Silencer Type1 (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 395
Insert a note at a precise place on an
isometric drawing 101
Instrument Class Data (Catalog
Instrumentation Control Valves Sorted by
Name (Instrumentation) 399
Instruments (Verification of Consistency)
400
Insulation Material (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) 417
Insulation Specification (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation
Data) 417
Insulation Thickness Table (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation
Data) 418
Interface Overview 57
ISO Standards in Drawings 49
Issue request documents 234
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box)
238
Issue Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 94
Item Properties Dialog Box 142
K
Knife Gate Valve (Catalog Engineering
L
Labels Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
145
Ladder Splice Plate (Catalog Engineering
Linear Valves (Catalog Parts) 423
Liner Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping) 424
Load Combination Relations
M
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule
Manage batch jobs 191
Manage Projects 241
Management Console (View Menu) 61
Manufacturing Material List Summary

(StructManufacturing) 426
Manufacturing Parts List
Manufacturing Weight and CG
Marian Export (StructManufacturing) 428
Marine Reports 112
Mass Flow (Catalog Engineering
Master Instrument Part Data (Catalog
Master Piping Part Data (Catalog
Master Piping Specialty Part Data (Catalog
Master Valve Operator Part Data (Catalog
Material List (StructManufacturing) 850
Materials Data (Catalog Engineering
Mating Ports (Catalog Engineering
Menus and Toolbars 58
Mfg Profile Data Output by Block or Assy
Mfg Profile Data Output for Whole Ship
MfgPinJig - Accuracy
Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) 444
MfgPinJig - Girth Length
MFGPROFILE (StructManufacturing) 851
MfgTemplate - Common Report
852
MfgTemplate - Multi Row
446
MfgTemplate - Offset Report
853
MfgTemplate - Split Row
447
957
Index
Min Pipe Length Purchase (Catalog
451
Minimum Pipe Length Rule (Catalog
451
Motor Operated Valve (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 452
Multi Port Valve Operator Data (Catalog
Multiple Profile Sketch
Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) 455
N
Nesting (StructManufacturing) 456
New Command 68
Notes Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 93
NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog
456
Nut Part Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping) 457
O
Objects Inside Compartments
Olet-type Branches (Catalog Parts) 458
Open a document 75
Open Command 75
Optional Schedule Properties Dialog Box
190
Orifice Plates (Catalog Engineering
Orthographic Drawing Revision History
(Deliverables) 461
P
Panel Data Report
Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin) 854
Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu) 155
Parts List (StructManufacturing) 858
Permission Group - First Class BO
(ShipStructure) 462
Permission Group - Root Plate And Profile
Sys (ShipStructure) 462
Permissions Overview 60
958
Physical Conns WO PlannJoints

(ShipStructure) 463
Pin Height (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Pin Jig (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Pin Jig (StructManufacturing) 464
Pipe Bending Configuration Data (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending
Data) 465
Pipe Bending Die Data (Catalog
Data) 466
Pipe Bending Elongation (Catalog
467
Pipe Bending Machine Data (Catalog
Data) 467
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length
Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) 468
Pipe Stock (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) 469
PipeRuns by Drawing
(Deliverables\PipeRuns by Drawing)
471
Piping Commodity Material Control Data
(Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)
471
Piping Commodity Procurement Data
473
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data
474
Piping Fittings - Export to Icarus 474
Piping Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD
(Piping) 475
Piping Fittings Material Take-Off in WBS
Project 475
Piping Generic Data Bolted (Catalog
Piping Generic Data Female (Catalog
Piping Generic Data Mechanical (Catalog
Piping Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation
Class (Piping) 478
Piping Material Class (Verification of
Consistency) 479
Piping Material Take-Off (Piping) 505
Index
Piping Materials Class (Piping
Specifications) 506
Piping Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD
(Piping) 519
Data) 520
Data) 522
Data) 525
Data) 528
Data) 531
Data) 534
Piping Part Data M001 (Catalog
Piping Part Data) 537

959
Index
960

Piping Part Data Op001 (Catalog
Valve Operator Part Data) 703
Index
Piping Part Data P01 (Catalog Engineering

Data) 736
Data) 739
Data) 741
Piping Part Data V001 (Catalog
961
Index
Piping Pipe Line List (Piping) 811
Piping Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS
Project 811
Piping Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus 812
Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD
(Piping) 814
Piping Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted
by Name (Piping) 814
Piping Pipelines Sorted by Name (Piping)
815
Piping Specialty Class Data (Catalog
Piping Specifications Sorted by Spec Name
818
Piping Tie Points in WBS Project 818
Piping Valves Material Take-Off in WBS
Project 819
Piping Valves Sorted by NPD (Piping) 819
Plain Piping Generic Data (Catalog
Planning Joints (ShipStructure) 820
Plate Flange Setback Distance (Catalog
822
Plate Part (ShipStructure) 822
Plate System (ShipStructure) 823
Port Alignment Rule (Catalog Engineering
Preface 43
962
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule (Catalog

824
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule (Catalog
825
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule (Catalog
825
Pressure Gauge (Catalog Engineering
Pressure Regulator (Catalog Engineering
Pressure Relief Valve (Catalog Engineering
Pressure Switch (Catalog Engineering
Pressure Transmitter (Catalog Engineering
Print a document 77
Print a document as a PDF file 78
Print Action 188
Print Command 77
Profile Sketch - Multiple
Profile Sketch - Single
Profile Sketch Multiple
Profile Sketch Single
Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile
Sketch - Single) 864
Profile Stock Length (ShipStructure) 838
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft
Excel) 139
Properties Command 80
Properties Dialog Box 81
Properties Dialog Box (Batch Management
Command) 194
Publish 226
Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant
Foundation 233
Publish Common Tasks 225
Publish Dialog Box 235
Index
Publish documents 230
Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box) 235
Publish Workflows 232
Published Documents - Load, Consolidated,
and MergeDelta Tasks (S3D) 228
Publishing Documents 222
Publishing Title Blocks 224
Q
Query Parameters Designer Dialog Box
134
Query Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog
Box) 133
R
Reducer (Catalog Engineering
Refresh (Shortcut Menu) 98
Refresh (View Menu) 65
Refresh Action 187
Refresh document status 99
Region Properties Dialog Box 155
Reinforcing Pads (Catalog Parts) 840
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu)
165
Rename an item 77
Rename Command 77
Repair Documents Custom Command 216
Report Parameters Dialog Box 158
Report Parameters Dialog Box (SPRDirect)
173
Report Properties of <SheetName> Dialog
Box 139
Report Queries to Extract Data 119
Report Template Editor 132
Report Templates 115
Report Templates Folder 117
Reports Common Tasks 114
Reports Workflow 113
Restore 105
Restore a document from a backup model
105
Revise 219
Revise a document 220
Revise Dialog Box 221
Revising 219
Revision Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 95
Root Gap (Catalog Engineering
Rules (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Cableway) 841
Rules (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Conduit) 842
Run a custom command 214
S
Save a package 70
Save a report template to a specified
location 159
Save As Command 72
Save As Dialog Box 74
Save Package Command 70
Save Package Dialog Box 71
Save Report Template (File Menu) 158
Save Report Template As (File Menu) 158
Save Template As Dialog Box 160
Save to a file 72
Schedule [Task] Dialog Box 189
Schedule Daily Batch Job (Schedule
Wizard) 204
Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule
Wizard) 206
Schedule One-Time-Only Batch Job
(Schedule Wizard) 207
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule
Wizard) 205
Schedule Wizard 199
Search Folder Filters 177
Search Folders 175
Select Active Project Dialog Box 241
Select Aspects Dialog Box 88
Select Location Dialog Box 157
Select Object Type Dialog Box 136
Select Printer (File Menu) 78
Select Printer Dialog Box 79
Select Properties Dialog Box 135
Select Report Template Dialog Box 127
Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule
Wizard) 203
Set Print Options 188
Set properties for publishing documents
227
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D
model data documents 80
Setting Properties 79
Setup (Imported Folder) 182
Setup (Search Folder) 177
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) 183
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) 177
Shell Expansion (ShipDrawings\Dependent
View Reports) 843
963
Index
Shell Expansion Accuracy Check
(ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell
Expansion) 868
Short Code Hierarchy Rule (Catalog
843
Short Stroke Rotameter (Catalog
Shortcut Menus 67
Signature Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box)
85
Single Profile Sketch
Size Reduction Rule (Catalog Engineering
Slip On Flange Setback Distance (Catalog
848
Slot (ShipStructure) 848
Smart 3D and Oracle 52
Smart 3D View Definition Explorer Dialog
Box 154
SmartPlant Review 849
Solids of Design Equipment with Composite
CoG (Equipment) 351
Sort Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) 148
Spatial Load Relations (Compartmentation)
872
Specialties (Verification of Constistency)
873
Checks\Cableway) 890
Checks\Conduit) 891
Specify columns in the detail view 62
Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable (Catalog
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)
891
SPMAT Cable Tray MTO (SPMaterialMTO)
893
SPMAT Handrail MTO (SPMaterialMTO)
894
SPMAT Pipe MTO (SPMaterialMTO) 895
SPMAT Steel MTO (SPMaterialMTO) 896
SPRDirect Tips and Troubleshooting 173
Spreadsheet Reports 111
Standard Notes Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\StandardNotesData) 896
Part Data) 897
964

Part Data) 899
Part Data) 902
Part Data) 904
Part Data) 907
Straight (Catalog Engineering
STRMFG Profile Bending Line
STRMFG Profile Sketch Support
Structural BOM (ShipStructure) 912
STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO
(ShipStructure) 869
STRUCTURAL PROFILE (ShipStructure)
870
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material
Take-Off (Structure) 914
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material
Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) 914
Structure Designed Handrails Details
Properties 915
Structure Handrails Detailed Properties
(Structure) 916
Structure Handrails General Properties
(Structure) 917
Structure Ladders Detailed Properties
(Structure) 917
Structure Ladders General Properties
(Structure) 918
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material
Take-Off (Structure) 919
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material
Structure Member Summarized Material
Structure Open Steel Sorted by Name Export to Icarus (Structure) 921
Structure Slab Material Take-Off (Structure)
922
Structure Stairs Detailed Properties
(Structure) 923
Structure Stairs General Properties
(Structure) 924
Index
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule
Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 86
Submit or Schedule a Batch Job (Schedule
Wizard) 201
Submit or Schedule Printing (Schedule
Wizard) 210
Support for Handling Large Publishes 227
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box
90
Surface Style Rule Properties Tab (Surface
Style Rule Properties Dialog Box) 90
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties
Dialog Box) 87
Update Now 99
Updating Documents 98
Use the SmartPlant Review Spreadsheet
Report for SPRDirect 166
Using SPRDirect 167
V
Valve Operator Material Control Data
938
Valve Tags by Spec (Catalog Parts) 939
Vent Silencer2 (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 939
View Default (ShipDrawings\Dependent
View Reports) 941
View Menu 61
Volumes and Parents (Compartmentation)
942
Vortex Flow (Catalog Engineering
T Strainer (Catalog Engineering

Part Data) 925
Tap Properties Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping) 927
Tee (Catalog Engineering
Temperature Control Valve (Catalog
Temperature Switch (Catalog Engineering
Temperature Transmitter (Catalog
Title Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 83
ToDoListStrMfgObjects
Tools Menu 185
Troubleshooting Linked Servers 246
Washer Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping) 945
WBS Tab (Properties Dialog Box) 96
Weight and CG (StructManufacturing) 871
Weld Model Representation Rule (Catalog
945
Weld Type Rule (Catalog Engineering
What's New in Drawings and Reports 53
Workspace Explorer (View Menu) 65
Wye (Catalog Engineering
Unit Load Attributes (Compartmentation)

937
Unit Load Relations (Compartmentation)
938
Update a report 101
Update a single drawing 101
Update Action 187
Update all drawings in a folder or a
component 100
Update an Existing Batch Job (Schedule
Wizard) 202
Xpt Pin Offset (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) 872
Y
Y Strainer2 (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) 949
965

Reports Guide SM3D

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Reports Guide SM3D

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Reports

Version 2014 R1 (10.1)

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Orthographic Drawings User's Guide

Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Administrative guides contain information about installing, configuring, customizing, and

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

Reference Data Guides

Reports User's Guide

Reports User's Guide

ISO Standards in Drawings

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Basic

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Preparation of

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Basic

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Part 25: Lines

Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Part 30: Basic